RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference RAN6 1

RAN 6.
1 Network Optimization Parameter Reference Issue Date Part Number 01 2007-08-30 Huawei Technologies Proprietary
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical su pport and service. For any assistance, please contact our local office or compan y headquarters. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Repub lic of China http://www.huawei.com support@huawei.com Website: Email: Copyright 2007 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without p rior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are the property of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Al l other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property o f their respective holders. Notice The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effo rt has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the c ontents, but the statements, information, and recommendations in this document d o not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied. Huawei Technologies Proprietary
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Contents Contents About This Document............................................................. ........................................................1 1 Power Control Parame ters............................................................................ ............................1-1 1.1 Uplink Power Control Parameters............................................. ......................................................................1-2 1.1.1 Power Offset Between Access Preamble and Message Control Part................... ..................................1-4 1.1.2 PRACH Initial Transmit Power Constan t............................................................................... ...............1-5 1.1.3 PRACH Power Ramp Step.................................. ................................................................................ ...1-6 1.1.4 Maximum Preamble Retransmit Attempts............................... ..............................................................1-6 1.1.5 Maximum Preamble Loop................................................................... ...................................................1-7 1.1.6 Default DPCCH Trans mit Power Constant.............................................................. ..............................1-8 1.1.7 Maximum Allowed Uplink Transmit Power of the UE......................................................................... 1-8 1.1.8 RRC/HHO Process SRB Delay............................................. ...............................................................1-10 1.1.9 RRC/HH O Process DPCCH Power Control Preamble Length................................... .........................1-11 1.2 Downlink Power Control Parameters............. ................................................................................ ...............1-11 1.2.1 Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link..... ...............................................................1-13 1.2.2 Minimu m Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link..................................... ................................1-14 1.2.3 Cell PCPICH Transmit Power........... ................................................................................ ...................1-15 1.2.4 Maximum PCPICH Transmit Power..................... ...............................................................................1 -16 1.2.5 Minimum PCPICH Transmit Power......................................... ...........................................................1-16 2 Handover Parameters........................................................... .....................................................2-1 2.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters......................................... ...................................................................2-2 2.1.1 Sof ter Handover Combination Indication Switch...................................... ............................................2-4 2.1.2 Intra-Frequency Measuremen t L3 Filter Coefficient......................................................... ....................2-4 2.1.3 Weighting Factor.................................. ................................................................................ ..................2-6 2.1.4 Soft Handover Relative Thresholds................... ................................................................................ ....2-7 2.1.5 Event 1F Absolute Thresholds...................................... .........................................................................2-8 2.1 .6 Hysteresis Related to Soft Handover.......................................... ...........................................................2-9 2.1.7 Time to Tri gger Related to Soft Handover................................................... ........................................2-11 2.1.8 Minimum Quality Threshold of Soft Handover................................................................... ................2-13 2.1.9 Affect 1A and 1B Event Thresholds Flag............... .............................................................................2-1 4 2.1.10 Cell Individual Offset................................................. ........................................................................2-14 2.2
Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters............................................ ..............................................................2-15 2.2.1 Inter-F requency Measurement Report Mode................................................ .......................................2-19 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technol ogies Proprietary i
Contents RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2.2.2 Inter-Frequency Measurement I tem............................................................................. ........................2-20 2.2.3 Inter-Frequency Measurement Layer 3 Filter Co efficients..................................................................2-22 2.2.4 Frequency Weighting Factor............................................... .................................................................2-23 2.2.5 Hyst eresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover...................................... ..........................................2-24 2.2.6 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover................................................... ............2-25 2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresho lds....................................................2-26 2.2.8 EC/No-based In ter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds................................. ..................2-27 2.2.9 Target Frequency Trigger Threshold of Inter-Frequen cy Coverage....................................................2-28 2.2.10 Curre nt Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-Frequency Handover................. ......................2-29 2.2.11 Inter-Frequency Measurement Minimum Access Thr esholds...........................................................2-30 2.2.12 Ce ll Individual Offset............................................................ .............................................................2-31 2.2.13 Inter-F requency/Inter-RAT Algorithm Switches........................................... ....................................2-32 2.2.14 Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT Measur ement Threshold Choice.......................................................... ..2-33 2.2.15 Inter-Frequency Measure Timer Length.............................. ..............................................................2-34 2.3 Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters..................... ............................................2-34 2.3.1 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficients............................................................. ......................2-39 2.3.2 Inter-RAT Measurement Report Mode.............. ................................................................................ ..2-39 2.3.3 Frequency Weighting Factor......................................... .......................................................................2-41 2.3. 4 Inter-RAT Period Report Interval.............................................. ..........................................................2-42 2.3.5 BSIC Verify Selection Switch............................................................... ...............................................2-42 2.3.6 Inter-RAT Measurement Quantity........................................................................ ...............................2-43 2.3.7 RSCP-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start /Stop Thresholds.............................................................2-4 4 2.3.8 Ec/No-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds................. ...........................................2-45 2.3.9 Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds..................................................................... .......................2-46 2.3.10 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-RAT Handover ..............................................................................247 2.3.11 Hysteresis Related to Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover............... .............................................2-48 2.3.12 Time to Trigger for Ver ified GSM Cell.................................................................. ...........................2-49 2.3.13 Time to Trigger for Non-verified GSM Cell ................................................................................ ......2-50 2.3.14 Penalty Time for Inter-RAT Handover........................... ...................................................................2-51 2.3.15 C ell Individual Offset........................................................... ..............................................................2-51 2.3.16 Curren t Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-RAT Handover........................ .......................2-52 2.3.17 Inter-RAT Measure Timer Length............... ................................................................................ ......2-53 2.4 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters...... ...................................................2-54 2.4.1 Inter-RAT Service
Handover Switches............................................................... .................................2-56 2.4.2 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coef ficient......................................................................... ...........2-57 2.4.3 Hysteresis of Event 3C.................................... ................................................................................ .....2-57 2.4.4 Time to Trigger for Event 3C.................................... ...........................................................................2-59 2.4.5 BSIC Verify Selection Switch.............................................. ................................................................2-59 2.4.6 Non C overage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds............................. ............................2-60 2.4.7 Penalty Time for Inter-RAT Handover...... ................................................................................ ..........2-61 2.4.8 Inter-RAT Handover Max Attempt Times....................... ....................................................................2-62 2.4.9 I nter-RAT Measure Timer Length................................................... ....................................................2-62 ii Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Contents 2.5 Blind Handover Management Parameters........................................ .............................................................2-63 2.5.1 Blind Ha ndover Flag..................................................................... .......................................................2-64 2.5.2 Blind Handover Priority....................................................................... ................................................2-65 2.6 Cell Selection and Rese lection......................................................................... .............................................2-66 2.6.1 Measurement Hysteresis P arameters....................................................................... .............................2-69 2.6.2 Load Level Offsets...................... ................................................................................ .........................2-70 2.6.3 Minimum Quality Criterion................... ................................................................................ ..............2-71 2.6.4 Minimum Access Level................................... ................................................................................ ....2-72 2.6.5 Cell Reselection Start Thresholds................................ ........................................................................2-72 2.6 .6 Reselection Hysteresis Time.................................................. ..............................................................2-73 2.6.7 Minimum Access Level for Inter-RAT Cell................................................ ........................................2-74 2.6.8 2G Idle Mode MS's Searching f or 3G Cell Signal Level Threshold............................................... .....2-75 2.6.9 3G Cell Reselection Signal Level Offset......................... ....................................................................2-76 2.6.10 3G Cell Reselection Signal Level Threshold...................................... ...............................................2-77 2.7 Neighbor Management Para meters.......................................................................... .....................................2-77 2.7.1 Neighbor Priority Flag.......... ................................................................................ ...............................2-78 2.7.2 Neighbor Priority..................... ................................................................................ .............................2-78 3 Admission Control Parameters.................................................. ..............................................3-1 3.1 Uplink and Downlink Initial Access Rates of BE Service...................... ........................................................3-5 3.2 Intelligent Admi ssion Algorithm Switch.......................................................... ..............................................3-5 3.3 Uplink Total Equivalent Us er Number....................................................................... ....................................3-7 3.4 Downlink Total NonHSDPA Equivalent U ser Number...................................................................... ...........3-8 3.5 AMR Voice Uplink Threshold for Conversation Service.......... .....................................................................3-8 3.6 Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service............................. ...........................................3-9 3.7 AMR Voice Downlink Threshold for Conversation Service........................................................ ................3-10 3.8 Non AMR Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversation Servic e.................................................................3-11 3.9 Uplin k Threshold for Other Services.................................................. ..........................................................3-12 3.10 Downlink Thr eshold for Other Services....................................................... ..............................................3-13 3.11 Uplink Handover Admissio n Threshold..................................................................... ................................3-14 3.12 Downlink Handover Admission Threshold. ................................................................................
................3-15 3.13 Downlink Total Power Threshold........................ ................................................................................ .......3-16 3.14 Uplink Handover Credit Reserved SF............................. ............................................................................3-17 3.15 Downlink Handover Credit and Channel Code Resource Reserved SF............ .........................................3-17 3.16 Resources Reserved for Common Channel Load................................................................... ....................3-18 4 Load Control Parameters....................................................... ...................................................4-1 4.1 Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters.................................. ...............................................................4-2 4.1.1 Uplink and Downlink LDR Algorithm Switches............................................. ......................................4-6 4.1.2 LDR Period Timer Length......... ................................................................................ ............................4-7 4.1.3 Uplink and Downlink LDR Trigger Thresholds and Release Thresholds.............................................4-8 4.1.4 Up link or Downlink LDR Actions.................................................... .....................................................4-9 4.1.5 Uplink/Downlink L DR Action Handing User Number................................................... ....................4-10 4.1.6 Uplink and Downlink Inter-Frequency Cell Load Han dover Load Space Thresholds........................4-13 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Hu awei Technologies Proprietary iii
Contents RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4.1.7 Uplink and Downlink Inter-Fre quency Cell Load Handover Maximum Band Width.........................4-13 4.1.8 Cell SF Reserved Threshold...................................................... ...........................................................4-14 4.1.9 Uplink or Downlink Credit SF Reserved Threshods........................................... ................................4-15 4.1.10 LDR Code Priority Indicator......... ................................................................................ .....................4-16 4.1.11 MBMS Power Control Service Priority Threshold.. ..........................................................................4-16 4.2 Cell Overload Congestion Control Algorithm Parameters....................... ....................................................4-17 4.2.1 Uplink and Downli nk OLC Algorithm Switches....................................................... ..........................4-19 4.2.2 OLC Period Timer Length.................... ................................................................................ ...............4-20 4.2.3 Uplink and Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold..............................................4-21 4.2.4 Uplink and Dow nlink OLC Fast TF Restriction Times............................................. ..........................4-22 4.2.5 Uplink and Downlink OLC Fast TF Restrict RA B Number................................................................4-22 4.2 .6 OLC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Timer Length And Recover Timer Length ........................4-23 4.2.7 OLC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Coeff icient.......................................................................... 4-24 4.2.8 Uplink and Downlink Release RAB Number............................... .......................................................4-24 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters............................................ ...........................................5-1 5.1 BE Service Related Threshold Parameters..................................... .................................................................5-2 5.1.1 BE Se rvice Handover Rate Threshold................................................... ................................................ 5-3 5.1.2 Uplink/Downlink BE Se rvice Insured Rate.............................................................. .............................5-4 5.1.3 UpLink and Downlink BE traffic DCH decisi on threshold...................................................................5 -5 5.1.4 DL Streaming Threshold on HSDPA........................................ .............................................................5-6 5.1.5 DL BE Tra ffic Threshold on HSDPA......................................................... ...........................................5-6 5.1.6 UL BE Traffic Threshold on HSUPA........................................................................... .........................5-7 5.1.7 UL Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSUPA...... ................................................................................ ...5-7 5.1.8 Streaming Service HSUPA Transmission Mode.......................... ......................................................... 5-8 5.2 Dynamic Channe l Configuration Control Parameters.............................................. ...................................... 5-8 5.2.1 Traffic Upper Threshold........ ................................................................................ ...............................5-10 5.2.2 Traffic Lower Threshold............... ................................................................................ .......................5-11 5.2.3 Time to Trigger Event 4A...................... ................................................................................ ..............5-12 5.2.4 Time to Trigger Event 4B............................... ................................................................................ .....5-12 5.2.5 Pending Time after Trigger Event 4A............................. .....................................................................5-13 5.2.6 Pending time after trigger Event 4B............................................. ........................................................5-14 5.2.7 Uplink and Do wnlink DCCC Rate Thresholds.....................................................
...............................5-15 5.2.8 Uplink and Downlink Middle Rate Thresh olds............................................................................ .......5-15 5.2.9 Uplink and Downlink Rate Adjust Levels........................ ...................................................................5-16 5.2.10 L ow activity bitrate threshold................................................... .........................................................5-17 5.3 Link Stability Parameters..................................................................... .........................................................5-17 5.3.1 Event Ea Rel ative Threshold................................................................. ...............................................5-18 5.3.2 Event Eb Relative Thre shold........................................................................... .....................................5-19 5.3.3 Uplink Full Coverage Rate....... ................................................................................ ............................5-19 5.3.4 Downlink Full Coverage Rate.............. ................................................................................ ................5-20 5.4 State Transfer Parameters.............................. ................................................................................ ................5-21 5.4.1 DCH to FACH State Transition Timer................... .............................................................................5-2 2 iv Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Contents 5.4.2 DCH to FACH / FACH to PCH State Transition Traffic 4B Threshold........... ...................................5-23 5.4.3 FACH to PCH State Transition Timer ................................................................................ .................5-23 5.4.4 Cell ReSelection Timer.............................. ................................................................................ ..........5-24 5.4.5 FACH to DCH Traffic Report Threshold....................... .....................................................................5-25 5.4.6 FACH to DCH Traffic Time to trigger............................................. ...................................................5-25 5.5 PS Inactive......... ................................................................................ ............................................................5-26 5.5.1 Interacti ve Service T1................................................................... .......................................................5-27 5.5.2 Interactive Se rvice T2........................................................................ ..................................................5-28 5.5.3 Background Service T1.............................................................................. ..........................................5-28 5.5.4 Background Service T1...... ................................................................................ ..................................5-29 5.5.5 IMS Service T1..................... ................................................................................ ...............................5-30 5.5.6 IMS Service T2........................ ................................................................................ ............................5-30 5.6 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parame ters............................................................................ .......5-31 5.6.1 Time to Start Re-TX Monitor................................... ............................................................................5-32 5.6.2 Re-Tx Monitor Period..................................................... .....................................................................5-33 5.6.3 Retransmission Filter Coefficient............................................... ..........................................................5-34 5.6.4 Event A thr eshold.......................................................................... .......................................................5-34 5.6.5 Event A Time t o Trigger....................................................................... ...............................................5-35 5.6.6 Event A Pending Time a fter Trigger.................................................................... ................................5-35 5.6.7 Event A Report Period................ ................................................................................ .........................5-36 5.6.8 Event B Threshold........................... ................................................................................ .....................5-36 5.6.9 Event B Time to Trigger......................... ................................................................................ .............5-37 5.6.10 Event B Pending Time after Trigger..................... .............................................................................5-3 8 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters................................................ .............................................6-1 6.1 Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters.................................. ................................................................6-2 6.1.1 Maximu m Cell Transmit Power........................................................... ..................................................6-3 6.1.2 Cell PCPICH Transmit Power.......................................................................... ......................................6-4 6.1.3 PSCH and SSCH Transmit Power.... ................................................................................ .....................6-4 6.1.4 BCH Transmit Power............................... ................................................................................
..............6-5 6.1.5 Maximum FACH Transmit Power............................. ............................................................................6-6 6.1.6 PCH Transmit Power........................................................ .....................................................................6-7 6.1.7 P ICH Transmit Power.............................................................. ..............................................................6-7 6.1.8 AICH Tra nsmit Power..................................................................... ......................................................6-8 6.2 Paging Parameters. ................................................................................ ..........................................................6-9 6.2.1 Paging Cycle Coefficient.................................................................... ...................................................6-9 6.2.2 Number of Paging Re transmit........................................................................ ......................................6-10 6.3 RRC Connection Setup Parameters.. ................................................................................ .............................6-11 6.3.1 T300 and N300........................... ................................................................................ ..........................6-11 6.4 Synchronization Parameters................... ................................................................................ .......................6-12 6.4.1 Number of Successive In-sync Indications...... ................................................................................ ....6-14 6.4.2 Number of Successive Out-of-sync Indications..................... ..............................................................6-14 6.4.3 Radio L ink Failure Timer Duration...................................................... ...............................................6-15 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary v
Contents RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6.4.4 N312 and T312................ ................................................................................ .....................................6-16 6.4.5 N313, N315, and T313............ ................................................................................ .............................6-17 6.5 Location Update Parameters.................................................. .......................................................................6-17 6.5. 1 Periodic Location Update Timer................................................ ..........................................................6-18 6.6 User Priority Related Parameters............................................................. .....................................................6-18 6.6.1 User Priority of Allocation/Retension Priority 1~14............................................. ..............................6-19 6.6.2 Integrate Priority Configured Reference ................................................................................ ..............6-20 6.6.3 Indicator of Carrier Type Priority..................... ................................................................................ ...6-21 7 HSDPA Parameters.............................................................. ......................................................7-1 7.1 HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters.................................. ......................................................7-2 7.1.1 HS-DPCCH Power M anagement Parameters............................................................ ............................7-2 7.1.2 Total Power of HSDPA and Measurement Power Offset Constant.....................................................7-10 7.2 HS DPA Code Resource Management Algorithm Parameters............................... .......................................7-12 7.2.1 HSDPA Code Resource Distributi on Mode......................................................................... ................7-13 7.2.2 Number of HS-PDSCH Codes............................. ................................................................................ 7-13 7.2.3 Number of Maximum HS-PDSCH Codes..................................... ......................................................7-14 7.2.4 Number of Minim um HS-PDSCH Codes............................................................... .............................7-14 7.2.5 Number of HS-SCCH Codes................. ................................................................................ ...............7-15 7.3 HSDPA Mobility Management Parameters.................... ..............................................................................716 7.3.1 HSPA Handover Protection Length........................................ .............................................................7-16 7.4 HSDPA Dire ct Retry and Switch of Channel Types Parameters................................. .................................7-18 7.4.1 D2H Retry Timer Length.............. ................................................................................ .......................7-19 7.4.2 Timer Length of D2H Intra-Handover............ ................................................................................ .....7-19 7.4.3 Timer Length of D2H Inter-Handover.............................. ...................................................................7-20 7.4.4 Ti mer Length of Multi-Carrier Handover............................................ ................................................7-21 7.4.5 Compress Mode Permiss ion Indication on HSDPA......................................................... ...................7-21 7.5 HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm................... ................................................................................ ......7-22 7.5.1 Maximum HSDPA Users of NodeB................................... .................................................................7-23 7.5.2 UL H S-DPCCH Reserve Factor.......................................................... .................................................7-24 7.5.3 HSDPA Streaming PBR Threshold....................................................................... ...............................7-24 7.5.4 HSDPA Best Effort PBR Threshold.......
................................................................................ .............7-25 7.5.5 Maximum HSDPA User Number............................... .........................................................................7-25 8 HSUPA Parameters.............................................................. ......................................................8-1 8.1 HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters................................. ......................................................8-2 8.1.1 Maximum Target U plink Load Factor............................................................... ....................................8-2 8.1.2 Target Non-Serving E-DCH to Total E-DCH Power Ratio............................................................... ....8-3 8.2 HSUPA Admission Control Algorithm................................... ........................................................................8-4 8.2. 1 Maximum HSUPA User Number..................................................... ..................................................... 8-4 8.2.2 DL HSUPA Reserve d Factor ....................................................................... ......................................... 8-5 8.2.3 NodeB Maximum HSUPA User Num ber............................................................................. .................8-6 9 MBMS Parameters............................................................... ......................................................9-1 vi Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Contents 9.1 MBMS Admission and Load Control Parameters.................................. .........................................................9-2 9.1.1 Maximum Trans mit Power of the FACH........................................................... ....................................9-3 9.1.2 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Highest Priority................................9-4 9.1.3 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Lowest Priority....... ..........................9-5 9.1.4 Service Priority Threshold for Decreasing Po wer............................................................................. .....9-5 9.1.5 MBMS Preempt Algorithm Switch.................................... ....................................................................9-6 9.2 FLC/ FLD Algorithm Parameters........................................................ ............................................................9-7 9.2.1 FLC Algori thm Switch...................................................................... .....................................................9-7 10 Algorithm Switches........................................................... ....................................................10-1 10.1 Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in RNC.............................. .......................................................10-2 10.1.1 Channel Algor ithm Switches................................................................... ..........................................10-2 10.1.2 Handover Algorithm Switche s............................................................................... ............................10-6 10.1.3 Power Control Algorithm Switches........ ................................................................................ .........10-11 10.1.4 HSPA Algorithm Switches................................... ............................................................................10-1 3 10.1.5 DRD Algorithm Switches................................................. ...............................................................10-15 10.2 Cell A lgorithm Switches............................................................... ............................................................10-16 10.2.1 Cell Al gorithm Switches................................................................ ..................................................10-16 10.2.2 Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch ....................................................... .........................10-18 10.2.3 Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switc h.............................................................................10 -19 10.3 Other Algorithm Switches............................................... ..........................................................................10-20 10.3.1 Iub CAC Algorithm Switches............................................... ...........................................................10-20 10.3.2 Iub Band width Congestion Control Algorithm Switch....................................... .............................10-20 10.3.3 Intra-Frequency Measurement Control In formation Indication.......................................................10-21 10.3.4 Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT Measurement Indication........................ ..............................................10-22 10.3.5 FACH Measurement Indi cator .......................................................................... ..............................10-22 11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters.................................. .........................11-1 11.1 Transmission Common Parameters............................................. ................................................................11-2 11.1.1 AAL2 Path Type...................................................................... ..........................................................11-2 11.1.2 IP Path Ty pe.............................................................................. .........................................................11-3 11.1.3 Per-Hop Beh avior...........................................................................
....................................................11-3 11.2 Iub Admission Cont rol Parameters.................................................................. ...........................................11-4 11.2.1 Reserved Bandwidth for Fo rward/Backward Handover......................................................... ...........11-4 11.3 Iub Congestion Control Parameters.......................... ................................................................................ ..11-5 11.3.1 Forward/Backward Congestion Threshold............................. ............................................................11-8 11.3.2 Forward/ Backward Congestion Clear Threshold............................................. ..................................11-9 11.3.3 Iub Bandwidth Congestion Control A lgorithm Switch................................................................. .....11-9 11.3.4 Timer Length for Iub Bandwidth Restriction Service Rate Reducti on............................................11-10 11.3.5 Iub Congestion Factor s............................................................................... ......................................11-11 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT........................................... .................................12-1 12.1 HSDPA Flow Control Parameters.............................................. .................................................................12-2 12.1.1 HSD PA Bandwidth Adjustment Switch.................................................. ..........................................12-2 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Tech nologies Proprietary vii
Contents RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12.1.2 Frame Discard Rate Threshold on Iub Interface............................................................... .................12-3 12.1.3 Time Delay Threshold on Iub Interface.............. ...............................................................................1 2-4 12.2 HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters............................... ..................................................12-5 12.2.1 Resource Allocate Method.......................................................................... .......................................12-8 12.2.2 Scheduling Method............ ................................................................................ ................................12-9 12.2.3 Maximum Retransmission Count........ ................................................................................ .............12-10 12.2.4 Power Margin.......................................... ................................................................................ .........12-10 12.2.5 HS-SCCH Power Control Method.............................. .....................................................................12-11 12.2. 6 HS-SCCH Fixed Power or Initial Transmit Power................................. .........................................12-12 12.2.7 Target HS-SCCH FER........ ................................................................................ .............................12-12 12.2.8 Initial BLER of Data Transfer ........ ................................................................................ .................12-13 12.2.9 Resource Limiting Switch.......................... ................................................................................ ......12-14 12.2.10 HSDPA Dynamic Code Switch................................... ...................................................................12-14 12.2.11 16QAM Switch................................................................... ...........................................................12-15 12.2.12 CQI Fil ter Alpha....................................................................... ......................................................12-16 12.2.13 GBR for SPI. ................................................................................ ..................................................12-16 12.2.14 Weight for SPI.. ................................................................................ ..............................................12-18 12.2.15 Resource Limiting Ra tio for SPI..................................................................... ...............................12-18 12.3 HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Param eters........................................................................... ......12-19 12.3.1 AG Threshold................................................. ................................................................................ ..12-20 12.3.2 Average Rate Initial Value....................................... ........................................................................12-20 12 .3.3 GBR Schedule Switch........................................................ ..............................................................12-21 12.3.4 Sort Rate Weight..................................................................... .........................................................12-22 12.3.5 Sort Rate RSN Weight...................................................................... ...............................................12-22 12.4 HSUPA Power Control Pa rameters........................................................................ ...................................12-23 12.4.1 Power Control Algorithm Switches for Downlink Control Channel...............................................12-2 3 12.4.2 Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters.......................... ................................................12-28 12.4.3 Dynamic Power Contr ol Mode Algorithm Parameters.................................................... ................12-32 12.5 Local Cell Management Parameters..................... ................................................................................ .....12-36 12.5.1 Cell Radius................................................... ................................................................................ ....12-36 12.5.2 Cell Handover Radius...........................................
...........................................................................12-37 viii Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Figures Figures Figure 7-1 Impact from over long HSPA protection length......................... ......................................................7-17 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary ix
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Tables Tables Table 1-1 List of uplink power control parameters............................... ...............................................................1-2 Table 1-2 Lis t of downlink power control parameters.......................................... .............................................1-12 Table 1-3 Maximum and minimum downlink transmit powers........................................................ .................1-13 Table 2-1 List of intra-frequency handover parameters..... ................................................................................ ..2-2 Table 2-2 List of inter-frequency handover parameters..................... ................................................................2-15 Table 2-3 L ist of coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters.................. ............................2-35 Table 2-4 List of non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters.......................................2-55 Table 2-5 List of blind handover management parameters................................ ................................................2-63 Table 2-6 List of cell sele ction and reselection parameters................................................ ................................2-66 Table 2-7 List of neighbor management param eters........................................................................... ...............2-77 Table 3-1 List of admission control parameters.............. ................................................................................ .....3-1 Table 4-1 List of cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters..... .............................................................. 4-2 Table 4-2 Lis t of smart load control parameters.............................................. ...................................................4-17 Table 5-1 List of BE ser vice related threshold parameters............................................... ....................................5-2 Table 5-2 List of dynamic channel config uration parameters.............................................................. ................5-9 Table 5-3 List of link stability parameters................. ................................................................................ .........5-17 Table 5-4 List of state transfer parameters....................... ................................................................................ ..5-21 Table 5-5 List of PS inactive parameters................................. ...........................................................................5-26 Table 5-6 List of RLC retransmission monitor algorithm parameters............... ................................................5-31 Table 6-1 List of cell chan nel power distribution parameters............................................... ...............................6-2 Table 6-2 List of paging parameters.......... ................................................................................ ...........................6-9 Table 6-3 List of RRC connection setup parameters ................................................................................ ..........6-11 Table 6-4 List of synchronization parameters..................... ...............................................................................6 -13 Table 6-5 List of location update parameters................................ .....................................................................6-18 Table 6-6 List of user priority related parameters.................................... ..........................................................6-19 Table 7-1 List of HS-DPCCH power control parameters.............................................. .......................................7-2 Table 7-2 List of total power of HSDP A and measurement power offset constant......................................... ..7-10 Table 7-3 List of HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters.... ................................................7-12 Table 7-4 List of HSDPA mob ility management parameters..................................................... ........................7-16 Table 7-5 List of HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters.................................................7-18 Ta ble 7-6 List of HSDPA admission control algorithm parameters.................... ..............................................7-22 Table 8-1 List of HSUPA MAC-e
scheduling algorithm parameters................................................ .................. 8-2 Table 8-2 List of HSUPA admission control algorithm param eters.................................................................... 8-4 Is sue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary xi
Tables RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Table 9-1 List of MBMS admission an d preempt algorithm parameters.................................................. ...........9-2 Table 9-2 List of FLC/FLD algorithm parameters................... ............................................................................9-7 Table 10-1 List of channel algorithm switches................................... ...............................................................10-3 Table 10-2 L ist of handover algorithm switches.............................................. ..................................................10-6 Table 10-3 List of power control algorithm switches...................................................... .................................10-12 Table 10-4 List of HSPA algorithm switche s............................................................................... ....................10-13 Table 10-5 List of DRD algorithm switches............. ................................................................................ .......10-15 Table 10-6 List of cell algorithm switches......................... ..............................................................................10 -16 Table 10-7 CAC algorithm switches........................................... .....................................................................10-20 Table 11-1 List of transmission common parameters.................................... ....................................................11-2 Table 11-2 List of Iub admission control parameters.................................................... .....................................11-4 Table 11-3 List of Iub congestion cont rol parameters.................................................................. ......................11-6 Table 11-4 Iub Congestion Factor Configuration....... ................................................................................ ......11-12 Table 12-1 List of HSDPA flow control parameters.................... ......................................................................12-2 Table 12-2 List of HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters...................... .......................................12-5 Table 12-3 GBR, weight and resource limiting ratio for SPI.......................................................... .................12-17 Table 12-4 List of HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm param eters............................................................12-19 Table 125 List of power control algorithm switches for downlink control channel......... ..............................12-23 Table 12-6 List of fixed power control mode algorithm parameters............................................................ ....12-28 Table 12-7 List of dynamic power control mode algorithm parameters.... ......................................................12-32 Table 12-8 List of l ocal cell management parameters................................................. .....................................12-36 xii Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference About This Document About This Document Purpose This document provides the engineering technician of commercial office with a pa rameter setting baseline and parameter adjustment instructions. Related Versions The following table lists the product versions related to this document. Product Name RNC NodeB Version V200R009 V100R008 Intended Audience This document is intended for: l l RNP engineers RNO engineers Update History Refer to Changes in RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference. Organization 1 Power Control Parameters Power control is a key WCDMA technique, through which near and far effect, shadow fading and fast fading can be overcome to ensure up link and downlink network performance, reduce network interference and improve t he system quality and capacity. As a result, power control parameter values have great impact on the network. 2 Handover Parameters Handover aims to ensure comm unication continuity and good communication quality. Handovers in WCDMA system a re of the following types: soft handover, softer handover, intrafrequency hard h andover, inter-frequency hard handover, inter-RAT hard handover and so on. Hando ver emerges as the important factor affecting network performance, and handover Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1
About This Document RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference optimization is also significant in network optimization. Handover parameters ar e described according to the handover classification. 3 Admission Control Parame ters Admission control is a way for coordinating the WCDMA system capacity, cove rage and quality, and it ensures the system stability and QoS requirement by con trol over user access. 4 Load Control Parameters Load control is another very im portant function in WCDMA system. It maintains the system load within the normal range to ensure that the system s overall QoS is in the normal range. The load cont rol includes LDR (Load Reshuffling) and OLC (Overload Control). 5 PS Service Rat e Control Parameters The PS Service rate control includes dynamic channel config uration, state transfer. 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters Special topic paramete rs include parameters for cell channel power distribution, paging, RRC connectio n setup, synchronization and location updating. 7 HSDPA Parameters HSDPA paramet ers include HSDPA power resource management parameters, HSDPA code resource mana gement algorithm parameters, HSDPA mobility management parameters, HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters, and HSDPA call admission control a lgorithm parameters. 8 HSUPA Parameters HSUPA parameters include HSUPA MAC-e sch eduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA power control parameters, and HSUPA admissio n control parameters. 9 MBMS Parameters MBMS parameters mainly include MBMS admi ssion and load control parameters. 10 Algorithm Switches In the RNC, algorithm s witches are divided into two classes: connection-oriented algorithm switches and cell-oriented algorithm switches. 11 Transmission Resource Management Parameter s The common configurable transmission parameters are listed here. 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT The parameters configured on the NodeB LMT described he re mainly consist of the HSDPA flow control parameters, the HSDPA MAC-hs schedul ing algorithm parameters, the HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters, the H SUPA power control parameters and the local cell management parameters. Conventions 1. Symbol Conventions The following symbols may be found in this document. They are defined as follows 2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference About This Document Symbol Description Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk that, if not avoided, w ill result in death or serious injury. Indicates a hazard with a medium or low l evel of risk which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. In dicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could cause equi pment damage, data loss, and performance degradation, or unexpected results. Ind icates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save your time. Provides addit ional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text. DANGER WARNING CAUTION TIP NOTE 2. General Conventions Convention Times New Roman Boldface Italic Courier New 3. Command Conventions Convention Boldface Italic [] {x | y | ...} [ x | y | ... ] { x | y | ... } * Description The keywords of a command line are in boldface. C ommand arguments are in italic. Items (keywords or arguments) in square brackets [ ] are optional. Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vert ical bars.One is selected. Optional alternative items are grouped in square brac kets and separated by vertical bars.One or none is selected. Alternative items a re grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars.A minimum of one or a maximu m of all can be selected. Description Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman. Names of files,directories,folders,and users are in boldface. For example,log in as user root . Book titles are in italics. Terminal display is in Courier New. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3
About This Document RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Convention [ x | y | ... ] * Description Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical ba rs.A minimum of zero or a maximum of all can be selected. 4. GUI Conventions Convention Boldface > Description Buttons,menus,parameters,ta bs,window,and dialog titles are in boldface. For example,click OK. Multi-level m enus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example,choose File > C reate > Folder . 5. Keyboard Operation Convention Key Key1+Key2 Key1,Key2 Description Press the k ey.For example,press Enter and press Tab. Press the keys concurrently.For exampl e,pressing Ctrl+Alt+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently. Press the keys in turn.For example,pressing Alt,A means the two keys should be presse d in turn. 6. Mouse Operation Action Click Double-click Drag Description Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer. Press the primary mouse bu tton twice continuously and quickly without moving the pointer. Press and hold t he primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain position. 4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 1 Power Control Parameters 1 About This Chapter Power Control Parameters Power control is a key WCDMA technique, through which near and far effect, shado w fading and fast fading can be overcome to ensure uplink and downlink network p erformance, reduce network interference and improve the system quality and capac ity. As a result, power control parameter values have great impact on the networ k. 1.1 Uplink Power Control Parameters The common configurable uplink power cont rol parameters are listed here. 1.2 Downlink Power Control Parameters The common configurable downlink power control parameters are listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-1
1 Power Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 1.1 Uplink Power Control Parameters The common configurable uplink power control parameters are listed here. Table 1 -1 List of uplink power control parameters N o. 1 Paramete r ID PowerOffs etPpm Parameter Meaning Power offset between the last access preamble and message cont rol part Constant for PRACH initial transmit power Power increase step of random access preamble Maximum of preamble retransmissio n Max preamble loop Default c onstant for initial DPCCH transmit power Default Value Signalling: -3 dB Service s: -2 dB Relevant Command Set: ADD PRACHTFC Modify: The PRACH TFC needs to be de leted before being reconfigured. Leve l Cell 2 ConstantV alue -20, that is, -20 dB Set: ADD PRACHBASIC Modify: The PRACH needs to be deleted before being reconfigu red. Cell 3 PowerRam pStep 2, that is, 2 dB 4 PreambleR etransMax 8 times 5 Mmax 8 times Set: ADD RACH Query: LST RACH Modify: MOD RACH Cell 6 DefaultCo nstantValu e -27, that is, -27 dB Set or modify: SET FRC Query: LST FRC RNC 1-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary
Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 1 Power Control Parameters N o. 7 Paramete r ID MaxAllow edUlTxPo wer MaxUlTx PowerFor Conv MaxUlTx PowerFor Str M axUlTx PowerForI nt MaxUlTx PowerFor Bac Parameter Meaning Maximum UE uplink transmit power per service Default Value 24, that is, 24 dBm Relevant Command MaxAllowedUlTxPower Set: ADD CELLSELRESEL Query: LST CELLSELRES EL Modify: MOD CELLSELRESEL Service-Oriented Parameters Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELLCAC Leve l Cell 8 RRCPRO CSRBDE LAY HHOPRO CSRBDE LAY Delay of SRB in DCH RRC process [Frame] Delay of SRB in DCH HHO process [Frame] RRC Proc DPCCH PC preamble length [Frame] HHO Proc DPCCH PC preamble length [Fra me] 7 Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELLCAC Cell 9 RRCPRO CPCPREA MBLE HHOPRO CPCPREA MBLE RRC: 0 HHO: 7 1.1.1 Power Offset Between Access Preamble and Message Control Part This paramet er is the power offset between the last access preamble and the message control part. The access preamble power plus this offset equals the power of the control part. 1.1.2 PRACH Initial Transmit Power Constant This parameter is the constan t for the UE to estimate the initial PRACH transmit power in the open loop power control process. 1.1.3 PRACH Power Ramp Step This parameter is the power increa se step of the random access preambles transmitted before the UE which receives the acquisition indicator in the random access process. 1.1.4 Maximum Preamble R etransmit Attempts Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-3
1 Power Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference This parameter is the maximum number of preambles retransmission of the UE in a preamble ramping cycle. 1.1.5 Maximum Preamble Loop This parameter defines the m aximum number of random access preamble loops. When the UE has transmitted the a ccess preamble and the number of retransmission times has reached PreambleRetran sMax, if the UE still has not received the capture indication, it repeats the ac cess attempt after the specified waiting time. The maximum number of recycle can not exceed Mmax. 1.1.6 Default DPCCH Transmit Power Constant This parameter is u sed by the RNC to compute the DPCCH power offset which is used by the UE to comp ute the initial transmit power of UL DPCCH during the open loop power control pr ocess. 1.1.7 Maximum Allowed Uplink Transmit Power of the UE The MaxAllowedULTxP ower parameter determines the maximum transmit power of an UE when the UE gains access to a specific cell. This means that the cell selects UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH in the S rule. In addition, there are four maximum UE transmit power parameters or iented to different QoS services. 1.1.8 RRC/HHO Process SRB Delay This parameter defines the delay of SRB in DCH RRC/HHO process. 1.1.9 RRC/HHO Process DPCCH Po wer Control Preamble Length This parameter defines the DPCCH power control pream ble length in DCH RRC/HHO process. 1.1.1 Power Offset Between Access Preamble and Message Control Part This parameter is the power offset between the last access preamble and the mess age control part. The access preamble power plus this offset equals the power of the control part. Parameter ID PowerOffsetPpm Value Range 5 to 10 Physical Value Range 5 dB to 10 dB, step 1 dB Parameter Setting According to the field test results, the recommended value during signaling tran smission is set to 3 dB, and that during service transmission to 2 dB. Impact on the Network Performance l If the parameter value is set too low, it is likely that the signaling and the s ervice data carried over the RACH cannot be received by UTRAN, which affects the uplink coverage. Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30) 1-4
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference l 1 Power Control Parameters If the value is too high, the uplink interference is increased, and the uplink c apacity is affected. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD PRACHTFC, delete the PRACH TFC through RMV PRACHTF C before reconfiguring it. It is necessary to deactivate PRACH (DEA PRACH) and t he cell (DEA CELL) before RMV PRACHTFC is executed. 1.1.2 PRACH Initial Transmit Power Constant This parameter is the constant for the UE to estimate the initial PRACH transmit power in the open loop power control process. Parameter ID ConstantValue Value Range -35 to -10 Physical Value Range -35 dB to -10 dB step 1 dB Parameter Setting The default value is -20, that is, -20 dB. This parameter is used to calculate t he transmit power of the first preamble in the random access process. The formul a is as follows: Preamble_Initial_Power = PCPICH DL TX power - CPICH_RSCP + UL_i nterference + Constant_Value where l l l l Preamble_Initial_Power is the preamble initial transmit power of the UE. PCPICH DL TX power is downlink transmit power of the PCPICH. CPICH_RSCP is the received signaling code power of the PCPICH measured by the UE. UL_interference is the u plink interference, which is obtained by the UE receiving data from the broadcas t channel. It is calculated at the network side and broadcast to the UE. This va lue is kept in the background record of the UE under test. Constant_Value is obt ained by the UE receiving data from the broadcast channel. l Impact on the Network Performance l If the parameter value is set too high, the initial transmit power becomes highe r, whereas the duration of the access process becomes shorter. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-5 Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
1 Power Control Parameters l RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference If the value is too low, to satisfy the requirement of access power, it requires more ramps and lengthens the access period. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD PRACHBASIC and modify it through MOD PRACHUUPARAS . 1.1.3 PRACH Power Ramp Step This parameter is the power increase step of the random access preambles transmi tted before the UE which receives the acquisition indicator in the random access process. Parameter ID PowerRampStep Value Range 1 to 8 Physical Value Range 1 dB to 8 dB, step 1 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 2, that is 2 dB. Impact on the Network Performance l If this value is too high, the access process is shortened, but the probability of power waste is higher. If it is too low, the access process is lengthened, bu t the transmitting power is saved. l It is a value should be weighed. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD PRACHBASIC uery it through LST PRACH. modify it through MOD PRACHUUPARAS, and q
1.1.4 Maximum Preamble Retransmit Attempts This parameter is the maximum number of preambles retransmission of the UE in a preamble ramping cycle. Parameter ID PreambleRetransMax Value Range 1 to 64 1-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 1 Power Control Parameters Physical Value Range 1 to 64 times Parameter Setting The default value is 8 times. The product of this parameter and the previous PRA CH Power Ramp Step determines the maximum ramp power of the UE within a preamble ramping cycle. Impact on the Network Performance l If this value is too low, the preamble power may fail to ramp to the required va lue, resulting in UE access failure. If it is too high, the UE may repeatedly ma ke access attempts by increasing the transmit power, resulting in interference t o other users. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD PRACHBASIC, modify it through MOD PRACHUUPARAS, a nd query it through LST PRACH. 1.1.5 Maximum Preamble Loop This parameter defines the maximum number of random access preamble loops. When the UE has transmitted the access preamble and the number of retransmission time s has reached PreambleRetransMax, if the UE still has not received the capture i ndication, it repeats the access attempt after the specified waiting time. The m aximum number of recycle cannot exceed Mmax. Parameter ID Mmax Value Range 1 to 32 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 8. Impact on the Network Performance l l If this parameter is too low, the UE access success rate is influenced. If it is too high, the UE probably tries access attempt repeatedly within a long time, w hich increases the uplink interference. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-7 Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
1 Power Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD RACH, query it through LST RACH, and modify it th rough MOD RACH. 1.1.6 Default DPCCH Transmit Power Constant This parameter is used by the RNC to compute the DPCCH power offset which is use d by the UE to compute the initial transmit power of UL DPCCH during the open lo op power control process. Parameter ID DefaultConstantValue Value Range -35 to -10 Physical Value Range -35 dB to -10 dB Parameter Setting The default value is -27, that is -27 dB. The formula given in the protocol 25.3 31 is as follows: DPCCH_Initial_power = DPCCH_Power_offset - CPICH_RSCP Where, C PICH_RSCP is the received signaling code power of the PCPICH measured by the UE. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the uplink synchronization at the cell verge may f ail during initial link setup, which influences the uplink coverage. If it is to o high, it leads to instant interference to the uplink receiving, decreasing upl ink receiving performance. l Relevant Commands Set or modify this parameter through SET FRC and query it through LST FRC. 1.1.7 Maximum Allowed Uplink Transmit Power of the UE The MaxAllowedULTxPower parameter determines the maximum transmit power of an UE when the UE gains access to a specific cell. This means that the cell selects U E_TXPWR_MAX_RACH in the S rule. In addition, there are four maximum UE transmit power parameters oriented to different QoS services. Parameter ID MaxAllowedUlTxPower 1-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 1 Power Control Parameters MaxUlTxPowerForConv (maximum transmit power for the session service) MaxUlTxPowe rForStr (maximum transmit power for the stream service) MaxUlTxPowerForInt (maxi mum transmit power for the exchange service) MaxUlTxPowerForBac (maximum transmi t power for the background service) Value Range -50 to +33 Physical Value Range -50 dBm to +33 dBm, with step length as 1 dBm Parameter Setting The setting of this parameter is based on the planned uplink network coverage. T he default setting of MaxAllowedULTxPower is 21, which stands for 21 dBm. The va lues of the other four parameters cannot be greater than the value of MaxAllowed ULTxPower. By default, the parameters MaxUlTxPowerForConv, MaxUlTxPowerForStr, M axUlTxPowerForInt, and MaxUlTxPowerForBac are set to 24 dBm. If the capacity of a cell is restricted, this group of parameters are not a constraint for the cell . The reason is that the rapid power control function can dynamically adjust the transmit power of an UE. If the coverage of a cell is restricted, the following formula is provided according to the requirement of full coverage: You can infer that Noiserise = Itotal/PN. Where: l l l l PUE,max represents the maximum transmit power of the UE. Lmax represents the max imum path loss. The character v represents the activation factor of a service. G p represents the processing gain of a service. The formula is: Gp = W/R, where W represents signal bandwidth and R represents the data transmission rate of a se rvice. Ga represents antenna gain, which is the sum of the actual antenna gain a nd the cable loss gain. Gd represents the sum of diversity gains, such as multipath diversity gain and receiver antenna gain. PN represents the background nois e. Eb/Io represents the target SIR value of a service. l l l l For the services that do not require full cell coverage, you can also use the pr evious formula to measure the transmit power of the UE that meets the special re quirement for coverage area. If Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-9
1 Power Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference the transmit power of an UE has reached the maximum, you can use the previous fo rmula to measure the uplink coverage area. Impact on Network Performance If coverage area is restricted, the uplink coverage area is affected if this par ameter is set to a very small value. Relevant Commands MaxAllowedUlTxPower: use the ADD CELLSELRESEL command for configuration, the LST CELLSELRESEL command for query, and the MOD CELLSELRESEL command for modificati on. Service-oriented parameters: use the ADD CELLCAC command for configuration, the LST CELLCAC command for query, and the MOD CELLCAC command for modification. 1.1.8 RRC/HHO Process SRB Delay This parameter defines the delay of SRB in DCH RRC/HHO process. Parameter ID RRCPROCSRBDELAY HHOPROCSRBDELAY Value Range 0 to 7 Physical Value Range 0 to 7 frames, step is 1 Parameter Setting The default value of each parameter is 7. The delay of SRB involves the followin g signalling: PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION, RADIO BEARER ESTABLISHMENT, RADI O BEARER RECONFIGURATION, RADIO BEARER RELEASE, TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATIO N, HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND, RRC CONNECTION SETUP and CELL UPDATE CONFIRM. Impact on the Network Performance The improper setting of this parameter will result in data loss and retransmissi on delay, which may have a negative effect on service rate and transmission dela y. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 1-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 1 Power Control Parameters 1.1.9 RRC/HHO Process DPCCH Power Control Preamble Length This parameter defines the DPCCH power control preamble length in DCH RRC/HHO pr ocess. Parameter ID RRCPROCPCPREAMBLE HHOPROCPCPREAMBLE Value Range 0 to 7 Physical Value Range 0 to 7 times, step is 1 Parameter Setting RRCPROCPCPREAMBLE is set to 0 by default, and the default value of HHOPROCPCPREA MBLE is 7. The power control preamble involves the following signalling: PHYSICA L CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION, RADIO BEARER ESTABLISHMENT, RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURAT ION, RADIO BEARER RELEASE, TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION, HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND, RRC CONNECTION SETUP and CELL UPDATE CONFIRM. This parameter is initial ly used for uplink/downlink power control convergence, preventing UE from using an uncontrollable power at the beginning. When the UE transmits signals on the D PCCH, the NodeB needs a period of time to recognize the uplink signals. The leng th of this period of time depends on the search implementation and the transmiss ion delay. It is useless to start the uplink transmission on DPDCH before the ab ove process is completed. Because at that time, the data can not be correctly re ceived and will be lost. If the AM mode is used, the retransmission may lead to a much longer delay for data transmission. The power control algorithm 1 is the only selection during the preamble period. This parameter is closely related to the DPCCH initial transmit power, the initial SIR target, the power control algo rithm itself and the NodeB search ability, so it should be properly adjusted in reality. Impact on the Network Performance The improper setting of this parameter will result in data loss and retransmissi on delay, which may have a negative effect on service rate and transmission dela y. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 1.2 Downlink Power Control Parameters The common configurable downlink power control parameters are listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-11
1 Power Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Table 1-2 List of downlink power control parameters No. 1 Parame ter ID RlMaxD l Pwr Parameter Meaning Maximum downlink transmit power of the radio link Minimum downlink transmit power of the radio link Cell PCPICH transmit power 330, that i s, 33 dBm Set: ADD PCPICH Query: LST PCPICH Modify: MOD CELL 346, that is, 34.6 dBm Set: ADD PCPICH Query: LST PCPICH Modfy: MOD PCPICHPWR Default Value Refer t o the table Maximum and minimum downlink transmit powers Relevant Command Set: A DD CELLRLPWR Query: LST CELLRLPWR Modify: MOD CELLRLPWR Level Cell 2 RlMinD lPwr 3 PCPICH Power 4 MaxPC PICHPo wer MinPCP ICHPow er Maximum PCPICH transmit power Minimum PCPICH transmit power 5 313, that is, 31.3 dBm 1.2.1 Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link This parameter is the ma ximum downlink transmit power of radio link. It should fulfill the coverage requ irement of the network planning, and the value is relative to PCPICH transmit po wer. 1.2.2 Minimum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link This parameter is t he minimum transmit power of downlink radio link. It should be considered with t he maximum downlink transmit power and the dynamic range of power control, and i ts value is relative to PCPICH transmit power. 1.2.3 Cell PCPICH Transmit Power It is used to determine the power of Primary CPICH of a cell. The reference poin t is the antenna connector of NodeB. Its value is related to the downlink covera ge in the network planning. 1.2.4 Maximum PCPICH Transmit Power It is used to de termine the maximum transmit power of primary CPICH of a cell. The reference poi nt is the antenna connector of NodeB. Its value is related to the downlink cover age in the network planning. 1.2.5 Minimum PCPICH Transmit Power 1-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 1 Power Control Parameters It is used to determine the minimum transmit power of primary CPICH of a cell. T he reference point is the antenna connector of NodeB. Its value is related to th e downlink coverage in the network planning. 1.2.1 Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link This parameter is the maximum downlink transmit power of radio link. It should f ulfill the coverage requirement of the network planning, and the value is relati ve to PCPICH transmit power. Parameter ID RlMaxDlPwr Value Range -350 to 150 Physical Value Range -35 dB to 15 dB, step 0.1 dB Parameter Setting The service type and the service rate should be considered in parameter configur ation. For an individual service, the configuration values are listed in Table 1 -3. Table 1-3 Maximum and minimum downlink transmit powers Service Type (uint: b it/s) Max. Downlink Transmit Power (in the parentheses is the dB value) Min. Dow nlink Transmit Power (in the parentheses is the dB value) CS 12.2K AMR 64K transparent data 56K transparent data 32K transparent data 28.8 K transparent data 57.6K controllable stream PS 0 stream (unidirectional) 384K 2 56K Issue 01 (2007-08-30) 0(0) 30(3) 0(0) -20(-2) -20(-2) -10(-1) -150(-15) -120(-12) -150(-15) -170(-17) -170(-17) -160(-16) -20(-2) 40(4) 20(2) Huawei Technologies Proprietary -170(-17) -110(-11) -130(-13) 1-13
1 Power Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Service Type (uint: bit/s) Max. Downlink Transmit Power (in the parentheses is the dB value) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) -40(-4) -60(-6) -80(-8) Min. Downlink Transmit Power (in the parentheses is the dB value) -150(-15) -150 (-15) -150(-15) -190(-19) -210(-21) -230(-23) 144K 128K 64K 32K 16K 8K For combined services, the maximum and minimum transmit power is computed by the RNC according to the configuration of individual services. Impact on the Network Performance l l If this parameter is too high, downlink interference may occur. If it is too low , it may influence the normal functioning of downlink power control. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLRLPWR, query it through LST CELLRLPWR and mod ify it through MOD CELLRLPWR. 1.2.2 Minimum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link This parameter is the minimum transmit power of downlink radio link. It should b e considered with the maximum downlink transmit power and the dynamic range of p ower control, and its value is relative to PCPICH transmit power. Parameter ID RlMinDlPwr Value Range -350 to 150 Physical Value Range -35 dB to 15 dB, step 0.1 dB Parameter Setting Since the dynamic range of power control is set to 15 dB, this parameter is reco mmended as RL Max DL TX power -15 dB and refer to the related description of the sub clause Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link. 1-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 1 Power Control Parameters Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the transmit power may become too low because of i ncorrect estimation of SIR. If it is too high, it may influence the normal funct ioning of downlink power control. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLRLPWR, query it through LST CELLRLPWR and mod ify it through MOD CELLRLPWR. 1.2.3 Cell PCPICH Transmit Power It is used to determine the power of Primary CPICH of a cell. The reference poin t is the antenna connector of NodeB. Its value is related to the downlink covera ge in the network planning. Parameter ID PCPICHPower Value Range -100 to 500 Physical Value Range -10 dBm to 50 dBm, step 0.1 dBm Parameter Setting The default setting is 330, namely 33 dBm. This parameter should be set based on the actual system environment such as cell coverage (radius) and geographical e nvironment. For the cells to be covered, the downlink coverage should be guarant eed as a premise. For the cells requiring soft handover area, this parameter sho uld satisfy the proportion of soft handover areas stipulated in the network plan ning. For a cell with large coverage, the value of this parameter should be rela tively high; otherwise, it should be relatively low. In a planned multi-cell env ironment, this parameter is definite If the value of this parameter is smaller t han the planned value, coverage holes may occur when the cells are under heavy l oad. Impact on the Network Performance l l If this parameter is too low, it influences directly the downlink pilot coverage range. If it is too high, the downlink interference increases, and the cell cap acity is decreased because a lot of system resources are occupied and the interf erence with the downlink traffic channels are increased. In addition, the configuration of this parameter also has direct influence on th e distribution of handover areas. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-15
1 Power Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD PCPICH, query it through LST PCPICH and modify it through MOD CELL. 1.2.4 Maximum PCPICH Transmit Power It is used to determine the maximum transmit power of primary CPICH of a cell. T he reference point is the antenna connector of NodeB. Its value is related to th e downlink coverage in the network planning. Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower Value Range -100 to 500 Physical Value Range -10 dBm to 50 dBm, step 0.1 dBm Parameter Setting The default setting is 34.6 dBm. This parameter sets the upper limit of the pilo t channel transmit power. When modifying the PCPICH transmit power according to the actual requirement, ensure that this parameter is greater than the actually required PCPICH power. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD PCPICH, query it through LST PCPICH and modify it through MOD PCPICHPWR. 1.2.5 Minimum PCPICH Transmit Power It is used to determine the minimum transmit power of primary CPICH of a cell. T he reference point is the antenna connector of NodeB. Its value is related to th e downlink coverage in the network planning. Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower Value Range -100 to 500 1-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 1 Power Control Parameters Physical Value Range -10 dBm to 50 dBm, step 0.1 dBm Parameter Setting The default setting is 31.3 dBm. This parameter sets the lower limit of the pilo t channel transmit power. When modifying the PCPICH transmit power according to the actual requirement, ensure that this parameter is smaller than the actually required PCPICH power. The actual system environment, such as the cell coverage range (radius) and the geographical environment should be considered while setti ng this parameter. If the minimum transmit power of the main common pilot physic al channel is configured too small, the cell coverage will be influenced. Ensure that this parameter is set under the condition of definite soft handover area p roportion, or under the condition that no coverage hole exists. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD PCPICH, query it through LST PCPICH and modify it through MOD PCPICHPWR. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-17
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters 2 About This Chapter Handover Parameters Handover aims to ensure communication continuity and good communication quality. Handovers in WCDMA system are of the following types: soft handover, softer han dover, intrafrequency hard handover, inter-frequency hard handover, inter-RAT ha rd handover and so on. Handover emerges as the important factor affecting networ k performance, and handover optimization is also significant in network optimiza tion. Handover parameters are described according to the handover classification . 2.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters The common configurable intra-frequenc y handover parameters are listed here. 2.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters T he common configurable inter-frequency handover parameters are listed here. 2.3 Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters The common configurable coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters are listed here. 2.4 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters The common configurable non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters are listed here. 2. 5 Blind Handover Management Parameters The common configurable blind handover ma nagement parameters are listed here. 2.6 Cell Selection and Reselection The comm on configurable cell selection and reselection parameters are listed here. 2.7 N eighbor Management Parameters The configurable neighbor management parameters ar e listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-1
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters The common configurable intra-frequency handover parameters are listed here. Tab le 2-1 List of intra-frequency handover parameters No. 1 Parameter ID DivCtrlFie ld Parameter Meaning Softer handover combination indication switch Default Value MAY Relevant Command Set or modify: SET HOCOMM Query: LST HOCOMM D3 For RNC Set or modify: SET INTRAFREQHO Query: LST INTRAFREQHO For Cell Set: ADD CELLINTRAFR E QHO Query: LST CELLINTRAFRE QHO Modify: MOD CELLINTRAFRE QHO RNC Cell Leve l R NC 2 IntraFreqFilte rCoef Weight IntraRelThdF or1ACS IntraRelThdF or1APS IntraRelThdF or1BCS IntraRelThdF or1BPS Intra-Frequency measurement L3 filter coefficient Weighting factor Soft handover relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B 3 4 0 dB 1A: 6 (3 dB) 1B: 12 (6 dB) 5 IntraAblThd For1FEcNo IntraAblThd For1FRSCP Soft handover absolute thresholds for event 1F EcNo: -24 dB RSCP: -115 dBm 1A and 1B: 0 (0 dB) 1C/1D/1F: 8 (4 dB) 1A: D320 (320 ms) 1B/1C/ 1D/1F: D640 (640 ms) -24 dB 6 HystFor1A HystFor1B HystFor1C HystFor1D HystFor1F Hysteresis related to soft handover for events 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D and 1F 7 TrigTime1A TrigTime1B TrigTime1C TrigTime1D TrigTime1F Time-to-Trigger parameters related to soft handover for events 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D an d 1F 8 SHOQualmin Minimum quality threshold of soft handover 2-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters No. 9 Parameter ID CellsForbidd en1A CellsSorbidd en1B Parameter Meaning Affect 1A threshold flag Default Value AFFECT Relevant Command Set: ADD INTRAFREQNCE LL Query: LST INTRAFREQNCE LL Modify: MOD INTRAFREQNCE LL Leve l NCell 10 CellIndividal Offset Cell individual offset 0 2.1.1 Softer Handover Combination Indication Switch This parameter determines wh ether the NodeB implements softer combination of radio links in soft handover. 2 .1.2 Intra-Frequency Measurement L3 Filter Coefficient It is the measurement smo othing factor used for filtering the L3 intra-frequency measurement report. 2.1. 3 Weighting Factor This parameter is used to identify the threshold for triggeri ng event 1A and 1B according to the measured value of each cell in the active se t. 2.1.4 Soft Handover Relative Thresholds These parameters define the differenc e between the quality of a cell (evaluated with the Ec/No of PCPICH at present) and the comprehensive quality of the active set (the best cell quality in case t hat W=0). The soft handover relative threshold parameters include IntraRelThdFor 1ACS, IntraRelThdFor1APS (relative threshold for 1A) and IntraRelThdFor1BCS, Int raRelThdFor1BPS (relative threshold for 1B). 2.1.5 Event 1F Absolute Thresholds These parameters correspond to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the basic service QoS. The absolute thresholds of soft handover include IntraAblThdF or1FEcNo and IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP (Correspond to Ec/Io and RSCP). 2.1.6 Hysteres is Related to Soft Handover These parameters represent the hysteresis values of the event 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D and 1F. 2.1.7 Time to Trigger Related to Soft Handover These parameters represent the trigger delay time of the event 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D an d 1F. 2.1.8 Minimum Quality Threshold of Soft Handover When the RNC receives eve nt 1A, 1C and 1D, it can be added to the active set only when CPICH Ec/Io of the target cell is greater than this absolute threshold. 2.1.9 Affect 1A and 1B Eve nt Thresholds Flag Switch CellsForbidden1A affects the relevant threshold of eve nt 1A and Switch CellsForbidden1B affects the relevant threshold of event 1B. 2. 1.10 Cell Individual Offset It is the CPICH measured value offset of intra-frequ ency handover cells. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-3
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2.1.1 Softer Handover Combination Indication Switch This parameter determines whether the NodeB implements softer combination of rad io links in soft handover. Parameter ID DivCtrlField Value Range MAY, MUST, MUST_NOT Physical Value Range l l l Softer combination may be implemented. Softer combination must be implemented. S ofter combination must not be implemented. Parameter Setting The default value is MAY. There are two combination methods for uplink combinati on of soft handover: one is maximum ratio combination at the NodeB Rake receiver , which gives the highest combination gain; the other is selective combination a t the RNC, which gives a relatively smaller combination gain. l The default value of the indication switch is MAY, which means the NodeB decides whether to implement maximum ratio combination according to its own physical co nditions When MUST is selected, the NodeB is forced to carry out maximum ratio c ombination which is usually used in tests. When MUST_NOT is selected, the NodeB is forbidden to carry out maximum ratio combination, and this method is adopted when maximum ratio combination performance of softer handover is poor. l l The working status (test/normal operation) and the propagation environment shoul d be considered when deciding whether to implement softer combination and to ado pt which kind of softer combination. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through SET HOCOMM, and query it through LST HOCOMM. 2.1.2 Intra-Frequency Measurement L3 Filter Coefficient It is the measurement smoothing factor used for filtering the L3 intra-frequency measurement report. 2-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Parameter ID IntraFreqFilterCoef Value Range Enum (D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19), working range: Enum (D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8) Physical Value Range Enum (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19) Parameter Setting The default value is D3. The filtering of the measurement is calculated by means of the following formula: Fn = (1 - ) Fn - 1 + Mn Where, l l l l Fn: the updated measurement result after filtering processing. Fn - 1: the old m easurement result of the previous moment after filtering processing. Mn: the lat est measured value received from the physical layer. = (1/2)(k/2), where, k comes from filter coefficient, namely the local FilterCoef. When is set to 1, it means there is no Layer 3 filtering. The Layer 3 filtering should filter the random impact capability so that the fil tered measured value can reflect the basic change trend of the actual measuremen t. Because the measured value input to Layer 3 filter is after the Layer 1 filte ring, the influence of fast fading has been basically filtered; therefore, the L ayer 3 filter should carry out smoothing filtering on the shadow fading and smal l quantity of fast fading burrs, so as to provide better measurement data for ev ent decisions. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater this parameter, the stronger the smoothing effect on the signal, and the stronger the fast fading resistance capability, but the weaker the tracing capability of the signal change. If handover is not implemented in time, call dr op occurs. If this parameter is too low, the possibility of unnecessary soft han dover and ping-pong handover increases. NOTE l As adjustment of this parameter seriously affects the entire handover performanc e, be cautious while setting this parameter. Relevant Commands For the RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: set it throug h SET INTRAFREQHO, and query it through LST INTRAFREQHO. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-5
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference For the cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: add it throu gh ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO, query it through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify it thro ugh MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO. 2.1.3 Weighting Factor This parameter is used to identify the threshold for triggering event 1A and 1B according to the measured value of each cell in the active set. Parameter ID Weight Value Range 0 to 20 Physical Value Range 0 to 2, step 0.1 Parameter Setting The default value is 0. According to the Protocol TS25.331, in event 1A and 1B, W is defined as follows: l When W=0, the formula is actually the measured value of the best cell, and the d etermination of the relative threshold of soft handover is only related to the b est cell in the active set. when W=1, it can be approximately considered as the equivalent signal strength when maximum ratio combination of down links of all c ells in the active is implemented. l Impact on the Network Performance l The greater this parameter, the higher events 1A and 1B triggering thresholds ob tained under the same condition, the more difficult to join the active set, and the easier to leave the active set. the less this parameter, the easier to join the active set, and the more difficult to leave the active set. l Relevant Commands For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Set it through SE T INTRAFREQHO, and query it through LST INTRAFREQHO. 2-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Add it through A DD CELLINTRAFREQHO, query it through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify it through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO. 2.1.4 Soft Handover Relative Thresholds These parameters define the difference between the quality of a cell (evaluated with the Ec/No of PCPICH at present) and the comprehensive quality of the active set (the best cell quality in case that W=0). The soft handover relative thresh old parameters include IntraRelThdFor1ACS, IntraRelThdFor1APS (relative threshol d for 1A) and IntraRelThdFor1BCS, IntraRelThdFor1BPS (relative threshold for 1B) . Parameter ID IntraRelThdFor1ACS IntraRelThdFor1APS IntraRelThdFor1BCS IntraRelThdFor1BPS Value Range 0 to 29 Physical Value Range 0 to 14.5 dB, step 0.5 dB Parameter Setting l l The default values of IntraRelThdFor1ACS and IntraRelThdFor1APS are 6, namely 3 dB. The default values of IntraRelThdFor1BCS and IntraRelThdFor1BPS are 12, name ly 6 dB. As specified in Protocol 25.331, when CPICH Ec/No value is adopted as the measur ed value, the following formula is adopted for the event 1A trigger decision: Where, l l l l l l MNew is the measured value of the cell that enters the report range; CIONew is t he offset of this cell; Mi is the measured value of the cells in the active set; NA is the number of cells in the current active set; MBest is the measured valu e of the best cell in the active set; W is the weighting value which is used for weighting the comprehensive quality of the best cell and the active set; Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-7 Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
2 Handover Parameters l l RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference R1a is report range, namely the relative threshold for soft handover; H1a is the hysteresis value of event 1A. The following event is taken as the trigger condition of event 1B: Where, l l l l l l MOld is the measured value of the cell that leaves the report range; CIOOld is t he offset of this cell; Mi is the measured value of the cells in the active set; NA is the number of cells in the current active set; MBest is the measured valu e of the best cell in the active set; W is the weighting value used for weighing the comprehensive quality of the best cell and the active set; R1b is report ra nge, namely the relative threshold for soft handover; H1b is the hysteresis valu e of event 1B. l l The selection of a relative threshold for handover corresponds directly to the s oft handover proportion, and it should ensure the trouble-free implementation of smoothing handover. Impact on the Network Performance The parameter setting determines the size of the soft handover area and the user proportion involved in soft handover. l If the thresholds are high, the target cell joins the active set more easily, ca ll drop occurs more difficultly, and the UE proportion in the state of soft hand over increases, but the forward resources are seriously occupied. If the thresho lds are low, the target cell joins the active set more difficultly, the communic ation quality cannot be guaranteed, and the implementation of smoothing handover is affected. l Relevant Commands For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTRAFREQHO, and query them through LST INTRAFREQHO. For cell-oriented intr a-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO, query them through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify them through MOD CELLINTRAFR EQHO. 2.1.5 Event 1F Absolute Thresholds These parameters correspond to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the basic service QoS. The absolute thresholds of soft handover include IntraAblThdF or1FEcNo and IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP (Correspond to Ec/Io and RSCP). 2-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Parameter ID IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP Value Range IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo: -24 to 0 IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP: -155 to 25 Physical Value Range IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo: -24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB IntraAblThdFor1FFRSCP: -155 dBm to 25 dBm, step 1 dBm Parameter Setting l l The default value for IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo is -24 dB. The default value for Intr aAblThdFor1FRSCP is -115 dBm. Event 1F means the PCPICH measured value is less than the absolute threshold. Th ese values are the absolute thresholds used for 1F reports in the soft handover algorithm, corresponding to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the bas ic service QoS and affecting the triggering of event 1F. Event 1F is used to tri gger emergency blind handover. If the optimal cell of active set reports event 1 F, it indicates the active set quality is rather poor, and blind handover is tri ggered at this moment to make the final attempt before call drops. Impact on the Network Performance The higher these thresholds, the more easily blind handover is triggered, and vi ce versa. In practice, adjust the values in accordance with the handover policy and network coverage. Relevant Commands For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTRAFREQHO, and query them through LST INTRAFREQHO. For cell-oriented intr a-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO, query them through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify them through MOD CELLINTRAFR EQHO. 2.1.6 Hysteresis Related to Soft Handover These parameters represent the hysteresis values of the event 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D and 1F. Parameter ID HystFor1A HystFor1B Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-9
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference HystFor1C HystFor1D HystFor1F Value Range 0 to 15 Physical Value Range 0 to 7.5 dB, step 0.5 dB Parameter Setting The default values: l l The 1A and event 1B hysteresis parameters are set to 0 (0 dB). The others are se t to 8 (4 dB). Event 1C: cell replacement in the active set. Event 1D: In case of an active set cell, the best cell is modified; in case of a monitored set cell, it is added i nto the active set and the best cell is modified. l Event 1A The first formula is used to trigger 1A, and the second one is used to cancel 1A . Therefore, the hysteresis range is the signal fluctuation range under usual co nditions, or the fluctuation range of the slow fading under the same condition. l Event 1B The first formula is used to trigger 1B, and the second one is used to cancel 1B . l Event 1C MNew MInAS + H1c/2 MNew MInAS - H1c/2 The range of this value can be adjust ed within 3 dB to 5 dB. Because 1C is triggered when the active set size reaches the maximum value, and the delay of handover at this time does 2-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters not lead to bad result, the signaling interaction caused by the ping-pong effect should be reduced to the minimum in the parameter configuration. The parameter can be increased appropriately in the adjustment. l Event 1D MNotBest MBest + H1d/2 The event cancellation formula has not been given in the protocol. According to the cancellation definitions of other events, the 1D cancellation definition can be deduced as follows: MNotBest MBest - H1d/2 The r ange of this value can be adjusted within 3 dB to 5 dB. Because all the handover policies are based on the best cell and the change of the best cell usually lea ds to the update of the measurement control, the ping-pong change and mis-decisi on should be reduced to the minimum in report of event 1D. The parameter can be increased appropriately in the adjustment. l Event 1F MNew T1f - H1f/2 MNew T1f + H1f/2 The range of this value can be adjusted w ithin 3 dB to 5 dB. The value of this parameter is consistent with the hysteresi s value for 1B. Impact on the Network Performance l For a UE that has entered to the soft handover area, increased hysteresis is equ ivalent to a reduced soft handover range. For a UE that has left the soft handov er area, increased hysteresis is equivalent to an increased soft handover range. l If the number of users entering the soft handover area is the same as the number of users leaving the soft handover area, there is no influence on the actual pr oportion of soft handover. The greater the hysteresis, the stronger the signal f luctuation resistance capability, and the better the pingpong effect suppressed. However, the response speed of the handover algorithm on signal changes is decr eased. Therefore, the radio environment (slow fading characteristics), the actua l handover distance and the user moving speed should be fully considered for the setting of these parameters. Relevant Commands For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTRAFREQHO, and query them through LST INTRAFREQHO. For cell-oriented intr a-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO, query them through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify them through MOD CELLINTRAFR EQHO. 2.1.7 Time to Trigger Related to Soft Handover These parameters represent the trigger delay time of the event 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D an d 1F. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-11
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID TrigTime1A TrigTime1B TrigTime1C TrigTime1D TrigTime1F Value Range Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D12 80, D2560, D5000), work range Enum (D0, D200, D240, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000) Physical Value Range Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 )ms Parameter Setting The default value for 1A is D320 320 ms , and the default values for other events are D 640 (640 ms). The time-to-trigger mechanism is mainly used: l l l To reduce the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals. To suppress ping-pong handover to some degree. To reduce the influence of shadow fading on event decisions. Layer 3 filter coefficient, hysteresis and time-to-trigger jointly overcome the interference (mainly slow fading) effect. They are used to prevent the ping-pong effect (including event reports, and active set and best cell update) caused by slow fading. In order to obtain the approximate performance, we can use differe nt combinations of the three parameters. The interferences overcome by the three parameters are of different types: l l Filter coefficient can well overcome weak signal interference under strong signa ls. Hysteresis is mainly used to overcome interference with the strength within a certain range, especially ping-pong handover at the verge of a cell. Time-to-t rigger can overcome burst signal interference effectively. l Impact on the Network Performance The greater the value of the hysteresis, the more difficult the handover occurs. However, if the value of hysteresis increases, the call drop risk increases. Relevant Commands For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTRAFREQHO, and query them through LST INTRAFREQHO. 2-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them throug h ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO, query them through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify them t hrough MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO. 2.1.8 Minimum Quality Threshold of Soft Handover When the RNC receives event 1A, 1C and 1D, it can be added to the active set onl y when CPICH Ec/Io of the target cell is greater than this absolute threshold. Parameter ID SHOQualmin Value Range -24 to 0 Physical Value Range -24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB Parameter Setting The default value is -24, namely, -24 dB. Purpose of setting this parameter is t hat: If the signal added to the cell is too poor in quality, there is no apparen t contribution to general quality of the active set, more downlink resources are occupied, and more TPC bit errors are introduced. On the contrary, the soft han dover performance is deteriorated. Therefore, a basic quality requirement should be worked out for the added radio link. Setting of this parameter is related wi th the power distribution rate of public channels and the demodulation capabilit y of UEs. Impact on the Network Performance Adjust this parameter according to the Ec/Io that the cell soft handover area re aches as expected at network planning. l The greater this parameter is set, the more difficult for the neighboring cell t o join in the active set, but the service quality of the joining cell can be ens ured. The less this parameter is set, the easier for the neighboring cell to joi n in the active set, but a too-low parameter cannot restrict the service quality of the cell. l Relevant Commands For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: set it through SE T INTRAFREQHO, and query it through LST INTRAFREQHO. For cell-oriented intra-fre quency handover algorithm parameter: add it through ADD CELLINTRAFREQHO, query i t through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify it through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-13
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2.1.9 Affect 1A and 1B Event Thresholds Flag Switch CellsForbidden1A affects the relevant threshold of event 1A and Switch Ce llsForbidden1B affects the relevant threshold of event 1B. Parameter ID CellsForbidden1A CellsForbidden1B Value Range NOT_AFFECT, AFFECT Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is AFFECT. See the following relative threshold computation fo rmulas of event 1A and 1B. This parameter determines whether the measurement value Mi of corresponding cell i appears at i s AFFECT, then Mi takes part in sum at computation, or else it does not. . If it Impact on the Network Performance When the value of W is 0, the state (On or Off) of this switch has no influence on the computation result. Relevant Commands Add it through ADD INTRAFREQNCELL, query it through LST INTRAFREQNCELL, and modi fy it through MOD INTRAFREQNCELL. 2.1.10 Cell Individual Offset It is the CPICH measured value offset of intra-frequency handover cells. Parameter ID CellIndividalOffset 2-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Value Range -20 to 20 Physical Value Range -10 dB to 10 dB, step 0.5 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 0 dB. The sum of this value and the actual measured value i s used in the UE event estimation. The UE uses the sum of the original cell meas ured value and this offset as the measurement result for the UE intra-frequency handover decision. It plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the handove r algorithm. This parameter is configured according to the actual environment in the network planning. In the neighboring cell configuration, set this parameter to a positive value if handover is expected to occur easily; otherwise, set it to a negative value. The function of this parameter is to move the cell edge and configured according to actual environment. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater this parameter, the more easily soft handover occurs, and the more U Es in the soft handover state, but the more forward resources occupied. The less this parameter is, the more difficultly soft handover occurs, which is likely t o affect the receiving quality. l Relevant Commands Add it through ADD INTRAFREQNCELL, query it through LST INTRAFREQNCELL, and modi fy it through MOD INTRAFREQNCELL. 2.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters The common configurable inter-frequency handover parameters are listed here. Tab le 2-2 List of inter-frequency handover parameters No. 1 Parameter ID InterFreqR eport Mode InterFreqMeasQ uantity Parameter Meaning Inter-Frequency measurement report mode Inter-Frequency measurement quantity Default Value Periodical_re por ting BOTH Relevant Command For RNC Set or modify: SET INTERFREQH OCOV Query: LST INTERFREQH OCOV For Cell Level RNC Cell 2 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-15
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. 3 Parameter ID InterFreqFilterCoef WeightForUsed Freq Hystfor2B Hystfor2D Hystfor2 F HystforHHO Parameter Meaning Inter-Frequency measurement filter coefficient Frequency weigh ting factor Hysteresis related to inter-frequency handover Default Value D3 Relevant Command Set: ADD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV Query: LST CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV Mod ify: MOD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV Level 4 5 0 Hystfor2B, Hystfor2D, Hystfor2F: 4 (2 dB) HystforHHO : 0 (0 dB) 6 TrigTime2B TrigTime2D TrigTime2F TrigTimeHHO Time-to-Trigger related to interfrequency hard handover TrigTime2B: D0 TrigTime2D: D320 TrigTime2F: D1280 TrigTimeHH O: 0 7 InterFreqCSThd 2FRSCP InterFreqPSThd 2FRSCP InterFreqCSThd 2DRSCP InterFreqPSThd 2DRSCP RSCP-Based inter-frequency measurement start/stop thresholds 2D: -95 dBm; 2F: -92 dBm 8 InterFreqCSThd 2FEcNo InterFreqPSThd 2FEcNo InterFreqCSThd 2DEcNo InterFreqPSThd 2DEcNo Ec/No-based inter-frequency measurement start/stop thresholds 2D: -16 dB 2F: -12 dB 2-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters No. 9 Parameter ID InterFreqCovH OCSThdRSCP InterFreqCovH OPSThdRSCP InterFreqCovH OCS ThdEcN0 InterFreqCovH OPSThdEcN0 Parameter Meaning Target frequency trigger threshold of inter-frequency coverage Default Value RSCP: -92 dBm Ec/No: -12 dB Relevant Command Level 10 IFHOUsedFreq CSThdRSCP IFHOUsedFreq CSThdRSCP IFHOUsedFreq CSThdEcNo IFHOUsedFre q PSThdEcNo Current used frequency quality threshold of interfrequency handover RSCP: -92 dBm Ec/No: -12 dB 11 HHORSCPmin HHOEcNomin Inter-frequency measurement minimum access thresholds Cell individual offset RSCP: -115 dBm Ec/No: -16 dB 0 dB Set: ADD INTERFREQN CELL Query: LST INTERFREQN CELL Modify: MOD INTERFREQN CELL NCell 12 CellIndividalOf fset 13 INTERFREQR ATSWITCH Inter-Freq and Inter-RAT coexist switch InterFreq Set: ADD CELLHOCOM M Query: LST CELLHOCOM M Modify: MOD CELLHOCOM M Cell Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-17
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. 14 Parameter ID CoExistMeasTh dChoice Parameter Meaning InterFreq and InterRAT coexist measure threshold choice Default Value COEXIST_ MEAS_THD _CHOICE_I NTERFREQ Relevant Command For RNC: SET INTERFREQH OCOV LST INTERFREQH OCOV For Cell:ADD C ELLHOCOM M LST CELLHOCOM M MOD CELLHOCOM M Level RNC/ Cell 15 INTERFREQM EASTIME Inter-freq measure timer length[s] 60 s Set: ADD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV Query: LST CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV Modify: MOD CELLINTE RFR EQHOCOV Cell 2.2.1 Inter-Frequency Measurement Report Mode In the inter-frequency handover ba sed on coverage, this parameter is used to select the periodical report or event trigger mode for inter-frequency measurement report. 2.2.2 Inter-Frequency Meas urement Item This parameter is used to determine whether to select Ec/No or RSCP as the measurement item. The selection is performed when the inter-frequency me asurement, such as 2D/2F event and periodic measurement, is conducted in a cell. 2.2.3 Inter-Frequency Measurement Layer 3 Filter Coefficients It is the measure ment smoothing factor adopted in Layer 3 inter-frequency filtering. 2.2.4 Freque ncy Weighting Factor This parameter is used to determine proportions of the opti mal cell and other cells in the active set at calculation of the frequency integ rated quality. 2.2.5 Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover These parame ters are trigger hysteresis for events 2B, 2D, 2F and hard handover (HHO). 2.2.6 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover These parameters are t rigger delay time for events 2B, 2D, 2F and hard handover (HHO) in coverage-orie nted inter frequency handover. 2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement Star t/Stop Thresholds 2-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, when the periodical inter-freque ncy measurement reporting mode is adopted, this parameter corresponds to inter-f requency measurement event absolute thresholds when RSCP is used for measurement , including event 2D absolute threshold and event 2F absolute threshold. 2.2.8 E C/No-based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds In the coverage-bas ed inter-frequency handover, this parameter corresponds to inter-frequency measu rement event absolute thresholds when Ec/No is used for measurement. 2.2.9 Targe t Frequency Trigger Threshold of Inter-Frequency Coverage When the event reporti ng mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover in the coverage-based inter-freq uency handover, this parameter is used as the mandatory threshold requirement sa tisfied by target frequency quality when event 2B is triggered, and it is one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 2B. If the periodical reporting m ode is adopted, this parameter is used as the absolute threshold of inter-freque ncy hard handover event. 2.2.10 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inte r-Frequency Handover When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequenc y handover, these parameters are used for measurement control of event 2B. Only when the quality of used frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the man datory conditions for triggering event 2B is satisfied. 2.2.11 Inter-Frequency M easurement Minimum Access Thresholds When the periodical reporting mode is selec ted for inter-frequency coverage handover, the quality measurement value of inte r-frequency cell should satisfy the inter-frequency handover absolute value. Mor eover, its RSCP and EcNo quality must satisfy the minimum access threshold, so i nter-frequency handover may take place. The minimum access threshold correspondi ng to RSCP is HHORSCPmin, and that corresponding to EcNo is HHOEcNomin. 2.2.12 C ell Individual Offset It is the cell offset for inter-frequency handover. 2.2.13 Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT Algorithm Switches This describes how to perform neig hbor measurement if a cell has both inter-frequency and interRAT cells as its ne ighbors. 2.2.14 Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT Measurement Threshold Choice This para meter determines what configuration parameters for events 2D and 2F should be ch osen based on measurement types when a cell has both inter-frequency and inter-R AT neighbors. 2.2.15 Inter-Frequency Measure Timer Length This parameter determi nes what configuration parameters for events 2D and 2F should be chosen based on measurement types when a cell has both inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighbors. 2.2.1 Inter-Frequency Measurement Report Mode In the inter-frequency handover based on coverage, this parameter is used to sel ect the periodical report or event trigger mode for inter-frequency measurement report. Parameter ID InterFreqReportMode Value Range Enum (Periodical_reporting, Event_trigger) Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-19
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range Periodical_reporting indicates adoption of the periodical reporting mode. Event_ trigger indicates adoption of the event trigger mode. Parameter Setting The default value is Periodical_reporting. There are two optional inter-frequenc y handover report modes in RNC: event report and periodical report, which are se lected through the inter-frequency report mode switch. This algorithm switch is oriented to RNC configuration. l Event report: To prevent ping-pong before and after inter-frequency handover, us e 2B event (when the current in-use frequency quality is less than the absolute threshold used frequency quality threshold, the non-used frequency quality is gr eater than the other absolute threshold target frequency trigger threshold) as t he trigger event for judging origination of interfrequency handover. As the 2B e vent has no event transfer period, the retry function after handover failure is not implemented, unless this cell can trigger 2B event again. l Periodical report: Use events 2D and 2F as the compressed mode to start and stop event, and periodically report the measurement result of inter-frequency neighb oring cell in the compressed mode period. When the cell quality reported by UE i s greater than the sum of an absolute threshold and the relative hysteresis, the delay trigger timer starts. If the requirement is always satisfied when the tim er is expired, inter-frequency handover is started after the delay trigger timer is expired. If handover fails, handover judging continues in accordance with th e inter-frequency measurement periodical report. Impact on the Network Performance The periodical report and event report modes have their own advantages and disad vantages. At present, the traditional periodical report mode is still adopted. Relevant Commands Parameter oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERFREQHOCOV, and query it through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. Parameter oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: add it through ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQ HOCOV. 2.2.2 Inter-Frequency Measurement Item This parameter is used to determine whether to select Ec/No or RSCP as the measu rement item. The selection is performed when the inter-frequency measurement, su ch as 2D/2F event and periodic measurement, is conducted in a cell. Parameter ID InterFreqMeasQuantity 2-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Value Range Enum (CPICH Ec_No, CPICH_RSCP, and BOTH) Physical Value Range None Parameter Setting The default setting is BOTH. This parameter indicates the inter-frequency measur ement items that are used for inter-frequency hard handover evaluation. These it ems are the 2D event, the 2F event, the 2B event, and the inter-frequency measur ement item used for periodic measurement. In addition, this parameter determines the measurement items used for evaluating the quality of frequencies. These fre quencies are used for the 2D or 2F event stopped during the start of intersystem measurement and the 3A event. On the primary stage of the 3G coverage, the full coverage is difficult to fulfill. Some areas such as indoor area still require the GSM system to cover. Thus, the recommended value for this parameter is CPICH RSCP in this situation. In the measurement policy of the intra-frequency soft ha ndover, the Ec/N0 of the pilot channel serves as the measurement item for handov er. In the cells on the edge of bearer coverage, however, it is improper to stil l use Ec/N0 as the measurement item for inter-frequency hard handover. The value of the measurement item Ec/N0 is determined by the RSCP strength of the pilot s ignal and the downlink interference. The downlink interference of the WCDMA syst em are mainly the background noise and the downlink signal interference of intra -frequency cells such as local cells and neighboring cells. The downlink interfe rence strength of intra-frequency cells are affected by path loss and slow fadin g, which is analogous to the fading of the signals (such as CPICHRSCP) received by an UE. On the edge of the coverage area of a bearer, the fading speed of CPIC HRSCP is basically the same as the fading speed of interference when an UE in th e current bearer cell moves to another bearer cell that is related to the cell c urrently used by the UE. Because the background noise is not affected by path lo ss, the fading speed of CPICH RSCP is slightly faster, depending on the strength of background noise. Thus, the UE receives the change of CPICH Ec/I0 very slowl y. Both the simulation result and the actual test result prove that CPICH Ec/I0 can reach -12 dB when CPICH RSCP received by an UE reaches about -110 dBm. Accor ding to the relevant protocol, the minimum demodulation sensitivity of an UE is -117 dBm. Therefore, if only Ec/I0 is used, inter-frequency measurement may not be started in the event of a call drop. To solve this problem, you must add the selection control of the inter-frequency measurement items of cells. That is, yo u must use CPICH RSCP as the measurement items of inter-frequency cells for the cells on the edge of bearer coverage. For the central area of bearer coverage, y ou can still use CPICHEc/N0 as an inter-frequency measurement item. This can ena ble instant interfrequency handover to avoid call drop in the event of an intrafrequency handover failure. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-21
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference CAUTION The value BOTH ensures the higher adaptability for triggering the 2D event. It c an also be used for measuring RSCP and EcN0. Thus, BOTH is regarded as the defau lt setting. Two active sets of measurement items are delivered simultaneously. O ne 2D/2F measurement item is set to CPICH_EcN0. The other item is set to CPICH_R SCP. The 2D event report of either measurement item can trigger the delivery of inter-frequency measurement control. Impact on Network Performance This parameter is set on the basis of cell location in the network and whether t he inter-system neighboring cells exist. Relevant Commands RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: use the SET INTERFRE QHOCOV command for configuration and use the LST INTERFREQHOCOV command for quer y. Cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: use the ADDCELLI NTERFREQHOCOV command for addition, the LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV command for query , and the MODCELLINTERFREQHOCOV command for modification. 2.2.3 Inter-Frequency Measurement Layer 3 Filter Coefficients It is the measurement smoothing factor adopted in Layer 3 inter-frequency filter ing. Parameter ID InterFreqFilterCoef Value Range Enum (D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19), working range: Enum(D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8) Physical Value Range Enum (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19) Parameter Setting The default value is D3 namely 3. The physical meaning and measurement model of this parameter are the same as those of intrafrequency measurement; what is differen t is that the report cycle of inter-frequency measurement is 480 ms, while the r eport cycle of intra-frequency measurement is 200 ms. In inter-frequency measure ment, according the different types of cells, the CPICH RSCP or CPICH Ec/No is l ikely to be adopted. Filter coefficient corresponding to different measurement h as little difference. 2-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Impact on the Network Performance l The greater this parameter, the stronger the signal smoothing effect, and the st ronger the fast fading resistance capability, but the weaker the signal change t racing capability, which may result in call drop if handover is not implemented timely. If the setting of this parameter is too low, the probability of unnecess ary hard handover and ping-pong handover increases. l Relevant Commands For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameter: set it through SE T INTERFREQHOCOV, and query it through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. For cell-oriented int er-frequency handover algorithm parameter: add it through ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV , query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV. 2.2.4 Frequency Weighting Factor This parameter is used to determine proportions of the optimal cell and other ce lls in the active set at calculation of the frequency integrated quality. Parameter ID WeightForUsedFreq Value Range 0 to 20 Physical Value Range 0 to 2, step 0.1 Parameter Setting The default value is 0, that is, only the best cell quality in the active set is used as the current frequency quality. WeightForUsedFreq is used for evaluation of events 2B, 2C, 2D and 2F. The carrier quality evaluation formula is as follo ws: Where, l l l l Qfrequencyj is the estimated quality (dB value) of frequency j; Mfrequencyj is t he estimated quality (linear value) of frequency j; Mij is the measurement resul t of cell i in the active set of frequency j; NA j is the number of cells in the active set of frequency j; Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-23 Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
2 Handover Parameters l l RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference MBestj is the measurement result of optimal cell in the active set of frequency j; Wj is the frequency weighting factor. To set this parameter, refer to the setting method for intra-frequency handover weighting factor Weight. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater this parameter, the higher the current frequency quality estimated v alue under the same condition, and the more difficult inter-frequency handover o ccurs. The less this parameter, the lower the current frequency quality estimate d value, and the easier inter-frequency handover triggered. l Relevant Commands Parameter oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERFREQHOCOV, and query it through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. Parameter oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: add it through ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQ HOCOV. 2.2.5 Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover These parameters are trigger hysteresis for events 2B, 2D, 2F and hard handover (HHO). Parameter ID Hystfor2B Hystfor2D Hystfor2F HystforHHO Value Range 0 to 29 Physical Value Range 0 to 14.5 dB, step 0.5 dB Parameter Setting The default values for Hystfor2B, Hystfor2D and Hystfor2F are 4, namely 2 dB. Th e default value for HystforHHO is 0. Under periodic report mode, the inter-frequ ency measurement hysteresis is mainly used to overcome the occurrence of ping-po ng handover of events 2D (the estimated quality of the current frequency is lowe r than the threshold) and 2F (the estimated quality of the current frequency is higher than the threshold). 2-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Under event report mode, the inter-frequency measurement hysteresis is mainly us ed to decrease the frequently handover triggered by event 2B because of radio si gnal changing. Impact on the Network Performance The greater the hysteresis values, the stronger the signal fluctuation resistanc e capability, and the better the ping-pong effect depressed. However, the respon se speed of the handover algorithm to signal changes is weakened at the same tim e. Relevant Commands For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTERFREQHOCOV and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. For cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV. 2.2.6 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover These parameters are trigger delay time for events 2B, 2D, 2F and hard handover (HHO) in coverage-oriented inter frequency handover. Parameter ID TrigTime2B TrigTime2D TrigTime2F TrigTimeHHO Value Range Value range of TrigTime2B, TrigTime2D, TrigTime2F is Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D6 0, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000), working range : Enum (D0, D200, D240, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000) Value range of TrigTime HHO is 0 to 64000. Physical Value Range Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 )ms Physical value range of TrigTimeHHO is 0 to 64000ms Parameter Setting The default values are as follows: l l l TrigTime2B: D0; TrigTime2D: D320; TrigTime2F: D1280; Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-25 Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
2 Handover Parameters l RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference TrigTimeHHO:0 Impact on the Network Performance The greater the time-to-trigger values, the smaller the average handover frequen cy; but the increase of the time-to-trigger setting increases the risk of call d rop. Relevant Commands For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTERFREQHOCOV and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. For cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV. 2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, when the periodical inter-freque ncy measurement reporting mode is adopted, this parameter corresponds to inter-f requency measurement event absolute thresholds when RSCP is used for measurement , including event 2D absolute threshold and event 2F absolute threshold. Current Frequency Measurement Value lower than the event 2D absolute threshold UE repor ts event 2D RNC sends signaling to start the compressed mode and begin inter-fre quency measurement sends signaling to close the compressed mode and stop inter-f requency measurement higher than the event 2F absolute threshold repots event 2F Parameter ID Based on different bearer data domains, it can be: InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP (the CS inter-frequency measurement start threshold indicated by RSCP) InterFreqCSThd2FR SCP (the CS inter-frequency measurement close threshold indicated by RSCP) Inter FreqPSThd2DRSCP (the PS inter-frequency measurement start threshold indicated by RSCP) InterFreqPSThd2FRSCP (the PS inter-frequency measurement close threshold indicated by RSCP) 2-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Value Range -115 to -25 Physical Value Range -115 dBm to -25 dBm, step 1 dBm Parameter Setting l The default values of InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP, InterFreqPSThd2DRSCP are -95, namely -95 dBm. The default values of InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP, InterFreqPSThd2FRSCP are 92, namely -92 dBm. l The inter-frequency measurement start threshold (which is the compressed mode st art threshold) is the most critical parameter in the inter-frequency handover po licy. This set of parameters influence the proportion of users in cells entering the compressed mode and the success rate of hard handover. The following factor s should be considered in the setting of this set of parameters: l l l UE moving speed cell radius path loss Impact on the Network Performance Events 2D and 2F are the start and stop switches of the compressed mode. When th e cell is at the verge of carrier coverage, the RSCP measured values are used as the decision criterion for 2D and 2F. Therefore, lower the 2D thresholds if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as possible. To reduce the ping-p ong start and stop of the compressed mode, increase appropriately the difference between the thresholds of the 2D and 2F. Relevant Commands For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTERFREQHOCOV and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. For cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV. 2.2.8 EC/No-based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter corresponds to in ter-frequency measurement event absolute thresholds when Ec/No is used for measu rement. Parameter ID InterFreqCSThd2DEcNo (CS inter-frequency measurement start threshold indicated b y Ec/No) InterFreqCSThd2FEcNo (CS inter-frequency measurement close threshold in dicated by Ec/No) InterFreqPSThd2DEcNo (PS inter-frequency measurement start thr eshold indicated by Ec/No) Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-27
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference InterFreqPSThd2FEcNo (PS inter-frequency measurement close threshold indicated b y Ec/No) Value Range -24 to 0 Physical Value Range -24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB Parameter Setting l The default values of InterFreqCSThd2DecNo and InterFreqPSThd2DecNo are -16, nam ely -16 dB The default values for InterFreqCSThd2FEcNo and InterFreqPSThd2FecNo are -12, namely -12 dB. l For the detailed descriptions, refer to 2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measure ment Start/Stop Thresholds. Impact on the Network Performance The events 2D and 2F are the compressed mode start/stop switches. When the cell is at the carrier coverage center, Ec/No measured value is taken as the decision criterion for events 2D and 2F. Therefore, set the event 2D threshold to a rela tively greater value if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as pos sible; otherwise, set it to a relatively less value. To control the ping-pong ef fect of the compressed mode start/stop, increase appropriately the difference be tween the thresholds for events 2D and 2F. Relevant Commands For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET INTERFREQHOCOV and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. For cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD CELLINTERFR EQHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV. 2.2.9 Target Frequency Trigger Threshold of Inter-Frequency Coverage When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover in the cov erage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter is used as the mandatory th reshold requirement satisfied by target frequency quality when event 2B is trigg ered, and it is one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 2B. If the periodical reporting mode is adopted, this parameter is used as the absolute thr eshold of inter-frequency hard handover event. Parameter ID InterFreqCovHOCSThdEcNo (target frequency Ec/No trigger threshold of CS service) InterFreqCovHOCSThdRSCP (target frequency RSCP trigger threshold of CS service) InterFreqCovHOPSThdEcNo (target frequency Ec/No trigger threshold of PS service ) 2-28 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters InterFreqCovHOPSThdRSCP (target frequency RSCP trigger threshold of PS service) Value Range InterFreqCovHOCSThdEcNo and InterFreqCovHOPSThdEcNo: -24 to 0 InterFreqCovHOCSTh dRSCP and InterFreqCovHOPSThdRSCP: -115 to -25 Physical Value Range InterFreqCovHOCSThdEcNo and InterFreqCovHOPSThdEcNo: -24 dB to 0 dB InterFreqCov HOCSThdRSCP and InterFreqCovHOPSThdRSCP: -115 dBm to -25 dBm Parameter Setting The default values of InterFreqCovHOCSThdEcNo and InterFreqCovHOPSThdEcNo are -1 2 dB. The default values of InterFreqCovHOCSThdRSCP and InterFreqCovHOPSThdRSCP are -92 dBm. Impact on the Network Performance The greater the parameters are, the more difficult hard handover occurs. Relevant Commands For parameters oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: set them thro ugh SET INTERFREQHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. For parameter s oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELL INTERFREQHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them throu gh MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV. 2.2.10 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of InterFrequency Handover When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover, these par ameters are used for measurement control of event 2B. Only when the quality of u sed frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 2B is satisfied. Parameter ID Based on different inter-frequency measurement quantities in use and different b orne services, it can be: IFHOUsedFreqCSThdEcNo (used frequency Ec/No quality th reshold of CS service) IFHOUsedFreqPSThdEcNo (used frequency Ec/No quality thres hold of PS service) IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP (used frequency RSCP quality threshold of CS service) IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP (used frequency RSCP quality threshold of PS service) Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-29
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Value Range IFHOUsedFreqCSThdEcNo and IFHOUsedFreqPSThdEcNo: -24 to 0 IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP and IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP: -115 to -25 Physical Value Range IFHOUsedFreqCSThdECNo and IFHOUsedFreqPSThdECNo: -24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB IFHOU sedFreqCSThdRSCP and IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP: -115 dBm to -25 dBm, step 1 dBm Parameter Setting The default values of IFHOUsedFreqCSThdEcNo and IFHOUsedFreqPSThdEcNo are -12 dB . The default values of IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP and IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP are -92 dBm. Factors to be considered while setting these parameters: The cell signal qu ality of current frequency is poor and cannot better satisfy the coverage requir ement of current service. After handover is completed, it is hard to hand over t o the current used frequency cell again even inter-frequency measurement is star ted again. In other words, these parameters should be set less than the trigger threshold of event 2F, or equal to the threshold of event 2D. Impact on the Network Performance Higher values of these parameters get event 2B to be more easily triggered. Relevant Commands For parameters oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: set them thro ugh SET INTERFREQHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. For parameter s oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELL INTERFREQHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them throu gh MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV. 2.2.11 Inter-Frequency Measurement Minimum Access Thresholds When the periodical reporting mode is selected for inter-frequency coverage hand over, the quality measurement value of inter-frequency cell should satisfy the i nter-frequency handover absolute value. Moreover, its RSCP and EcNo quality must satisfy the minimum access threshold, so inter-frequency handover may take plac e. The minimum access threshold corresponding to RSCP is HHORSCPmin, and that co rresponding to EcNo is HHOEcNomin. Parameter ID HHORSCPmin HHOEcNomin 2-30 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Value Range HHOEcNomin: -24 to 0 HHORSCPmin: -115 to -25 Physical Value Range HHOEcNomin: -24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB HHORSCPmin: -115 dBm to -25 dBm, step 1 dB m Parameter Setting The default value of HHOEcNomin is -16 dB, and the default value of HHORSCPmin i s -115 dBm. The minimum quality requirements for EcNo and RSCP ensure that the t arget cell quality is not too poor. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater these parameters, the more difficult the inter-frequency handover oc curs, but the quality after handover can be ensured. The less these parameters, the looser the inter-frequency handover requirement, but it may lead to handover to a poor cell and occurrence of ping-pong handover. l Relevant Commands For parameters oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: set them thro ugh SET INTERFREQHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV. For parameter s oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELL INTERFREQHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them throu gh MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV. 2.2.12 Cell Individual Offset It is the cell offset for inter-frequency handover. Parameter ID CellIndividalOffset Value Range -20 to 20 Physical Value Range -10 dB to 10 dB, step 0.5 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 0 dB. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-31
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference It is the CPICH measurement offset of neighboring cell. The UE uses the sum of t he original measurement value of the cell and this offset as the measurement res ult for the UE interfrequency handover decision. This parameter plays the role o f moving the cell boarder in the handover algorithm. This parameter is configure d according to the actual environment in the network planning. In the neighborin g cell configuration, set this parameter to a positive value if handover is expe cted to occur easily; otherwise, set it to a negative value. Impact on the Network Performance l l The greater this parameter, the more easily inter-frequency hard handover occurs . The less this parameter, the more difficult hard handover occurs. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD INTERFREQNCELL, query it through LST INTERFREQNCE LL, and modify it through MOD INTERFREQNCELL. 2.2.13 Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT Algorithm Switches This describes how to perform neighbor measurement if a cell has both inter-freq uency and interRAT cells as its neighbors. Parameter ID InterFreqRATSwitch Value Range Enum(InterFreq, InterRAT, SimInterFreqRAT) Physical Value Range Only the inter-frequency neighbors are measured. Only the inter-RAT neighbors ar e measured. The inter-frequency neighbors and the inter-RAT neighbors are measur ed at the same time. Parameter Setting The default setting is InterFreq. For a cell having both inter-frequency neighbo rs and inter-RAT neighbors, configure the cell based on the actual handover poli cy. InterFreq: measures only the inter-frequency cells and conducts inter-freque ncy handover. InterRAT: conducts only the inter-RAT handover for the cells only in the GSM network. SimInterFreqRAT: measures the inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells simultaneously. For the SimInterFreqRAT, the time for handover depends on what cells have the highest handover priority. The algorithm switch is invalid w hen only inter-frequency cells or inter-RAT cells are available. 2-32 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Impact on the Network Performance This parameter determines the cell handover policy in case inter-frequency neigh bors co-exist with inter-RAT neighbors. Configure this parameter for each cell. Relevant Commands This parameter is a cell-oriented handover global parameter. Set this parameter through ADD CELLHOCOMM, query it through LST CELLHOCOMM, and modify it through M OD CELLHOCOMM. 2.2.14 Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT Measurement Threshold Choice This parameter determines what configuration parameters for events 2D and 2F sho uld be chosen based on measurement types when a cell has both inter-frequency an d inter-RAT neighbors. Parameter ID CoExistMeasThdChoice Value Range COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ, COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT Physical Value Range COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ: indicates that 2D and 2F measurement threshol d parameters orientated to inter-frequency are chosen as thresholds for cell sub scribers to enable or disable the compress mode. COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRA T: indicates that 2D and 2F measurement threshold parameters orientated to inter -RAT are chosen as thresholds for cell subscribers to enable or disable the comp ress mode. Parameter Setting The default setting is COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ. During the setting, ta ke into account the following items: Thresholds for 2D and 2F events in inter-fr equency and inter-RAT systems, thresholds for the inter-frequency or inter-RAT h andover, and current handover policies. For instance, you plan to choose inter-f requency neighbors when the inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighbors coexist, you can choose the measurement threshold parameters for the inter-frequency in case the threshold for an inter-RAT 2D event is greater than that for an inter-frequ ency 2D event. Impact on the Network Performance Set based on actual network handover policies. Relevant Commands Parameter oriented to the RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: set it through SET HOCOMM and query it through LST HOCOMM. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-33
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter oriented to cell handover algorithm: add it through ADD CELLHOCOMM, qu ery it through LST CELLHOCOMM, and modify it through MOD CELLHOCOMM. 2.2.15 Inter-Frequency Measure Timer Length This parameter determines what configuration parameters for events 2D and 2F sho uld be chosen based on measurement types when a cell has both inter-frequency an d inter-RAT neighbors. Parameter ID INTERFREQMEASTIME Value Range Integer: 1 to 512 Physical Value Range Integer: 1 s to 512 s Parameter Setting The default value is 60 s. The expiration length for inter-frequency measurement timer. The system stops inter-frequency measurement and disables the compressed mode if enabled, if no inter-frequency handover occurs upon expiry of the inter -frequency measurement timer. This parameter is used to prevent a cell from bein g in inter-frequency measurement state for a long time, for the cell cannot find a target cell that meets the measurement requirements. Impact on the Network Performance This parameter is used to reduce the impact on serving cells by shortening the t ime for mode compression. Closing the compress mode in advance results in UE's f ailure to initiate an inter-frequency handover. The coverage-based inter-frequen cy handover may lead to call drops. Relevant Commands Parameter oriented to the cell inter-frequency handover algorithm, add it throug h ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV. 2.3 Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters The common configurable coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters are listed here. 2-34 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Table 2-3 List of coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters No. 1 Parameter ID InterRATFilte rCoef 2D2FFilterCo ef 2 InterRATRep ortMode WeightFor Use dFreq InterPeriodRe portInterval BSICVerify 2D2FMeasQu antity 3AMeasQuant it y Parameter Meaning Inter-RAT measurement filter coefficient Default Value D3 Re levant Command For RNC Set or modify: SET INTERRATHOCO V Query: LST INTERRATHOCO V For Cell Set: ADD CELLINTERRAT HOCOV Query: LST CELLINTERRAT HOCOV Modify: MO D CELLINTERRAT HOCOV Level RNC Cell Inter-RAT measurement report mode Frequency weighting factor Inter-RAT period re port interval BSIC verify selection switch Inter-RAT measurement quantity Periodical_r eporting 0 D1000 (1000 ms) Require 2D2FMeas Quantity: BOTH 3AMeasQu antity: CPICH_RS CP 3 4 5 6 7 InterRATCST hd2DRSCP InterRATPST hd2DRSCP InterRATCST hd2FRSCP InterRATPST hd2FR SCP RSCP-Based inter-RAT measurement start/stop thresholds InterRatCS Thd2DRscp : -100 (dBm) InterRatPST hd2DRscp: -110 (dBm) InterRatCS Th d2FRscp: -97 (dBm) InterRatPST hd2FRscp: -107 (dBm) Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-35
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. 8 Parameter ID InterRATCST hd2DEcN0 InterRATPST hd2DEcN0 InterRATCST hd2FEcN0 Inte rRATPST hd2FEcN0 Parameter Meaning Ec/No-Based inter-RAT measurement start/stop thresholds Default Value InterRATC SThd2DEc N0: -14 (dB) InterRATPS Thd2DEcN 0: -15 (dB) In terRATC SThd2FEcN 0: -12 (dB) InterRATPS Thd2FEcN0 : -13 (dB) Relevant Command Level 9 InterRATCov HOCSThd InterRATCov HOPSThd Inter-RAT handover judging thresholds 16, that is, -95 dBm 10 TrigTime2D TrigTime2F TrigTime3A Time-to-Trigger related to interRAT handover event TRIGTIME 2D: D320 TRIGTIME 2F: D1280 TRIGTIME 3A: D0 11 Hystfor3A Hystfor2D Hystfor2F HystforInterR AT Hysteresis related with inter-RAT handover coverage 2D/2F/3A: 4 (2 dB) HystforInter RAT: 0(0 dB) 0, that is, handover immediately 65 535, that is, handover to nonverified GSM cell is forbidden 30 s 12 TimeToTrigF orVerify TimeToTrigF orNonVerify Time-to-Trigger for verified GSM cell Time-to-Trigger for non-verified GSM cell 13 14 PenaltyTimef orInterRATH O Penalty time for inter-RAT handover 2-36 Huawei Technologies Proprietary
Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters No. 15 Parameter ID CellIndividal Offset Parameter Meaning Cell individual offset Default Value 0 dB Relevant Command Set: ADD GSMNCELL Query: LST GSMNCELL Modify: MOD GSMNCELL Level NCell 16 IRHOUsedFre qCSThdEcN0 IRHOUsedFre qPSThdEcN0 IRHOUsedFre qCSThdRSCP IRHOUsedFre qPSThdRSCP Inter-RAT CS used frequency trigger Ec/No threshold Inter-RAT PS used frequency trigger Ec/No threshold Inter-RAT CS used frequency trigger RSCP threshold Inter -RAT PS used frequency trigger RSCP threshold IRHOUsed FreqCsThd EcN0: -12 (dB) IRHOUsed FreqPsThdE cN0: -13 (dB) IRHOUsed Fre qCsThd Rscp: -97 (dBm) IRHOUsed FreqPsThd Rscp: -107 (dBm) 60 s 17 InterRATMea sTime Inter-RAT measure timer length For RNC Set or modify: SET INTERRATHOCO V Query: LST INTERRATHOCO V For Cell Set : ADD CELLINTERRAT HOCOV Query: LST CELLINTERRAT HOCOV Modify: MOD CELLINTERRAT HOCOV RNC Cell 2.3.1 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficients In the inter-RAT handover bas ed on coverage, these parameters refer to the measurement smooth coefficient ado pted at L3 inter-RAT measurement report filtering and the measurement smooth coe fficient adopted at events 2D and 2F report. 2.3.2 Inter-RAT Measurement Report Mode In the coverage-based inter-RAT handover, this parameter is used to select the periodical report or event trigger mode for inter-RAT measurement report. 2. 3.3 Frequency Weighting Factor This parameter is used to determine proportions o f the optimal cell and other cells in the active set at calculation of the frequ ency integrated quality. 2.3.4 Inter-RAT Period Report Interval The parameter is used to determine the measurement report interval when the inter-RAT measuremen t report mode chooses Periodical_Reporting. 2.3.5 BSIC Verify Selection Switch T his parameter is used to control the inter-RAT measurement report cell. If it is set to Require, report is allowed only after the measured GSM cell identity cod e (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set to Not_Require, then all the measure d cells can be reported so long as they satisfy the above report condition, rega rdless of their BSICs correctly decoded or not. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-37
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2.3.6 Inter-RAT Measurement Quantity Parameter 2D2FMeasQuantity is used to confi gure events 2D and 2F measurement quantity for starting and stopping inter-RAT m easurement, including EcNo and RSCP. Parameter 3AMeasQuantity is used to configu re event 3A measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement, including EcNo and R SCP. 2.3.7 RSCP-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds This set of pa rameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement even ts when RSCP is used for measurement. 2.3.8 Ec/No-Based Inter-RAT Measurement St art/Stop Thresholds This set of parameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement event when Ec/No is used for measurement. 2.3.9 In ter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds Inter-RAT handover judging thresholds involv e the inter-RAT CS service handover judging threshold InterRATCovHOCSThd and the inter-RAT PS service handover judging threshold InterRATCovHOPSThd. 2.3.10 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-RAT Handover In coverage-oriented inter frequency h andover, the time-to-trigger parameters include time-totrigger for 2D (TrigTime2 D), time-to-trigger for 2F (TrigTime2F) and time-to-trigger for 3A (TrigTime3A). 2.3.11 Hysteresis Related to Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover In the coveragebased inter-RAT handover, hystereses triggered by events include 3A hysteresis H ystfor3A, 2D hysteresis Hystfor2D, 2F hysteresis Hystfor2F, and inter-RAT handov er hysteresis HystforInterRAT. 2.3.12 Time to Trigger for Verified GSM Cell This parameter refers to the delay trigger time of GSM cell verified already by the BS identity code BSIC. If the signal quality of GSM neighboring cell always sati sfies the inter-RAT handover judging condition in the time range stipulated by t his parameter value, and the GSM neighboring cell is in the verified state, the network starts the inter-RAT handover process. 2.3.13 Time to Trigger for Non-ve rified GSM Cell This parameter represents the delay time for triggering a GSM ce ll unacknowledged by BSIC. In the period specified by this parameter, if the sig nal quality of an adjacent GSM cell meets the requirement for inter-RAT handover and this cell is unacknowledged, the network starts interRAT handover. 2.3.14 P enalty Time for Inter-RAT Handover For inter-RAT handover failure to the GSM cel l, possibly it is refused because the load of this cell is heavy. Therefore, no inter-RAT handover request is sent to this cell in the time range stipulated by this parameter value. 2.3.15 Cell Individual Offset This parameter refers to the inter-RAT handover cell individual offset. 2.3.16 Current Used Frequency Qualit y Threshold of Inter-RAT Handover This parameter is used for measurement control of event 3A when the event reporting mode is adopted for the inter-RAT measurem ent. Only when the quality of used frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the mandatory conditions for triggering event 3A is satisfied. 2.3.17 Inter-R AT Measure Timer Length This parameter defines the valid time for inter-RAT meas urement. If the timer cannot find an appropriate inter-RAT cell to initiate the inter-RAT handover, for instance, the event 3A report is not received or all per iod reports cannot satisfy the trigger condition for the inter-RAT 2-38 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters handover, the RNC disables the compress mode to release the resources for interRAT measurement and waits for the inter-RAT measurement of the next round. 2.3.1 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficients In the inter-RAT handover based on coverage, these parameters refer to the measu rement smooth coefficient adopted at L3 inter-RAT measurement report filtering a nd the measurement smooth coefficient adopted at events 2D and 2F report. Parameter ID InterRATFilterCoef 2D2FFilterCoef Value Range Enum (D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19) Physical Value Range Enum (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19) Parameter Setting The default values for both InterRATFilterCoef and 2D2FFilterCoef are D3, namely 3. The physical meaning and measurement model of these parameters are the same as those of inter-frequency measurement, and the reporting periods are 480 ms. F or the specific analysis, refer to 2.1.2 Intra-Frequency Measurement L3 Filter C oefficient and 2.2.3 InterFrequency Measurement Layer 3 Filter Coefficients. Impact on the Network Performance The greater these parameter, the stronger the effect on signal smoothness, the s tronger the fastfading resistance capability, but the weaker the tracing capabil ity for signal change, and call drops due to handover failure. If these values a re set too low, unnecessary inter-RAT handover occurs. Relevant Commands For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SE T INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameters orient ed to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTER RATHOCOV. 2.3.2 Inter-RAT Measurement Report Mode In the coverage-based inter-RAT handover, this parameter is used to select the p eriodical report or event trigger mode for inter-RAT measurement report. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-39
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID InterRATReportMode Value Range Enum (Periodical_reporting, Event_trigger) Physical Value Range Periodical_reporting indicates adoption of the periodical reporting mode. Event_ trigger indicates adoption of the event trigger mode. Parameter Setting The default value is Periodical_reporting. There are two optional inter-frequenc y handover report modes in RNC: event report and periodical report, which are se lected through the inter-RAT report mode switch. This algorithm switch is orient ed to RNC configuration. l Event report: To prevent ping-pong before and after inter-RAT handover, event 3A (the current used frequency quality is lower than the absolute threshold, and t he GSM cell level is higher than the other absolute threshold) is used as the tr igger event for judging origination of inter-RAT handover. To improve the handov er success ratio, the GSM cell BSIC of the trigger event must be decoded correct ly by EU. As the event 3A has no event transfer period, the retry function after handover failure is not implemented, unless this cell can trigger event 3A agai n. l Periodical report: When the level of the GSM cell reported by UE is higher than the inter-RAT event 2D absolute threshold + hysteresis, it starts the delay trig ger timer. If the clock satisfies requirement during timer expires, start the in ter-frequency handover after the delay trigger timer is expires. If handover fai ls, retry in accordance with the inter-RAT measurement periodical report. Impact on the Network Performance The periodical report and event report modes have their own advantages and disad vantages. At present, the traditional periodical report mode is still adopted. Relevant Commands For parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET I NTERRATHOCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query i t through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV. 2-40 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters 2.3.3 Frequency Weighting Factor This parameter is used to determine proportions of the optimal cell and other ce lls in the active set at calculation of the frequency integrated quality. Parameter ID WeightForUsedFreq Value Range 0 to 20 Physical Value Range 0 to 2, step 0.1 Parameter Setting The default value is 0, that is, only the best cell quality in the active set is used as the current frequency quality. WeightForUsedFreq is used for evaluation of events 2D and 2F. The carrier quality evaluation formula is as follows: Here, l l l l l l Qfrequencyj is the estimated quality (dB value) of frequency j. Mfrequencyj is t he estimated quality (linear value) of frequency j. Mij is the measurement resul t of cell i in the active set of frequency j. NAj is the number of cells in the active set of frequency j. MBestj is the measurement result of optimal cell in t he active set of frequency j. Wj is the frequency weighting factor. For setting this parameter, refer to the setting method for intra-frequency hand over weighting factor. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater this parameter is, the higher the current frequency quality estimate d value is calculated under the same condition, and the more difficult the inter -frequency handover occurs. The lower the parameter is, the lower the current fr equency quality estimated value is, and the easier the inter-frequency handover is triggered. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-41 l Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTER RATHOCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHOCOV. Parameter oriented to cell int er-RAT handover algorithm: add it through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it throug h LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV. 2.3.4 Inter-RAT Period Report Interval The parameter is used to determine the measurement report interval when the inte r-RAT measurement report mode chooses Periodical_Reporting. Parameter ID InterRATPeriodReportInterval Value Range Enum (NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000) Physical Value Range Enum (NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250 ms, 500 ms, 1000 ms, 2000 ms, 3000 ms, 4000 ms, 6 000 ms, 8000 ms, 12000 ms, 16000 ms, 20000 ms, 24000 ms, 28000 ms, 32000 ms, 640 00 ms) Parameter Setting The default value is D1000, namely, 1000 ms. For the GSM RSSI measurement period is 480 ms, this parameter shall be greater than 480 ms. If this parameter is to o high, the handover judging time shall be long. Impact on the Network Performance The bigger the report interval value is, the smaller the number of measurement r eport will be; but the increase of the report interval setting will increase the risk of call drop. Relevant Commands Parameter oriented to RNC inter RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERRATH OCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHOCOV. Parameter oriented to cell inter RAT h andover algorithm: add it through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CE LLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV. 2.3.5 BSIC Verify Selection Switch This parameter is used to control the inter-RAT measurement report cell. If it i s set to Require, report is allowed only after the measured GSM cell identity co de (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set to Not_Require, then all the measur ed cells can be reported so long as they satisfy the above report condition, reg ardless of their BSICs correctly decoded or not. 2-42 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Parameter ID BSICVerify Value Range Enum (Require, Not_Require) Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is Require. This parameter is valid for both periodical report and event report. To ensure handover reliability, it is recommended to make a r eport after BSIC verification. Impact on the Network Performance When it is set to Not_Require, it is easier for handover to occur, but the hando ver is not as reliable as in the Require mode. Relevant Commands For parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET I NTERRATHOCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query i t through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV. 2.3.6 Inter-RAT Measurement Quantity Parameter 2D2FMeasQuantity is used to configure events 2D and 2F measurement qua ntity for starting and stopping inter-RAT measurement, including EcNo and RSCP. Parameter 3AMeasQuantity is used to configure event 3A measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement, including EcNo and RSCP. Parameter ID 2D2FMeasQuantity 3AMeasQuantity Value Range 2D2FMeasQuantity: Enum (CPICH_EcNo, CPICH_RSCP, BOTH) 3AMeasQuantity: Enum (CPIC H_EcNo, CPICH_RSCP) Physical Value Range None. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-43
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter Setting The default value for 2D2FMeasQuantity is BOTH. Both the CPICH_Ec/No and the CPI CH_RSCP are criteria for the Active Set Quality. The RNC sends Active Set Measur ement control for each measurement quantity. Event 2D and Event 2F are only vali d for corresponding measurement quantity. The default value for 3AMeasQuantity i s CPICH_RSCP, which means to use the RSCP measurement quantity for event 3A meas urement. The physical unit is dBm. Impact on the Network Performance Set it based on the cell location in the network. Relevant Commands For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SE T INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameters orient ed to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTER RATHOCOV. 2.3.7 RSCP-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds This set of parameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT me asurement events when RSCP is used for measurement. Parameter ID InterRATCSThd2DRSCP (the CS inter-RAT measurement start threshold expressed with RSCP) InterRATPSThd2DRSCP (the PS inter-RAT measurement start threshold express ed with RSCP) InterRATCSThd2FRSCP (the CS inter-RAT measurement stop threshold e xpressed with RSCP) InterRATPSThd2FRSCP (the PS inter-RAT measurement stop thres hold expressed with RSCP) Value Range -115 to -25 Physical Value Range -115 dBm to -25 dBm, step 1 dBm Parameter Setting The default values are as follows: l l l InterRatCSThd2DRSCP is -100 dBm; InterRatCSThd2FRSCP is -97 dBm; InterRatPSThd2D RSCP is -110 dBm; Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30) 2-44
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference l 2 Handover Parameters InterRatPSThd2FRSCP is -107dBm. For the detailed descriptions, refer to 2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measure ment Start/Stop Thresholds. For multiRAB services, use the configuration of CS s ervice if there exits CS service. Impact on the Network Performance Events 2D and 2F are the compressed mode start/stop switches. Because different service types may have different requirements on the signal quality and differen t inter-RAT handover policies to be adopted, the inter-RAT measurement start/sto p thresholds are classified here according to CS, PS and signaling. When a cell is at the verger of carrier frequency coverage, it uses RSCP measurement values as the decision criterion for 2D and 2F. Set the event 2D thresholds to a greate r value if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as possible; otherw ise set it to a lower value. To reduce ping-pong start/stop of the compressed mo de, increase appropriately the difference between the 2D and 2F thresholds. Relevant Commands For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SE T INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameters orient ed to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTER RATHOCOV. 2.3.8 Ec/No-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds This set of parameters correspond to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT me asurement event when Ec/No is used for measurement. Parameter ID InterRATCSThd2DEcNo (the CS inter-RAT measurement start threshold expressed with Ec/ No) InterRATPSThd2DEcNo (the PS inter-RAT measurement start threshold expre ssed with Ec/ No) InterRATCSThd2FEcNo (the CS inter-RAT measurement stop thresho ld expressed with Ec/ No) InterRATPSThd2FEcNo (the PS inter-RAT measurement stop threshold expressed with Ec/No) Value Range -24 to 0 Physical Value Range -24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-45
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter Setting The default values are as follows: l l l l InterRATCSThd2DEcNo is -14 dB; InterRATCSThd2FEcNo is -12dB; InterRATPSThd2DEcNo is -15dB; InterRATPSThd2FEcNo is -13dB. For the detailed descriptions, refer to 2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measure ment Start/Stop Thresholds. For multiRAB service, use the configuration of CS se rvice if there exists CS service. Impact on the Network Performance Events 2D and 2F are the compressed mode start/stop switches. Because different service types may require different signal qualities and different inter-RAT han dover policies, the inter-RAT measurement start/stop thresholds are classified h ere according to CS, PS and signaling. When a cell is at the center of carrier f requency coverage, the Ec/No measured value is used as the decision criterion of 2D and 2F. Set the event 2D threshold to a greater value if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as possible; otherwise set it to a lower value. T o eliminate ping-pong start/stop of the compressed mode, increase appropriately the difference between the 2D and 2F thresholds. Relevant Commands For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SE T INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameter oriente d to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERR ATHOCOV. 2.3.9 Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds Inter-RAT handover judging thresholds involve the inter-RAT CS service handover judging threshold InterRATCovHOCSThd and the inter-RAT PS service handover judgi ng threshold InterRATCovHOPSThd. Parameter ID InterRATCovHOCSThd InterRATCovHOPSThd Value Range 0 to 63 Physical Value Range -110 dBmto -48 dBm 2-46 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters (0 corresponds to the value lower than -110 dBm; 1 corresponds to -110 dBm; 2 co rresponds to -109 dBm; ...; 63 corresponds to -48 dBm) Parameter Setting The default values are 16, namely, -95 dBm. This set of parameters are used for inter-RAT coverage handover evaluation at the RNC side, that is, Tother_RATin th e formula introduced below. It is the absolute threshold of inter-RAT cell quali ty (RSSI) at the time of inter-RAT handover judging. If the inter-RATquality in the inter-RAT measurement report obtained at a moment satisfies the following co ndition: Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2 Then start the delay trigger timer Trig ger-Timer, and handover judgment is made after the timer expires. If the inter-R AT quality satisfies the following condition before the timer gets expired: Moth er_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2 Then the timer stops timing, and the RNC goes on waiting for receiving of the inter-RAT measurement report. Impact on the Network Performance Configure these parameters differently according to different policies. If the M S can be handed over only after the GSM cell quality is good enough, this parame ter can be increased properly, -85 dBm for example. Relevant Commands For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SE T INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameter oriente d to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERR ATHOCOV. 2.3.10 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-RAT Handover In coverage-oriented inter frequency handover, the time-to-trigger parameters in clude time-totrigger for 2D (TrigTime2D), time-to-trigger for 2F (TrigTime2F) an d time-to-trigger for 3A (TrigTime3A). Parameter ID TrigTime2D TrigTime2F TrigTime3A Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-47
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Value Range Enum (D0,D10,D20,D40,D60,D80,D100,D120,D160,D200,D240,D320,D640,D1280,D2560,D500 0 ), working range: Enum(D0, D200, D240, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000) Physical Value Range Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 ) ms Physical value range of TrigTimeHHO is 0 to 64,000 ms Parameter Setting The default values are TrigTime3A: D0; TrigTime2D: D320; and TrigTime2F: D1280. Impact on the Network Performance The greater the time-to-trigger values are, the smaller the average handover fre quency is; but the increase of the time-to-trigger setting increases the risk of call drop. Relevant Commands Parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SET IN TERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. Parameters oriented to ce ll inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query t hem through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV . 2.3.11 Hysteresis Related to Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover In the coverage-based inter-RAT handover, hystereses triggered by events include 3A hysteresis Hystfor3A, 2D hysteresis Hystfor2D, 2F hysteresis Hystfor2F, and inter-RAT handover hysteresis HystforInterRAT. Parameter ID Hystfor3A Hystfor2D Hystfor2F HystforInterRAT Value Range Hystfor2D and Hystfor2F: 0 to 29 Hystfor3A and HystforInterRAT: 0 to 15 Physical Value Range Hystfor2D and Hystfor2F: 0 dB to 14.5 dB, step 0.5 dB 2-48 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Hystfor3A and HystforInterRAT: 0 dB to 7.5 dB, step 0.5 dB Parameter Setting The default values for Hystfor2D , Hystfor2F and Hystfor3A are 4 (2dB). The defa ult value for HystforInterRAT is 0 (0 dB). Here, HystforInterRAT is used to prev ent wrong judgment caused by abrupt signal jitter during inter-RAT handover judg ing, and it, together with the inter-RAT quality threshold, determines whether t o trigger an inter-RAT handover judgment. Impact on the Network Performance The greater the hystereses values, the stronger the capability for resisting sig nal fluctuation, and the ping-pong effect is suppressed, but the response speed to signal change by the handover algorithm is weakened. If the inter-RAT handove r hysteresis is set too high, the requirement for inter-RAT quality is high, it is hard to trigger inter-RAT handover judging condition, and the call drop ratio increases. Relevant Commands For parameters oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set them through SE T INTERRATHOCOV, and query them through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameters orient ed to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add them through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify them through MOD CELLINTER RATHOCOV. 2.3.12 Time to Trigger for Verified GSM Cell This parameter refers to the delay trigger time of GSM cell verified already by the BS identity code BSIC. If the signal quality of GSM neighboring cell always satisfies the inter-RAT handover judging condition in the time range stipulated by this parameter value, and the GSM neighboring cell is in the verified state, the network starts the inter-RAT handover process. Parameter ID TimeToTrigForVerify Value Range 0 to 64000 Physical Value Range 0 to 64000 ms Parameter Setting The default value is 0, namely, handover immediately. Refer to the descriptions in the section about handover threshold. The trigger condition for interRAT hand over judging: Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-49
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference If inter-RAT quality satisfies the above trigger condition, then start the delay trigger timer Trigger-Timer, and inter-RAT handover judgment can be made after the timer gets expired. The length of this delay trigger timer is called delay t rigger time. This parameter, together with hysteresis, is used to prevent wrong judgment caused by signal jitter during inter-RAT handover judging. Impact on the Network Performance The longer the delay trigger time, the more difficult the handover occurs. The i ncrease of the delay trigger time increases the call drop risk. Relevant Commands For parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET I NTERRATHOCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query i t through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV. 2.3.13 Time to Trigger for Non-verified GSM Cell This parameter represents the delay time for triggering a GSM cell unacknowledge d by BSIC. In the period specified by this parameter, if the signal quality of a n adjacent GSM cell meets the requirement for inter-RAT handover and this cell i s unacknowledged, the network starts interRAT handover. Parameter ID TimeToTrigForNonVerify Value Range 0 to 64000, 65535 Physical Value Range 0 to 64000 ms, the value 65535 means that the RNC does not hand over to an unack nowledged GSM cell Parameter Setting The default value is 65535, namely, the RNC does not hand over to an unacknowled ged GSM cell. Impact on the Network Performance The longer the trigger is delayed , the more difficult the handover occurs. The increase of the delay trigger time increases the call dropping risk. Relevant Commands For parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET I NTERRATHOCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHOCOV. 2-50 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters For parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV. 2.3.14 Penalty Time for Inter-RAT Handover For inter-RAT handover failure to the GSM cell, possibly it is refused because t he load of this cell is heavy. Therefore, no inter-RAT handover request is sent to this cell in the time range stipulated by this parameter value. Parameter ID PenaltyTimeforInterRATHO Value Range 0 to 60 Physical Value Range 0 to 60 s Parameter Setting The default value is 30 s. Impact on the Network Performance The penalty time may be too short because the load status of the GSM cell is not changed, and handover fails again. However, increase of the penalty trigger tim e increases the call dropping risk. Relevant Commands For parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET I NTERRATHOCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHOCOV. For parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query i t through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV. 2.3.15 Cell Individual Offset This parameter refers to the inter-RAT handover cell individual offset. Parameter ID CellIndividalOffset Value Range -50 to 50 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-51
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range -50 dB to 50 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 0 dB. This parameter is used for the inter-RAT handover jud ging process. Set it based on the landform feature of the GSM cell. UE uses the original measurement value of this cell plus this offset as the measurement resu lt for UE handover judging. It functions as the mobile cell border in the handov er algorithm. The greater the parameter, the higher the handover priority of thi s GSM cell. Generally, configure it to 0 dB. Impact on the Network Performance The greater this parameter, the easier to hand over to the GSM, and vice versa. Relevant Commands Set it through ADD GSMNCELL, query it through LST GSMNCELL, and modify it throug h MOD GSMNCELL. 2.3.16 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-RAT Handover This parameter is used for measurement control of event 3A when the event report ing mode is adopted for the inter-RAT measurement. Only when the quality of used frequency is poorer than this threshold, one of the mandatory conditions for tr iggering event 3A is satisfied. Parameter ID Based on different inter-RAT measurement quantities in use and different borne s ervices, this parameter can be categorized as follows: l l l l IRHOUsedFreqCSThdEcN0 (used frequency Ec/No quality threshold of CS service) IRH OUsedFreqPSThdEcN0 (used frequency Ec/No quality threshold of PS service) IRHOUs edFreqCSThdRSCP (used frequency RSCP quality threshold of CS service) IRHOUsedFr eqPSThdRSCP (used frequency RSCP quality threshold of PS service) Value Range IRHOUsedFreqCSThdEcN0 and IRHOUsedFreqPSThdEcN0: -24 to 0 IRHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP and IRHOUsedFreqPSThdRSCP: -115 to -25 Physical Value Range IRHOUsedFreqCSThdEcN0 and IRHOUsedFreqPSThdEcN0: -24 dB to 0 dB IRHOUsedFreqCSTh dRSCP and IRHOUsedFreqPSThdRSCP: -115 dBm to -25 dBm 2-52 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Parameter Setting The default values for each parameter are as follows: l l l l IRHOUsedFreqCsThdEcN0: -12 dB IRHOUsedFreqPsThdEcN0: -13 dB IRHOUsedFreqCsThdRsc p: -97 dB IRHOUsedFreqPsThdRscp: -107 dB Factors to be considered while setting these parameters: Only when the quality o f the current used frequency satisfies QUsed TUsed - H3a/2 and the quality of targ et frequency satisfies Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2, delay the time for trigg ering the timer when the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-RAT measureme nt. A 3A event is report upon expiry of the timer. where, l l l l l l QUsed: estimated quality of the UTRAN frequency currently used. Tused: indicates the quality threshold for the inter-RAT frequency currently used. Mother_RAT: i ndicates the inter-RAT (GSM RSSI) measurement results. Tother_RAT: indicates the threshold for judging the inter-RAT handover. Cell individual offset (CIO): ind icates the offset set by inter-RAT cells. H: indicates the hysteresis. The setti ng on the hysteresis reduces incorrect judgement caused by jitter signals. When the cell signal quality of current frequency is poor and is lower than the threshold defined by this parameter, infer that the current frequency cannot bet ter satisfy the coverage requirement of current service. The event 2F indicates that the current frequency quality is restored. Therefore, this parameter should be set less than the trigger threshold of event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. For composite services, use the parameters configured for CS services . Impact on the Network Performance Higher values of these parameters get event 3A to be more easily triggered. When the value of this parameter is too high, the UE may perform handover even when the signal quality is good in current system. Relevant Commands Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTER RATHOCOV and query it through LST INTERRATHOCOV. Parameter oriented to the cell inter-RAT handover algorithm, add it through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it thr ough LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV. 2.3.17 Inter-RAT Measure Timer Length This parameter defines the valid time for inter-RAT measurement. If the timer ca nnot find an appropriate inter-RAT cell to initiate the inter-RAT handover, for instance, the event 3A report is not received or all period reports cannot satis fy the trigger condition for the inter-RAT Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-53
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference handover, the RNC disables the compress mode to release the resources for interRAT measurement and waits for the inter-RAT measurement of the next round. Parameter ID InterRATMeasTime Value Range 0 to 512 Physical Value Range 0 means that the system does not start the inter-RAT measurement timer. 1 s to 5 12 s. Parameter Setting The default value is 60 s. Factors to be considered while setting these paramete rs: This parameter is used to prevent the UE from being in compress mode for a l ong time when the UE stands still or moves slowly. The UE's being in compress mo de not only disrupts the service quality, but brings extra interference into the system and decreases the system capability. Most of the inter-RAT handover can be complete within 60 seconds. Impact on the Network Performance If this parameter is set too small, the UE cannot perform the inter-RAT handover . If this parameter is set too great, the UE performs the inter-RAT handover too frequently. In the actual network, you can collect the statistics on the interRAT handover and adopt an appropriate value at the convenience of most users. Relevant Commands Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTER RATHOCOV and query it through LST INTERRATHOCOV. Parameter oriented to the cell inter-RAT handover algorithm, add it through ADD CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it thr ough LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV. 2.4 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters The common configurable non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover management paramet ers are listed here. 2-54 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Table 2-4 List of non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover management parameters No . 1 Parameter ID CSServiceHOSw itch PSServiceHOSw itch Parameter Meaning Inter-R AT service handover switch Defaul t Value OFF Relevant Command Set: ADD CELLHOCO M M Query: LST CELLHOCOM M Modify: MOD CELLHOCOM M 2 InterRATFilterC oef Hystfor 3C TrigTime3C Inter-RAT measurement filter coefficient Hysteresis of event 3C Ti me-to-Trigger for event 3C BSIC verify selection switch Non-CoverageBased interRAT handover judging thresholds Penalty Time for inter-RAT handover Inter-RAT ha ndover max attempt times Inter-RAT measure timer length D3 For RNC Set or modify : SET INTERRATH ONCOV Query: LST INTERRATH ONCOV For Cell Set: ADD CELLINTERR AT HONCOV Query: LST CELLINTERR ATHONCOV Modify: MOD CELLINTERR ATHONCOV RNC Cell L evel CELL 3 4 0 dB D640 (640 ms) Require d 21, that is, -90 dBm 5 6 BSICVerify InterRATNCovH OCSThd InterRATNCovH OPSThd 7 PenaltyTimeforI nterRATHO InterRATHOAtte mpts InterRATMeasTi me 30 s 8 16 times 60 s 9 2.4.1 Inter-RAT Service Handover Switches These parameters decide whether the ce ll allows triggering CS and PS service handover. 2.4.2 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficient This parameter refers to the measurement smooth coefficient a dopted for L3 inter-RAT measurement report filter in the inter-RAT handover base d on non-coverage. 2.4.3 Hysteresis of Event 3C This parameter refers to the tri gger hysteresis of event 3C of inter-RAT handover based on noncoverage. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-55
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2.4.4 Time to Trigger for Event 3C This parameter refers to the delay trigger ev ent of event 3C of inter-RAT handover based on non-coverage. 2.4.5 BSIC Verify S election Switch This parameter is used to control the inter-RAT measurement repo rt cell in the inter-RAT handover based on non-coverage. 2.4.6 Non Coverage-Base d Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds Inter-RAT handover judging thresholds ba sed on non-coverage involve the non-coverage interRAT CS service handover judgin g threshold InterRATNCovHOCSThd and the non-coverage inter-RAT PS service handov er judging threshold InterRATNCovHOPSThd. 2.4.7 Penalty Time for Inter-RAT Hando ver This parameter refers to the penalty timer adopted when the non-coverage-bas ed inter-RAT handover fails. This parameter is valid for both service and load h andover. 2.4.8 Inter-RAT Handover Max Attempt Times This parameter is the maximu m attempts of none-coverage-based inter-RAT handover. 2.4.9 Inter-RAT Measure Ti mer Length This parameter defines that the system will stop inter-RAT measuremen t and disables the compressed mode if enabled if no inter-RAT handover occurs up on expiry of the inter-RAT measurement timer. 2.4.1 Inter-RAT Service Handover Switches These parameters decide whether the cell allows triggering CS and PS service han dover. Parameter ID CSServiceHOSwitch PSServiceHOSwitch Value Range Enum (ON, OFF) Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default values are OFF. The service handover refers to the service handover attribute of each service and configuration of related parameters at network sid e. Once the service is set up, the related measurement is immediately triggered and inter-RAT handover is performed. The two switches are just ON only when the service handover function is necessary. Normally they are OFF. 2-56 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Impact on the Network Performance Set the two switches according to the actual network handover strategies. Relevant Commands For cell-oriented common handover parameters: add them through ADD CELLHOCOMM, q uery them through LST CELLHOCOMM, and modify them through MOD CELLHOCOMM. 2.4.2 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficient This parameter refers to the measurement smooth coefficient adopted for L3 inter -RAT measurement report filter in the inter-RAT handover based on non-coverage. Parameter ID InterRATFilterCoef Value Range Enum (D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19) Physical Value Range Enum (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19) Parameter Setting The default values is D3, namely 3. The physical meaning and measurement model o f this parameter are the same as those of the inter-RAT handover measurement fil ter coefficient based on coverage. For the detailed analysis, refer to 2.3.1 Int er-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficients. Impact on the Network Performance The greater this parameter, the stronger the effect on signal smoothness, the st ronger the fastfading resistance capability, but the weaker the tracing capabili ty for signal change, and call drops due to handover failure. If this value is s et too low, unnecessary system handover occurs. Relevant Commands For parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERRATHONCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHONCOV. For par ameter oriented to cell non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it throug h ADD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV. 2.4.3 Hysteresis of Event 3C This parameter refers to the trigger hysteresis of event 3C of inter-RAT handove r based on noncoverage. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-57
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID Hystfor3C Value Range 0 to 15 Physical Value Range 0 dB to 7.5 dB, step 0.5 dB Parameter Setting The default value for Hystfor3C is 0 (0 dB). Event 3C means the GSM cell quality is greater than an absolute threshold. Event 3C is used for inter-RAT load hand over and service handover. When the inter-RAT cell satisfies the following condi tion, event 3C report is triggered, and the corresponding cell is placed in the event 3C trigger list. Report of event 3C is not repeated for the cell in the li st. MotherRAT + CIOotherRAT TotherRAT + H3C/2 Here, l l H3C is event 3C hysteresis, namely, the parameter Hystfor3C. TotherRAT is the re port threshold of inter-RAT cell trigger event, and the corresponding parameter is based on non-coverage inter-RAT handover threshold. When the cell in the list satisfies the following condition: MotherRAT + CIOothe rRAT TotherRAT - H3C/2 The corresponding cell is deleted from the list. Impact on the Network Performance The greater the hysteresis, the stronger the capability for resisting signal flu ctuation, and the ping-pong effect is suppressed, but the response speed to sign al change by the handover algorithm is weakened. If the inter-RAT handover hyste resis is set too high, the requirement for inter-RAT quality is high, it is hard to trigger inter-RAT handover judging condition, and the call dropping ratio in creases. Relevant Commands For parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERRATHONCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHONCOV. For par ameter oriented to cell non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it throug h ADD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV. 2-58 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters 2.4.4 Time to Trigger for Event 3C This parameter refers to the delay trigger event of event 3C of inter-RAT handov er based on non-coverage. Parameter ID TrigTime3C Value Range Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D12 80, D2560, D5000) Physical Value Range Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 ) ms Parameter Setting The default value is D640, that is 640 ms. The delay trigger time aims to reduce excessive events reports triggered occasionally for a measurement result. Consi dering that the period for reporting to its L3 by the physical layer of inter-RA T measurement UE is 480 ms, set it as the default value here temporarily. Impact on the Network Performance The longer the delay is triggered, the more difficult the handover occurs, but i ncrease of the delay trigger time increases the call dropping risk. Relevant Commands For parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERRATHONCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHONCOV. For par ameter oriented to cell non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it throug h ADD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV. 2.4.5 BSIC Verify Selection Switch This parameter is used to control the inter-RAT measurement report cell in the i nter-RAT handover based on non-coverage. Parameter ID BSICVerify Value Range Enum (Require, Not_Require) Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-59
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is Require. If it is set as required, report is allowed only a fter the measured GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is s et to Non_Require, all the measured cells can be reported so long as they satisf y the previous report condition, regardless of their BSICs whether correctly dec oded or not. Usually, the handover due to non-coverage has a lower requirement f or handover timeliness, but has a higher requirement for the handover success ra te. It is recommended to always set it to Require to ensure the handover reliabi lity. Impact on the Network Performance When it is set to Not_Require, the handover occurs easily, but the handover is n ot as reliable as the Require mode. Relevant Commands Parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERRATHONCOV, and it query through LST INTERRATHONCOV. Parameter o riented to cell non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it through ADD CE LLINTERRATHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV. 2.4.6 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds Inter-RAT handover judging thresholds based on non-coverage involve the non-cove rage interRAT CS service handover judging threshold InterRATNCovHOCSThd and the non-coverage inter-RAT PS service handover judging threshold InterRATNCovHOPSThd . Parameter ID InterRATNCovHOCSThd InterRATNCovHOPSThd Value Range 0 to 63 Physical Value Range -110 dBm to -48 dBm (0 corresponds to the value lower than -110 dBm; 1 correspon ds to -110 dBm; 2 correspondsto -109 dBm; ...; 63 corresponds to -48 dBm) 2-60 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Parameter Setting All the default values are 21, namely, -90 dBm. See the judging formula in 3C hy steresis. Impact on the Network Performance Configure these parameters differently according to different policies. If the M S can be handed over only after the GSM cell quality is good enough, this parame ter can be increased properly, -85 dBm for example. Relevant Commands For parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERRATHONCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHONCOV. For par ameter oriented to cell non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it throug h ADD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV. 2.4.7 Penalty Time for Inter-RAT Handover This parameter refers to the penalty timer adopted when the non-coverage-based i nter-RAT handover fails. This parameter is valid for both service and load hando ver. Parameter ID PenaltyTimeForInterRATHO Value Range 0 to 65535 Physical Value Range 0 to 65535 s Parameter Setting The default value is 30 s. More devices take part in inter-RAT handover, the flo w is complex, the delay is long, and the probability corresponding to intra-syst em handover failure may be high. In addition, it may be hard to recover the caus e leading to failure in a short time. To reduce unnecessary handover retries for the same cell and effect on processing of other flows, the penalty timer is add ed to restrict multiple retries for the same cell in a short time. The specific value can be adjusted according to the actual requirement. Impact on the Network Performance The penalty time may be too short because the load status of the GSM cell is not changed, and the handover fails again. However, increase of the penalty trigger time increases the call dropping risk. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-61
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands For parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERRATHONCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHONCOV. For par ameter oriented to cell non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it throug h ADD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV. 2.4.8 Inter-RAT Handover Max Attempt Times This parameter is the maximum attempts of none-coverage-based inter-RAT handover . Parameter ID InterRATHOAttempts Value Range 0 to 16 Physical Value Range 0 to 16 times Parameter Setting The default value is 16 times. Since more devices take part in the inter-RAT han dover which has a complex flow, the handover may take a longer delay, and the pr obability that the handover fails is relatively higher. If the inter-RAT handove r fails too much, the network resource is wasted and the service quality is not guaranteed. Such problems can be effectively controlled by setting this paramete r. Impact on the Network Performance l The higher the parameter is, the higher the probability is of the UE handover fr om one system to another. The lower the parameter is, the smaller influence is o n the network quality. l Relevant Commands Parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERRATHONCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHONCOV. Parameter o riented to cell non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it through ADD CE LLINTERRATHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV. 2.4.9 Inter-RAT Measure Timer Length This parameter defines that the system will stop inter-RAT measurement and disab les the compressed mode if enabled if no inter-RAT handover occurs upon expiry o f the inter-RAT measurement timer. 2-62 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Parameter ID InterRATMeasTime Value Range 0 to 512 Physical Value Range 0 means the system does not start the inter-RAT measurement timer 1 s to 512 s Parameter Setting The default value is 60 s. To close compress mode in coverage-based inter-RAT ha ndover can trigger event 2F, since there is not event 2F in non-coverage-based i nter-RAT handover, it only depends on the measurement timer. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the parameter value is, the bigger the probability of the UE handover from one system to another one is. However, the lower the parameter value is, t he smaller the influence to network quality is. Relevant Commands Parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: set it through SET INTERRATHONCOV, and query it through LST INTERRATHONCOV. Parameter o riented to cell non-coverage inter-RAT handover algorithm: add it through ADD CE LLINTERRATHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV, and modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV. 2.5 Blind Handover Management Parameters The common configurable blind handover management parameters are listed here. Ta ble 2-5 List of blind handover management parameters No. 1 Paramet er ID BlindHo F lag Parameter Meaning Blind handover flag Default Value FALSE Relevant Command For Inter-Freq Set: ADD INTERFREQNCE LL Level NCell Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-63
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. 2 Paramet er ID BlindHO Prio Parameter Meaning Blind handover priority Default Value Relevant Command Query: LST INTERFREQNCE LL Modify: MOD INTERFREQNCE LL For Inte r-RAT Set:ADD GSMNCELL Query: LST GSMNCELL ModifyMOD GSMNCELL Level 2.5.1 Blind Handover Flag This parameter indicates whether the blind handover is performed to the neighboring cell. Blind handover means UE can directly handove r to the neighboring cell without measuring it. 2.5.2 Blind Handover Priority If the BlindHOFlag is TRUE, the BlindHOPrio is used to appoint the blind handover priority of the neighboring cell. 2.5.1 Blind Handover Flag This parameter indicates whether the blind handover is performed to the neighbor ing cell. Blind handover means UE can directly handover to the neighboring cell without measuring it. Parameter ID BlindHoFlag Value Range Enum (FALSE and TRUE) Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value of BlindHoFlag is FALSE. If there is a same coverage inter-fre q neighboring cell, it can be set to TRUE. 2-64 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Impact on the Network Performance Set the parameter according to actual network handover strategies. It may affect KPI performance concerning the cells if the blind handover is allowed in relate d cells, especially the emergent blind handover is. Relevant Commands For inter-frequency handover neighboring cell parameter: add it through ADD INTE RFREQNCELL , query it through LST INTERFREQNCELL , and modify it through MOD INT ERFREQNCELL. For inter-RAT handover neighboring cell parameter: add it through A DD GSMNCELL, query it through LST GSMNCELL, and modify it through MOD GSMNCELL. 2.5.2 Blind Handover Priority If the BlindHOFlag is TRUE, the BlindHOPrio is used to appoint the blind handove r priority of the neighboring cell. Parameter ID BlindHOPrio Value Range BlindHOPrio: 0 to 30 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting For this parameter, 0 represents the highest priority. The value range correspon ds to only one cell. Priorities 0 to 15 are assigned to concentric neighboring c ells, which can ensure successful handover. Priorities 16 to 30 are assigned to neighboring cells for blind handover, which cannot ensure successful handover. Impact on the Network Performance Set the parameter according to actual network handover strategies. Relevant Commands For inter-frequency handover neighboring cell parameter: add it through ADD INTE RFREQNCELL , query it through LST INTERFREQNCELL , and modify it through MOD INT ERFREQNCELL. For inter-RAT handover neighboring cell parameter: add it through A DD GSMNCELL, query it through LST GSMNCELL, and modify it through MOD GSMNCELL. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-65
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2.6 Cell Selection and Reselection The common configurable cell selection and reselection parameters are listed her e. Table 2-6 List of cell selection and reselection parameters No. Parameter ID Param eter Meani ng Measur ement hysteres is paramet ers Load level offsets Defa ult Value Relevant Command Level 1 IdleQhyst1s IdleQhyst2s ConnQhyst1s ConnQhyst2s Qhyst1s: 2 (4 dB) Qhyst2s: 1 (2 dB) Set: ADD CELLSELRESEL Query: LST CELLSELRESEL Modify: MOD CELLSELRESEL Cell 2 IdleQoffset1sn IdleQoffset2sn ConnQoffset1s n ConnQoffset2s n Qoffset1sn 0 dB For intra-reeq Set: ADD INTRAFREQNCELL Query: LST INTRAFREQNCELL Modify:MOD INTR AFREQNCELL For inter-freq Set: ADD INTERFREQNCELL Query: LST INTERFREQNCELL Modi fy: MOD INTERFREQNCELL For inter_RAT Set: ADD GSMNCELL Query: LST GSMNCELL Modif y: MOD GSMNCELL 3 Qqualmin Minimu m quality criterio n Minimu m access level -18 dB Set: ADD CELLSELRESEL Query: LST CELLSELRESEL Modify: MOD CELLSELRESEL 4 Qrxlevmin -58, that is, -115 dBm 2-66 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters No. Parameter ID Param eter Meani ng Cell reselecti on start threshol ds Default Value Relevant Command Level 5 IdleSintrasearc h ConnSintrasear ch IdleSintersearc h ConnSintersear ch SsearchR at IdleSintra search and ConnSint rasearch: 5 (10 dB) IdleSinter search and ConnSin t ersearch: 4 (8 dB) Ssearchra t: 2 (4 dB) 6 Treselections Reselec tion hysteres is time 1s 7 Qrxlevmin Minimu -58, that m is, -115 access dBm level for interRAT cell 2G Idle mode MS's searchin g for 3G cell signal level threshol d 3G cell reselecti on signal leve l offset 7, that is, always Set: ADD GSMNCELL Query: LST GSMNCELL Modify: MOD GSMNCELL NCell 8 Qsearch_I N/A GSM 9 FDD_Qoffset 0 dB Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-67
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. Parameter ID Param eter Meani ng 3G cell reselecti on signal level threshol d Default Value Relevant Command Level 10 FDD_Qmin 10 dB
2.6.1 Measurement Hysteresis Parameters The measurement hysteresis parameters in clude measurement hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s), which are used for the UE to measure the service cell CPICH RSCP (Qhyst1s) and CPICH Ec/No (Qhyst2s) respectively . IdleQhyst1s and IdleQhyst2s are used in idl e state, ConnQhyst1s and ConnQhyst2s are used in connecting state. 2.6.2 Load Le vel Offsets These parameters are cell offsets used for cell selection and resele ction. In the cell selection / reselection process, when CPICH Ec/N0 is used for measurement, the cell offset is QOffset2sn; when CPICH RSCP is used for measure ment, IdleQoffsets and IdleQoffset2s used to idle state, ConnQoffset1s and ConnQ offset2s used to connecting state. There exist ConnQoffset1s and ConnQoffset2s o nly if SIB12 indication is set TRUE. In addition, there is only QOffset1sn in in ter-RAT cell selection and reselection, namely, not idle, connect, or QOffset2sn . 2.6.3 Minimum Quality Criterion This parameter is the minimum access threshold of PCPICH Ec/N0. The UE can reside in the cell only when CPICH Ec/N0 measured b y the UE is bigger than this threshold. 2.6.4 Minimum Access Level This paramete r is the minimum access level threshold of PCPICH RSCP. The UE can reside in thi s cell only when CPICH RSCP measured by the UE is greater than this threshold. 2 .6.5 Cell Reselection Start Thresholds These parameters include the intra-freque ncy cell reselection start threshold (Including Idle and connecting state), the inter-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Including Idle and connecting state) and the inter-RAT cell reselection start threshold (SsearchRat). 2.6.6 Re selection Hysteresis Time If the signal quality of other cells (CPICH Ec/No meas ured by the UE) is always better than the quality of the current cell within the time specified by this parameter, the UE will reselect this cell to reside in. 2.6.7 Minimum Access Level for Inter-RAT Cell This parameter is the minimum acce ss level threshold of inter-RAT cell. The UE can reside in this cell only when G SM RSSI measured by the UE is greater than this threshold. 2.6.8 2G Idle Mode MS 's Searching for 3G Cell Signal Level Threshold A GSM MS in idle mode starts to search for 3G signal level threshold. 2.6.9 3G Cell Reselection Signal Level Off set A 3G cell can be reselected when the average signal level of the target 3G c ell is FDD_Qosffset greater than that of the current serving cell. 2-68 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters 2.6.10 3G Cell Reselection Signal Level Threshold Only when the signal level in the target 3G cell is FDD_Qmin greater than the serving cell, the target 3G cell may become a candidate cell for reselection. 2.6.1 Measurement Hysteresis Parameters The measurement hysteresis parameters include measurement hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s), which are used for the UE to measure th e service cell CPICH RSCP (Qhyst1s) and CPICH Ec/No (Qhyst2s) respectively . Idl eQhyst1s and IdleQhyst2s are used in idle state, ConnQhyst1s and ConnQhyst2s are used in connecting state. Parameter ID IdleQhyst1s IdleQhyst2s ConnQhyst1s ConnQhyst2s Value Range 0 to 20 Physical Value Range 0 dB to 40 dB, step 2 dB Parameter Setting The default value of Qhyst1s is 2 (4 dB), and the default value of Qhyst2s is 1 (2 dB). Qhyst2s is optional. If it is not configured, Qhyst2s has the same value of measurement hysteresis 1. According to the R criterion, the measured value o f the current service cell participates in cell reselection sequencing after thi s hysteresis is added to it. The values of these parameters are related to the s low fading property of the area where the cell is located. These parameters are used mainly to prevent the ping-pong effect of the cell reselection result due t o the slow fading when the UE is at the cell verge. The ping-pong effect may cau se frequent location updates (idle mode), URA updates (URA_PCH) or cell updates (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH); which results in increased network signaling load and hig her loss of UE battery energy. Impact on the Network Performance The greater these hysteresis parameters, the less likely the various types of ce ll reselections occur, and the better the slow fading resistance capability, but the slower the reaction to the environment changes. Relevant Commands Set these parameters through ADD CELLSELRESEL, query them through LST CELLSELRES EL, and modify them through MOD CELLSELRESEL. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-69
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2.6.2 Load Level Offsets These parameters are cell offsets used for cell selection and reselection. In th e cell selection / reselection process, when CPICH Ec/N0 is used for measurement , the cell offset is QOffset2sn; when CPICH RSCP is used for measurement, IdleQo ffsets and IdleQoffset2s used to idle state, ConnQoffset1s and ConnQoffset2s use d to connecting state. There exist ConnQoffset1s and ConnQoffset2s only if SIB12 indication is set TRUE. In addition, there is only QOffset1sn in inter-RAT cell selection and reselection, namely, not idle, connect, or QOffset2sn. Parameter ID IdleQoffset1sn IdleQoffset2sn ConnQoffset1sn ConnQoffset2sn Qoffset1sn Value Range -50 to 50 Physical Value Range -50 dB to 50 dB, step 1 dB Parameter Setting The default values are 0 dB. These parameters are offsets of CPICH measured valu es of neighboring cells. QOffset1sn is used for the RSCP measurement and the nei ghboring cell measurement value participates in cell reselection sequencing afte r this offset is deducted from it. QOffset2sn is used for the Ec/No measurement and the neighboring cell measurement value participates in cell reselection sequ encing after this offset is deducted from it. These parameters play the role of moving the cell boarder in the cell selection and reselection algorithms. They a re configured according to the actual environment in network planning. Impact on the Network Performance l l The greater these values, the lower the probability of selecting the neighboring cell. The less these values are, the higher the probability of selecting the ne ighboring cell. Relevant Commands For intra-frequency cell selection/reselection: set these parameters through ADD INTRAFREQNCELL, query them through LST INTRAFREQNCELL , and modify them through MOD INTRAFREQNCELL . For inter-frequency cell selection/reselection: set these parameters through ADD INTERFREQNCELL, query them through LST INTERFREQNCELL, an d modify them through MOD INTERFREQNCELL. 2-70 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters For inter-RAT cell selection and reselection: set these parameters through ADD G SMNCELL, query them through LST GSMNCELL, and modify them through MOD GSMNCELL. 2.6.3 Minimum Quality Criterion This parameter is the minimum access threshold of PCPICH Ec/N0. The UE can resid e in the cell only when CPICH Ec/N0 measured by the UE is bigger than this thres hold. Parameter ID Qqualmin Value Range -24 to 0 Physical Value Range -24 dB to 0 dB, step 1 dB Parameter Setting The default value is -18 dB. The FDD mode is defined by the S criterion for cell selection in Protocol 25.304, as follows: Srxlev>0 & Squal>0 Where, l l l l l l Squal = Qqualmeas - Qqualmin Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas - Qrxlevmin - Pcompensation Qqu almeas is Ec/No of the measured value CPICH of the cell quality; Qrxlevmeas is R SCP of CPICH; Qrxlevmin is the minimum pilot signal receiving power required for the current cell; Pcompensation = Max.(UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH - P_MAX, 0); UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH is the maximum allowed uplink transmit power of the UE when ac cessing to the cell, namely MaxAllowedULTxPower; P_MAX is the maximum radio freq uency output power of the UE. Impact on the Network Performance The greater this parameter, the more difficult the UE selects this cell to resid e in; the lower this parameter, the easier the UE selects this cell to reside in . However, if this parameter is too low, the UE fails to correctly receive the s ystem information borne over PCCPCH after it resides in the cell. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLSELRESEL, query it through LST CELLSELRESEL, and modify it through MOD CELLSELRESEL. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-71
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2.6.4 Minimum Access Level This parameter is the minimum access level threshold of PCPICH RSCP. The UE can reside in this cell only when CPICH RSCP measured by the UE is greater than this threshold. Parameter ID Qrxlevmin Value Range -58 to -13 Physical Value Range -115 dBm to -25 dBm, step 2 dBm Where, -58 corresponds to -115 dBm, -57 correspo nds to -113dBm, , -13 corresponds to 25 dBm Parameter Setting The default value is -58, namely -115 dBm. For the definition of Qrxlevmin, refe r to Minimum Quality Criterion (Qqualmin). The settings of Qrxlevmin and Qqualmi n should be considered together. Impact on the Network Performance The greater this parameter, the more difficult the UE selects this cell to resid e in; the lower this parameter, the easier the UE selects this cell to reside in . However, if this parameter is too low, the UE fails to receive the system info rmation borne over PCCPCH correctly after it resides in this cell. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLSELRESEL, query it through LST CELLSELRESEL, and modify it through MOD CELLSELRESEL. 2.6.5 Cell Reselection Start Thresholds These parameters include the intra-frequency cell reselection start threshold (I ncluding Idle and connecting state), the inter-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Including Idle and connecting state) and the inter-RAT cell reselecti on start threshold (SsearchRat). Parameter ID IdleSintrasearch IdleSintersearch ConnSintrasearch ConnSintersearch 2-72 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters SsearchRat Value Range -16 to 10 Physical Value Range -32 dB to 20 dB, step 2 dB Parameter Setting The default values of IdleSintrasearch and ConnSintrasearch are 5 (10 dB), the d efault values of IdleSintersearch and ConnSintersearch are 4 (8 dB), and the def ault value of Ssearchrat is 2 (4 dB). The cell reselection start thresholds are defined in Protocol 25.304 as follows: 1. 2. 3. If Sx <= Sintrasearch, the UE im plements intra-frequency measurement and starts intrafrequency cell reselection. If Sx <= Sintersearch, the UE implements inter-frequency measurement and starts interfrequency cell reselection. If Sx <= SsearchRAT, the UE implements inter-R AT measurement and starts inter-RAT cell reselection. Where, Sx = measured value of UE - Qqualmin. When the UE detects that the qualit y of the service cell (CPICH Ec/No measured by the UE) is lower than the sum of the minimum quality criterion of the service cell (Qqualmin) plus this threshold , it starts the intra-frequency/inter-frequency/ inter-RAT cell reselection proc ess. Intra-frequency cell reselection is prior to inter-frequency/inter-RAT cell reselection. When setting these three parameters, make sure that the intra-freq uency cell reselection start threshold is greater than the inter-frequency/inter -RAT cell reselection start threshold. Impact on the Network Performance l If these parameters are too high, cell reselection probably starts frequently, r esulting in UE battery waste. If they are too low, cell reselection probably sta rts difficultly, and the UE fails to reside timely in a cell with good quality, and this influences the communication quality between the UTRAN and the UE. l Relevant Commands Set these parameters through ADD CELLSELRESEL, query them through LST CELLSELRES EL, and modify them through MOD CELLSELRESEL. 2.6.6 Reselection Hysteresis Time If the signal quality of other cells (CPICH Ec/No measured by the UE) is always better than the quality of the current cell within the time specified by this pa rameter, the UE will reselect this cell to reside in. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-73
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID Treselections Value Range 0 to 31 Physical Value Range 0 to 31 s Parameter Setting The default value is 1 s. This parameter is used to prevent the UE from implemen ting ping-pong reselection between cells. NOTE 0 refers to the default value specified in the protocol, instead of 0 s. Impact on the Network Performance l l If this parameter is too low, the UE probably performs ping-pong reselection. If it is too high, it may result in too long cell reselection delay, which influen ces the normal operation of cell reselection. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLSELRESEL, query it through LST CELLSELRESEL, and modify it through MOD CELLSELRESEL. 2.6.7 Minimum Access Level for Inter-RAT Cell This parameter is the minimum access level threshold of inter-RAT cell. The UE c an reside in this cell only when GSM RSSI measured by the UE is greater than thi s threshold. Parameter ID Qrxlevmin Value Range -58 to -13 Physical Value Range -115 dBm to -25 dBm, step 2 dBm Where, -58 corresponds to -115 dBm, -57 correspo nds to -113 dBm , , -13 corresponds to 25 dBm. 2-74 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters Parameter Setting The default value is -58, namely, -115 dBm. Similar to the S Criteria, in the GS M/DCS/PCS systems, the MS also requires a path loss standard to reside in a GSM/ DCS/PCS cell, and this standard requires the path loss criterion parameter C1 > 0. C1 is defined as follows: C1 = (A - Max(B,0)) Here, l l A = RLA_C - RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B = MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH - P, For DCS 1800, B = MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH + POWER OFFSET - P. l l RLA_C: Average strength measurement value of receiving signal. RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN: The minimum signal strength required by the access system, that is, Qrxlevmin o f this section. MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH: The maximum transmitting power allowed by the MS access system. POWER OFFSET: The power offset parameter of DCS 1800 MS, used together with MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH. P: The maximum RF output power of MS. l l l Impact on the Network Performance The greater this parameter, the more difficult the UE selects this cell to resid e in; the lower this parameter, the easier the UE selects this cell to reside in . However, if this parameter is too low, the UE fails to receive the system info rmation borne over PCCPCH correctly after it resides in this cell. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD GSMNCELL, query it through LST GSMNCELL, and modi fy it through MOD GSMNCELL. 2.6.8 2G Idle Mode MS's Searching for 3G Cell Signal Level Threshold A GSM MS in idle mode starts to search for 3G signal level threshold. Parameter ID Qsearch_I Value Range 0 to 15 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-75
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range When this parameter is within the range of 0 to 7 or 8 to 15, the GSM MS starts searching for 3G cells. 0 = -98 dBm, 1 = -94 dBm, ..., 6 = -74 dBm, 7 = (always) , 8 = -78 dBm, 9 = -74 dBm, ..., 14 = -54 dBm, 15 = (never) Parameter Setting The default value is 7, which indicates that the GSM MS in idle mode always sear ches for 3G cells. Impact on Network Performance The setting of this parameter depends on the customers' policy. The 3G policy is of top priority during the interoperation of 3G and 2G. Relevant Commands Not involved for a 3G network. 2.6.9 3G Cell Reselection Signal Level Offset A 3G cell can be reselected when the average signal level of the target 3G cell is FDD_Qosffset greater than that of the current serving cell. Parameter ID FDD_Qoffset Value Range 0 to 15 Physical Value Range 0 = (always select a cell if acceptable), 1 = -28 dB, 2 = -24 dB, ..., 15 = 28 d B Parameter Setting The default value is 0. Impact on the Network Performance The setting of this parameter depends on the customers' policy. The 3G policy is of top priority during the interoperation of 3G and 2G. Relevant Commands Not involved for a 3G network. 2-76 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters 2.6.10 3G Cell Reselection Signal Level Threshold Only when the signal level in the target 3G cell is FDD_Qmin greater than the se rving cell, the target 3G cell may become a candidate cell for reselection. Parameter ID FDD_Qmin Value Range 0 to 7 Physical Value Range 0 = -20 dB, 1 = -6 dB, 2 = -18 dB, 3 = -8 dB, 4 = -16 dB, 5 = -10 dB, 6 = -14 dB , 7 = -12 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 5. Impact on the Network Performance The setting of this parameter depends on the customers' policy. The 3G policy is of top priority during the interoperation of 3G and 2G. Relevant Commands Not involved for a 3G network. 2.7 Neighbor Management Parameters The configurable neighbor management parameters are listed here. Table 2-7 List of neighbor management parameters N Param o eter . ID 1 NPrioF lag Param eter Me ani ng Neighb or priority flag Neighb or priority Defaul t Value FALSE Relevant Commands Level 2 NPRI O For intra-frequency cells ADD INTRAFREQNCELL MOD INTRAFREQNCELL For inter-freque ncy cells ADD INTERFREQNCELL MOD INTRAFREQNCELL For inter-RAT cellsADD GSMNCELL MOD GSMNCELL NCell 2.7.1 Neighbor Priority Flag Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-77
2 Handover Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference This describes neighbor priority flags. 2.7.2 Neighbor Priority This part descri bes the neighbor priority. 2.7.1 Neighbor Priority Flag This describes neighbor priority flags. Parameter ID NPrioFlag Value Range FALSE or TRUE Physical Value Range FALSE or TRUE Parameter Setting The default setting is FALSE. This parameter is not necessary for a new network, for it overloads the configuration efforts for network planning. For the networ k that uses its neighbor priority, use the priority of its neighbor and set NPri oFlag to TRUE. Impact on the Network Performance Improper neighbor priority may result in missing neighbors. Relevant Commands For intra-frequency cells: ADD INTRAFREQNCELL / MOD INTRAFREQNCELL. For inter-fr equency cells: ADD INTERFREQNCELL / MOD INTERFREQNCELL. For inter-RAT cells: ADD GSMNCELL / MOD GSMNCELL. 2.7.2 Neighbor Priority This part describes the neighbor priority. Parameter ID NPrio Value Range 0 to 30 (for intra-frequency neighbors) 2-78 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 2 Handover Parameters 0 to 31 (for inter-frequency inter-RAT neighbors) Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The smaller the NPrio value is, the higher the neighbor priority is. Impact on the Network Performance Improper neighbor priority may result in missing neighbors. Relevant Commands For intra-frequency cells: ADD INTRAFREQNCELL / MOD INTRAFREQNCELL. For inter-fr equency cells: ADD INTERFREQNCELL / MOD INTERFREQNCELL. For inter-RAT cells: ADD GSMNCELL / MOD GSMNCELL. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-79
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 3 Admission Control Parameters 3 About This Chapter No. 1 Admission Control Parameters Admission control is a way for coordinating the WCDMA system capacity, coverage and quality, and it ensures the system stability and QoS requirement by control over user access. Table 3-1 List of admission control parameters Parameter ID UL BETraffInit BitRate DLBETraffInit BitRate 2 IU_Qos_Neg_S witch RAB_Downsizi ng_S witch QueueAlgoSwit ch PeemptAlgoSw itch Parameter Meaning Uplink and downlink i nitial access rates of BE service Intelligent admission algorithm switch Default Value 64 kbit/s Relevant Command Set or modify: SET FRC Query: LST FRC IU_QOS_N EG_SWITC H: 0 RAB_DOW NSIZING_S WITCH: 1 QUEUEAL GOSWITC H: OFF PREEMPT ALGOSWI TC: OFF IU_Qos_Neg_Switch and RAB_Downsizing_S witch Set or modify: SET CORRMAL GOSWI TCH Query: LST CORRMALGOSWI TCH QueueAlgoSwitch and PeemptAlgoSwitch Set o r modify: SET QUEUEPREEMPT Query: LST QUEUEPREEMPT RN C Lev el RN C Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-1
3 Admission Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. 3 Parameter ID UlTotalEqUser Num DlTotalEqUser Num Parameter Meaning Uplink total equivalent user number Downlink total nonhsdpa eq uivalent user number AMR voice uplink threshold for conversation service Non AMR voice uplink threshold of conversation service AMR voice downlink threshold for conversation service Non AMR Voice downlink threshold of conversation service U plink threshold for other services Downlink threshold for other services Uplink handover admission threshold Downlink handover admission threshold Downlink tota l power threshold Default Value 80 Relevant Command Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELLCAC Lev el Cell 4 80 5 UlConvAMRT hd 75% 6 UlConvNonAM RThd 75% 7 DlConvAMRT hd 80% 8 DlConvNonAM RThd 80% 9 UlOtherThd 60% 10 DlOtherThd
75% 11 UlHOThd 80% 12 DlHOThd 85% 13 DLCELLTOTA LTHD 90% 3-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 3 Admission Control Parameters No. 14 Parameter ID UlHoCeResvSf Parameter Meaning Uplink handover credit reserved SF Downlink handover credit an d channel code resource reserved SF Default Value SF16 Relevant Command Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELLCAC Lev el Cell 15 DlHoCeCodeR esvSf SF32 3.1 Uplink and Downlink Initial Access Rates of BE Service They are the uplink a nd downlink initial access rates UlBeTraffInitBitrate and DLBeTraffInitBitrate w hen the BE service is set up. 3.2 Intelligent Admission Algorithm Switch Four su b algorithm switches are contained: the maximum rate negotiation IU_QOS_NEG_SWIT CH, initial rate selection RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH, queuing QUEUEALGOSWITCH and pr eempting PREEMPTALGOSWITCH. 3.3 Uplink Total Equivalent User Number When the alg orithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total equivalent user number corres ponding to the 100% uplink load. 3.4 Downlink Total NonHSDPA Equivalent User Num ber When the algorithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total non-hsdpa equ ivalent user number corresponding to the 100% downlink load. 3.5 AMR Voice Uplin k Threshold for Conversation Service The uplink threshold for the conversation s ervice is used for the uplink admission of conversation service users. 3.6 Non A MR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service This parameter is the uplink t hreshold of non AMR voice service in the conversation service and used for uplin k admission for non AMR voice user in the conversation service. 3.7 AMR Voice Do wnlink Threshold for Conversation Service The downlink threshold for the convers ation service is used for the downlink admission of conversation service users. 3.8 Non AMR Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversation Service It is the downlink threshold of non AMR voice in the conversation service and used for downlink adm ission for non AMR voice user in the conversation service. 3.9 Uplink Threshold for Other Services This parameter is the uplink threshold for services other tha n the conversation service. It is used for uplink admission of other services. 3 .10 Downlink Threshold for Other Services This parameter is the downlink thresho ld for services other than the conversation service. It is used for downlink adm ission of users of other services. 3.11 Uplink Handover Admission Threshold Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-3
3 Admission Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference The uplink handover threshold is used for uplink admission of handover users. Th e parameter is only useful for uplink inter-frequency handover. Do not do the ad mission judgment in the uplink soft handover. 3.12 Downlink Handover Admission T hreshold The handover downlink threshold is used for downlink admission of hando ver users. 3.13 Downlink Total Power Threshold The total downlink power threshol d of the cell (PR99 + GBP) is used for admission of HSPA downlink power resource . 3.14 Uplink Handover Credit Reserved SF This parameter describes the reserved threshold for uplink credit handover. It is used for the admission of uplink cre dit for new subscribers. 3.15 Downlink Handover Credit and Channel Code Resource Reserved SF This part describes the threshold for reserving resources for the h andover of downlink code resources and CE resources. This parameter is used for the admission of downlink code resources and credit for new subscribers. 3.16 Re sources Reserved for Common Channel Load UL common channel load factor ULCCHLOAD FACTOR reserves part resources for UL common channels; DL common channel load re served coefficient DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF reserves part resources for DL common chan nels. 3-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 3 Admission Control Parameters 3.1 Uplink and Downlink Initial Access Rates of BE Service They are the uplink and downlink initial access rates UlBeTraffInitBitrate and D LBeTraffInitBitrate when the BE service is set up. Parameter ID UlBeTraffInitBitrate DLBeTraffInitBitrate Value Range Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384) Physical Value Range Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s Parameter Setting The default values for both ULBETraffInitBitRate and DLBETraffInitBitRate are 64 kbit/s. To save system resources and improve the admission success rate, BE doe s not require access at the maximum expected rate at setup. In stead, a lower ra te is adopted for initial access. After access, the rate is adjusted higher when the traffic requires and system resources allow it to do so. When the initial r ate selection (RAB Downsizing) function is enabled, this value is the uplink/ do wnlink initial access rate when the BE service is set up. If this rate access fa ils to satisfy the current load condition, then the actual initial access rate i s the negotiated rate based on this rate. When the RAB Downsizing function is di sabled, this parameter is the uplink/downlink initial access rate when the BE se rvice is set up. Impact on the Network Performance l The higher this parameter, the less time it takes for the BE service to reach th e maximum rate, but the easier the BE service rate be adjusted downward through negotiation when the system is congested, so it makes no sense to set it too hig h. The lower this parameter, the easier for the BE service to access at this rat e, but if it is set too low, it takes a longer time to adjust to the required ra te when there is a service requirement. l Relevant Commands Set the parameter through SET FRC, and query it through LST FRC. 3.2 Intelligent Admission Algorithm Switch Four sub algorithm switches are contained: the maximum rate negotiation IU_QOS_N EG_SWITCH, initial rate selection RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH, queuing QUEUEALGOSWITCH and preempting PREEMPTALGOSWITCH. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-5
3 Admission Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH QUEUEALGOSWITCH PREEMPTALGOSWITCH Value Range IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: Enum (0,1) QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREE MPTALGOSWITC: On, Off Physical Value Range IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: 0 indicates Off, and 1 indicates On . QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC: On indicates open and Off indicates clos e. Parameter Setting The default value of IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is 0, the default value of RAB_DOWNSIZING _SWITCH is 1, and the default values of QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC are Off. These sub algorithms in intelligent admission are briefed below: Maximum r ate negotiation: At RAB assignment setup, RAB assignment modification and transi tion-in, the real-time or non-real-time (BE) service of PS domain requires rate negotiation based on the UE supported capability to get the maximum expected rat e of a proper service QoS request. This negotiation result should be sent to the CN. For the BE service, it is the maximum rate can be adjusted for its DCCC. In itial rate selection: At RAB assignment setup, RAB assignment modification and t ransitionin, the real-time or non-real-time (BE) service of PS domain requires s election of a proper initial rate configuration bandwidth from typical rates sma ller than or equal to the maximum expected rate after negotiation and bigger tha n or equal to the lowest ensured rate according to the cell load information bef ore application for cell resources. Preempting: In the service setup, modificati on, hard handover and transition-in scenarios, if service request supports preem pting capability (core network configuration) when application for cell resource s fails, preempting is executed, and the resource of lower-priority user support ing preempting is released to set up the service request. Queuing: In the servic e setup, modification, hard handover and transition-in scenarios, if service req uest does not support preempting capability or the preempting switch is closed w hen application for cell resources fails, but service request supports the queui ng capability, queuing is executed. When the heartbeat timer of queuing is timeo ut, attempt is made to allocate resource to the service request with the minimum metric in the queue. 3-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 3 Admission Control Parameters Impact on the Network Performance Set the values according to the actual requirement and the supporting capability of the core network. Relevant Commands Set IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH through SET CORRMALGOSWITCH, and query them through LST CORRMALGOSWITCH. Set QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWIT C through SET QUEUEPREEMPT, and query them through LST QUEUEPREEMPT. 3.3 Uplink Total Equivalent User Number When the algorithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total equivalent user n umber corresponding to the 100% uplink load. Parameter ID UlTotalEqUserNum Value Range 1 to 200 Physical Value Range 1 to 200, step 1 Parameter Setting The default value is 80. When the algorithm 2 is used, the real admission equiva lent user number is equal to admission threshold multiplied by 100% load; this p arameter defines the equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% load. Impact on the Network Performance This parameter should be considered with the admission threshold. It should be s et according to the real network condition. l If it is too high, the system loads after admission maybe too high, which leads to the system congestion, and makes the system unstable. If it is too low, the p ossibility of subscribers rejected increases, part of the hardware resource is i dle and wasted. l Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-7
3 Admission Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 3.4 Downlink Total NonHSDPA Equivalent User Number When the algorithm 2 is used, this parameter defines the total non-hsdpa equival ent user number corresponding to the 100% downlink load. Parameter ID DlTotalEqUserNum Value Range 1 to 200 Physical Value Range 1 to 200, step 1 Parameter Setting The default value is 80. When the algorithm 2 is used, the real R99 equivalent u ser number is equal to admission threshold multiplied by 100% R99 load; this par ameter defines the non-hsdpa equivalent user number corresponding to the 100% R9 9 load. Impact on the Network Performance This parameter should be considered with the admission threshold. It should be s et according to the real network condition. l If it is too high, the system loads after admission maybe too high, which leads to the system congestion, and makes the system unstable. If it is too low, the p ossibility of subscribers rejected increases, part of hardware resource is idle and wasted. l Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3.5 AMR Voice Uplink Threshold for Conversation Service The uplink threshold for the conversation service is used for the uplink admissi on of conversation service users. Parameter ID UlConvAMRThd 3-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 3 Admission Control Parameters Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 75, that is 75%. Based on the current load factor of the sy stem and the service properties of the call requesting for admission, the uplink admission control algorithm predicts the load factor of the system after the ne w call is admitted, uses the sum of the predicted load factor value and the comm on channel uplink load factor as the predicted value of the new load factor, and then compares the predicted value of the load factor with the load factor thres hold. If the predicted load factor value is not bigger than the load factor thre shold, the call will be admitted; otherwise it is rejected. The uplink load thre sholds include this parameter and uplink threshold for conversation nonAMR servi ce, uplink threshold for other services and uplink handover admission threshold. According to the relations among these four parameters, the proportions of the conversation service and other services in the cell can be limited. These parame ters can be also used to ensure the priorities of handover users and the convers ation service access. Impact on the Network Performance If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission probably is too h igh, which affects the system stability and results in system congestion; if it is too low, the users are more likely to be rejected, and some resources are idl ed and wasted. This parameter, uplink threshold for conversation non-AMR service , uplink threshold for other services and uplink handover admission threshold sh ould be considered together with the network planning results. l l If this parameter is too high, the target coverage in the network planning is in fluenced. If it is too low, the target capacity cannot be satisfied. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3.6 Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service This parameter is the uplink threshold of non AMR voice service in the conversat ion service and used for uplink admission for non AMR voice user in the conversa tion service. Parameter ID UlConvNonAMRThd Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-9
3 Admission Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 75, that is 75%. The uplink admission control algorithm pre dicts the system load factor after admission of new call according to the load f actor of current system and service feature of admission request call. It uses t he sum of the load factor predicted value and the uplink load factor of public c hannel as the new load factor predicted value, and then compares the load factor predicted value with the load factor threshold. If the load factor predicted va lue is not bigger than the load factor threshold, this call is admitted, or else it is refused. Uplink load thresholds include this parameter, AMR voice uplink threshold of conversation service, Uplink thresholds of other services and Uplin k handover admission threshold. You can restrict the proportion of conversation to other services in cell based on relations of the four parameters or use them to ensure the priority of handover user and conversation service access. Impact on the Network Performance If this parameter is set too high, the system load after admission may be overly heavy to affect the system stability, resulting in system congestion. If this p arameter is too low, the users are more likely to be rejected, and some resource s may be left idle. This parameter, AMR voice uplink threshold of conversation s ervice, Uplink thresholds of other services and Uplink handover admission thresh old should be considered together with the planning result of network optimizati on to avoid over-big set target coverage affecting network optimization, or toosmall coverage that can not reach the target capacity. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3.7 AMR Voice Downlink Threshold for Conversation Service The downlink threshold for the conversation service is used for the downlink adm ission of conversation service users. Parameter ID DlConvAMRThd Value Range 0 to 100 3-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 3 Admission Control Parameters Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 80 that is 80%. Based on the current NodeB transmit power of th e system and the service properties of the call requesting for admission in the current system, the downlink admission control algorithm predicts the value of t he NodeB transmit power of the system after the new call is admitted, uses the s um of the predicted value of the NodeB transmit power and the reserved power of the common channel as the predicted value of new downlink load, and compares it with the downlink load threshold. If the predicted load value is not greater tha n the downlink load threshold, the call will be admitted; otherwise it is reject ed. The downlink load thresholds include this parameter, downlink threshold for conversation non-AMR service, downlink threshold for other services. This is mai nly to satisfy the operator s requirement to limit the proportion of the conversatio n and other services in the cell. This can also ensure the priorities of convers ation service access. Impact on the Network Performance The setting of this parameter is related to settings of cell radius and the maxi mum cell transmit power. l If it is too high, the downlink coverage of the cell is reduced, the neighboring cells are interfered seriously, and system stability is affected when cell cove rage is very small. If it is too low, the system resources may be idle, and the target capacity of the network planning cannot be satisfied. l This parameter, with downlink threshold for conversation non-AMR service, downli nk threshold for other services and downlink handover admission threshold should be considered together with the network planning result. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3.8 Non AMR Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversation Service It is the downlink threshold of non AMR voice in the conversation service and us ed for downlink admission for non AMR voice user in the conversation service. Parameter ID DlConvNonAMRThd Value Range 0 to 100 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-11
3 Admission Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 80, that is 80%. The downlink admission control algorithm p redicts the BS transmit power value of the system after admission of new call ac cording to the BS transmit power of the current system and the service feature o f admission request call. It uses the sum of the predicted value of BS transmit power and the reserved power of public channel as the new downlink load predicte d value, and compares it with the downlink load threshold (it is the downlink lo ad basic threshold generally, and it is the downlink load handover threshold at handover application). If the load predicted value is not greater than the downl ink load threshold, this call is admitted, or else it is rejected. Downlink load thresholds include this parameter, AMR voice downlink threshold of conversation service and Downlink thresholds of other services. It is to satisfy the carrier s r equirement for restricting the proportion of voice to other services in cell. Th is method is also used to ensure the priority of voice service access. Impact on the Network Performance The value of this parameter is related with setting of the cell radius and maxim um transmit power of the cell. l If the parameter is set too high, the downlink coverage of cell is reduced, and a bigger interference is generated against the neighboring cell. When cell conve rge is rather small, the system stability is also affected. If the value is set too low, system resources are left idle, and the target capacity of network opti mization cannot be achieved. l This parameter, with AMR voice downlink threshold of conversation service, Downl ink thresholds of other services and Downlink handover admission threshold shoul d be considered together with the planning result of network optimization. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3.9 Uplink Threshold for Other Services This parameter is the uplink threshold for services other than the conversation service. It is used for uplink admission of other services. Parameter ID UlOtherThd Value Range 0 to 100 3-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 3 Admission Control Parameters Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 60, that is 60%. For the descriptions of this parameter, re fer to 3.6 Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission is probably too h igh, which affects the system stability and results in system congestion. If it is too low, the users are more likely to be rejected, and some resources may be idled and wasted. l This parameter, with uplink threshold for conversation service and uplink handov er admission threshold should be considered together with the network planning r esults. l l If it is too high, the object coverage in the network planning is influenced. If it is too low, the target capacity cannot be satisfied. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3.10 Downlink Threshold for Other Services This parameter is the downlink threshold for services other than the conversatio n service. It is used for downlink admission of users of other services. Parameter ID DlOtherThd Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 75, that is 75%. For the description of this parameter, ref er to 3.8 Non AMR Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversation Service. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-13
3 Admission Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too high, the downlink coverage of the cell is reduced, the neighboring cells are interfered seriously, and the system stability is influen ced when the cell coverage is small. If it is too low, the system resources may be idle, and the target capacity of the network planning cannot be satisfied. l This parameter, downlink threshold for conversation service and downlink handove r admission threshold should be considered together with the network planning re sults. Note that, if the DCCC switch is turned on in the 1.5 algorithm, the admi ssion algorithm at initial admission is judged in accordance with the initial ac cess rate for all the PS BE services with the maximum expected rate greater than the parameter initial access rate. If admission of the initial access rate cann ot be accepted, the RNC starts the initial rate negotiation process in intellige nt admission. If the RNC admission at a rate grade under the initial access rate is acceptable, the user accesses at this rate, but its maximum expected rate is not changed, which is the biggest difference from adoption of the RNC and the C N negotiation method in v1.3. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3.11 Uplink Handover Admission Threshold The uplink handover threshold is used for uplink admission of handover users. Th e parameter is only useful for uplink inter-frequency handover. Do not do the ad mission judgment in the uplink soft handover. Parameter ID UlHOThd Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 80, that is 80%. Based on the current load factor of the sy stem and the service properties of the call requesting for admission, the uplink admission control algorithm predicts the system load factor after the new servi ce is admitted, uses the sum of the predicted value of the load factor and the u plink load factor of the common channel as the predicted value of the new load f actor, and compares the predicted load factor value with the load factor thresho ld. If the predicted load factor value is not greater than the load factor thres hold, the call is admitted; otherwise it is rejected. The uplink load thresholds include this parameter, uplink threshold for other services and uplink threshol d for conversation services. According to the relations among these three 3-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 3 Admission Control Parameters parameters, the proportions of the conversation service and other services in th e cell can be limited. These parameters can also be used to guarantee the priori ty of the handover users and the conversation service access. Uplink handover ad mission threshold must be smaller than uplink OLC trigger threshold for smart lo ad control. This parameter is to reserve resources for handover and to ensure th e handover performance; the value of this parameter must be greater than uplink threshold for conversation services. This parameter has effects only on inter-fr equency handover; it has no influence on intrafrequency handover. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission probably is too h eavy, which influences the system stability and results in the system congestion . If it is too low, the probability that users are rejected is high, and some re sources may be idle and wasted. l This parameter should be considered together with the uplink threshold for the c onversation service and the uplink thresholds for other services. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3.12 Downlink Handover Admission Threshold The handover downlink threshold is used for downlink admission of handover users . Parameter ID DlHOThd Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 85 that is 85%. Based on the current NodeB transmit power of t he system and the service properties of the call requesting for admission, the d ownlink admission control algorithm predicts the value of the NodeB transmit pow er of the system after the new handover is admitted, uses the sum of the predict ed value of the NodeB transmit power and the reserved power of the common channe l as the predicted value of the new downlink load, and compares it with the down link load threshold. If the predicted load value is not bigger than the downlink load threshold, the call is admitted; otherwise it is rejected. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-15
3 Admission Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference This parameter is used to reserve resources for handover and to ensure the hando ver performance. The downlink handover admission threshold must be lower than co ngestion control measurement threshold 1 (LCCMRThd1), and must not be lower than downlink threshold for conversation service. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too high, the downlink coverage of the cell is reduced, the neighboring cells are interfered seriously, and the system stability is influen ced when the cell coverage is very small. If it is too low, the system resources may be idle and wasted. l This parameter should be considered together with downlink threshold for convers ation service and downlink threshold for other services. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3.13 Downlink Total Power Threshold The total downlink power threshold of the cell (PR99 + GBP) is used for admissio n of HSPA downlink power resource. Parameter ID DlCellTotalThd Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 90, that is, 90%. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too high, the system loads after admission maybe too high, which leads to the system congestion, and makes the system unstable. If it is to o low, the possibility of subscribers rejected increases, part of hardware resou rce is idle and wasted. l Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 3 Admission Control Parameters 3.14 Uplink Handover Credit Reserved SF This parameter describes the reserved threshold for uplink credit handover. It i s used for the admission of uplink credit for new subscribers. Parameter ID UlHoCeResvSf Value Range SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF Physical Value Range SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF Parameter Setting The default value is SF16. SFOFF indicates no resources are reserved for the han dover. If the remaining cell uplink resources cannot satisfy this parameter afte r a new service is admitted, this new service is rejected. This parameter is set to reserve resources for UEs who perform the handover and to guarantee the hand over performance. The value for this parameter should satisfy the following cond ition: Handover uplink credit reserved SF Uplink LDR credit reserved spreading fac tor threshold. Impact on the Network Performance When the parameter is set higher, the credit resources reserved for UEs that per form the handover become smaller. At the same time, the admission failure rate f or handover UEs becomes higher and subscriber perception is easier to be affecte d. When the parameter is set lower, the admission failure rate for new subscribe rs become higher and some resources stay idle. Relevant Commands Add this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3.15 Downlink Handover Credit and Channel Code Resource Reserved SF This part describes the threshold for reserving resources for the handover of do wnlink code resources and CE resources. This parameter is used for the admission of downlink code resources and credit for new subscribers. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-17
3 Admission Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID DlHoCeCodeResvSf Value Range SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF Physical Value Range SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, SFOFF Parameter Setting The default value is SF32. SFOFF indicates no resources are reserved for the han dover. If the remaining resources on the downlink cannot satisfy this threshold after a new service is admitted, this new service is rejected. This parameter is set to reserve resources for the handover and to guarantee the handover success rate. The value of this parameter must satisfy the following condition: Downlin k handover credit and code resource reserved SF Downlink LDR credit reserved sprea ding factor threshold and Downlink handover credit and code resource reserved SF Cell LDR reserved spreading factor threshold. Impact on the Network Performance When the parameter is set higher, the credit resources reserved for UEs that per form the handover become smaller. At the same time, the admission failure rate f or handover UEs becomes higher and subscriber perception is easier to be affecte d. When the parameter is set lower, the admission failure rate for new subscribe rs become higher and some resources stay idle. Relevant Commands Add this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 3.16 Resources Reserved for Common Channel Load UL common channel load factor ULCCHLOADFACTOR reserves part resources for UL com mon channels; DL common channel load reserved coefficient DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF res erves part resources for DL common channels. Parameter ID ULCCHLOADFACTOR DLCCHLOADRSRVCOEFF Value Range 0 to 100 3-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 3 Admission Control Parameters Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step is 1% Parameter Setting The default value for each parameter is 0. The CAC is only used for dedicated ch annels, and for common channels, some resource is reserved. In UL, according to the current load factor and the characteristics of the new call, the UL CAC algo rithm predicts the new traffic channels load factor with the assumption of admit ting the new call, then plus with the premeditated common channel UL load factor to get the predicted UL load factor. Then, compare it with UL admission thresho ld. If it is not higher than the threshold, the call is admitted; otherwise, rej ected. In DL, according to the current load factor and the characteristics of th e new call, the DL CAC algorithm predicts the new traffic channels load factor w ith the assumption of admitting the new call, then plus with the premeditated co mmon channel DL load factor to get the predicted DL load factor. Then, compare i t with DL admission threshold. If it is not higher than the threshold, the call is admitted; otherwise, rejected. Impact on the Network Performance The higher value is set to the parameter, the more power resources are consumed, which may decrease the system capacity. If the parameter is set to a lower valu e, the power resources can be fully utilized. But when the resources are limited , a lower value may result in a poor coverage. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-19
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters 4 About This Chapter Load Control Parameters Load control is another very important function in WCDMA system. It maintains th e system load within the normal range to ensure that the system s overall QoS is in the normal range. The load control includes LDR (Load Reshuffling) and OLC (Over load Control). 4.1 Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters The common configu rable cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters are listed here. 4.2 Cell Overload Congestion Control Algorithm Parameters The common configurable overlo ad congestion control (OLC) parameters are listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-1
4 Load Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4.1 Cell Load Reshuffling Algorithm Parameters The common configurable cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters are lis ted here. Table 4-1 List of cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters No. Parameter ID Parameter Meaning Default Value Relevant Command L e v el C ell 1 ULLDR DLLDR Uplink/ Downlink LDR algorithm switches OFF Set:ADD CELLALGOSW ITCH \NBMSwitch Query:LST CELLALGOSW ITCH Modify:MOD CELLALGO SW ITCH \NBMSwitch 2 LdrPeriodTimerLen LDR period timer length 10 s Set or modify:SET LDCPERIOD Query:LST LDCPERIOD R N C 3 UlLdrTrigThd UlLdrRelThd DlLdrTrigThd DlLdrRelThd Uplink or downlink LDR trigger and release threshold UlLdrTrigThd: 55% DlLdrTrigThd: 70% UlLdrRelThd: 45% DlLdrRelThd: 60% Set:ADD CELLLDM Query:LST CELLLDM Modify:MOD CELLLDM C ell 4-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters No. Parameter ID Parameter Meaning Default Value Relevant Command L e v el C ell 4 UlLdrFirstAction UlLdrSecondAction UlLdrThirdAction UlLdrFourthAction UlLdrFifth Action UlLdrSixthAction UlLdrSeventhAction UlLdrEighthAction DlLdrFirstAction DL LDRSecondActi on DLLDRThirdAction DLLDRFourthActio n DLLDRFifthAction DlLdrSixth Action DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction Uplink or downlink LDR action ULLDRFirstActio n: CODEADJ ULLDRFirstActio n and DLLDRSecondAct ion: INTERFREQLD H O ULLDRSecondAct ion and DLLDRTHIRDAc tion: BERATERED Others: NOACT Set:ADD CELLLDR Query:LST CELLLDR Modify:MOD CELLLDR Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-3
4 Load Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. Parameter ID Parameter Meaning Default Value Relevant Command L e v el 5 ULLDRBERateRed uctionRabNum ULLDRPSRTQosRe negRabNum ULLDRCSInterRAT SHOULDBEHOU se rNum ULLDRCSInterRAT SHOULDNOTBEH OUserNum ULLDRPSInterRAT SHOULDBEHOUse rNum ULLDRPSInterRAT SHOULDNOTBEH OUserNum ULLDRAMRRATE REDUCTIONRAB NUM DLLDRBERate Red uctionRabNum DLLDRPSRTQosRe negRabNum DLLDRCSInterRAT SHOULDBEHOUse rNum DLL DRCSInterRAT SHOULDNOTBEH OUserNum DLLDRPSInterRAT SHOULDBEHOUse rNum DLLDRPSInt erRAT SHOULDNOTBEH OUserNum MAXUSERNUMC ODEADJ DLLDRAMRRATE REDUCTIONRAB NUM Number of users processed by uplink/ downlink LDR action ULLDRCSInterR ATSHOULDBEH OUserNum, ULLDRCSInterR ATSHOULDNOT BEHOUserNum and UL LDRAMRRAT EREDUCTIONR ABNUM are set to 3 by default; others are set to 1 by defa ult. DLLDRCSInterR ATSHOULDBEH OUserNum, DLLDRCSInterR ATSHOULDNOT BEHOUserNum a nd DLLDRAMRRAT EREDUCTIONR ABNUM are set to 3 by default ; others are set to 1 b y default. 4-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters No. Parameter ID Parameter Meaning Default Value Relevant Command L e v el 6 UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd UL or DL interfrequency cell load handover load space threshold UL or DL interfr equency cell load handover maximum bound width Cell SF reserved threshold UL or DL credit SF reserved threshold LDR code priority indicator MBMS power control s ervice priority threshold 20 7 UlInterFreqHoBWT hd DlInterFreqHoBWT hd 20,000 bit/s 8 CellSfResThd SF8 9 DlCreditSfResThd UlCreditSfResThd SF8 10 LdrCodePriUseInd FALSE 11 MbmsDecPowerRab Thd 1 4.1.1 Uplink and Downlink LDR Algorithm Switches This switch is used to open or close the uplink/downlink preliminary congestion control algorithm (LDR). The up link LDR algorithm switch is ULLDR and the downlink one is DLLDR. 4.1.2 LDR Peri
od Timer Length When preliminary congestion happens, the LDM (Load Monitoring) m odule sends period of preliminary congestion instruction (namely LDR execution p eriod) to LDR. 4.1.3 Uplink and Downlink LDR Trigger Thresholds and Release Thre sholds This set of parameters determine the load thresholds for the uplink and d ownlink loads entering into or being released from preliminary congestion status . 4.1.4 Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions This set of parameters determine the acti on sequence for the uplink/downlink LDR. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-5
4 Load Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4.1.5 Uplink/Downlink LDR Action Handing User Number This group of parameters de termine the number of users selected for uplink/downlink LDR actions. 4.1.6 Upli nk and Downlink Inter-Frequency Cell Load Handover Load Space Thresholds Inter-f requency load handover happens only when the current load space of the target ce ll is higher than this parameter setting. This parameter value is relative to ta rget cell LDR threshold. For uplink, the threshold is UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpace Thd, for downlink, the threshold is DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd. 4.1.7 Uplink and Downlink Inter-Frequency Cell Load Handover Maximum Band Width During interfrequency load handover, the UE is selected as the target of inter-frequency loa d handover from the UE set where the bound width is less than this threshold. Fo r uplink, the threshold is UlInterFreqHoBWThd, For downlink, the threshold is Dl InterFreqHoBWThd. 4.1.8 Cell SF Reserved Threshold The code adjusting could be d one only when the minimum available SF of a cell is larger than this threshold. 4.1.9 Uplink or Downlink Credit SF Reserved Threshods The uplink or downlink cre dit LDR could be done only when the Uplink or Downlink Credit SF Reserve is larg er than this threshold. 4.1.10 LDR Code Priority Indicator This parameter denote s whether the priority of code is considered during the code tree adjustment. 4. 1.11 MBMS Power Control Service Priority Threshold The initial congestion status of a cell can be solved through the decrease in power when the MBMS service pri ority is set at a certain level. 4.1.1 Uplink and Downlink LDR Algorithm Switches This switch is used to open or close the uplink/downlink preliminary congestion control algorithm (LDR). The uplink LDR algorithm switch is ULLDR and the downli nk one is DLLDR. Parameter ID ULLDR DLLDR Value Range ON, OFF Physical Value Range On, Off Parameter Setting The default status of both switches is OFF. The preliminary congestion is a tran sition status. For the uplink, it means the uplink interference is close to the admission threshold; for the downlink, it means the cell downlink transmit power 4-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters is close to the admission threshold and the call refusal rate increases signific antly. The preliminary congestion algorithm control objective is to slowly lower the cell load within the admission threshold, to obtain higher call success rat e at the cost of sacrificing the QoS of the low-priority users, and to balance t he inter-cell load (through inter-frequency load handover). Since most of the LD R actions (except inter-frequency load handover) affect QoS, it is desirable to set the algorithm switch to OFF at the preliminary stage of the network construc tion when user perception is important. NOTE The uplink LDR algorithm switch and downlink LDR algorithm switch are set separa tely. Impact on the Network Performance The preliminary congestion control algorithm improves the admission success rate but decreases QoS. Relevant Commands Set uplink or downlink LDR algorithm switch with the parameter NBMLdcAlgoSwitch through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH, query it through LST CELLALGOSWITCH, and modify it w ith the parameter NBMLdcAlgoSwitch through MOD CELLALGOSWITCH. 4.1.2 LDR Period Timer Length When preliminary congestion happens, the LDM (Load Monitoring) module sends peri od of preliminary congestion instruction (namely LDR execution period) to LDR. Parameter ID LdrPeriodTimerLen Value Range 1 to 86400 Physical Value Range 1 s to 86400 s, step 1 s Parameter Setting The default value is 10 s. Unlike OLC control mechanism, LDR itself has no actio n timer and relies on LDM's sending congestion instruction periodically to trigg er. This mechanism originates from the initial algorithm that tends to use perio d report control for LDR and time report control for OLC. Impact on the Network Performance l The lower the parameter is, the more frequently LDR action is executed, which de creases the load quickly. However, if the value is too low, an LDR action may ov erlap the previous one before the previous result is displayed in LDM. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-7 Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
4 Load Control Parameters l RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference The greater the value is, the more likely this problem can be prevented. If the value is set too large, the LDR action may be executed rarely, failing to reach the expected purpose of lowering the load timely. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through SET LDCPERIOD and query it through LST LDCPERIOD. 4.1.3 Uplink and Downlink LDR Trigger Thresholds and Release Thresholds This set of parameters determine the load thresholds for the uplink and downlink loads entering into or being released from preliminary congestion status. Parameter ID UlLdrTrigThd UlLdrRelThd DlLdrTrigThd DlLdrRelThd Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting ULLdrTrigThd is 55 (55%) and ULLdrRelThd is 45 (45%) by default; DLLdrTrigThd is 70 (70%) and DLLdrRelThd is 60 (60%) by default. The uplink/downlink LDR trigge r thresholds must be greater than uplink/downlink LDR release thresholds. When u plink/downlink preliminary congestion status is triggered, the uplink/downlink L DR action starts. The LDR control objective is to preserve space for admission t o increase the success rate. Therefore, under the current policy, the LDR trigge r threshold shall be set that the congestion is less than or close to the concer ned admission threshold index. Impact on the Network Performance The lower the LDR trigger and release thresholds are, the easier the system is i n preliminary congestion status, the harder it is released from this status, the easier the LDR action happens, and the more likely the users are affected. Howe ver, since the resources are preserved, the admission success rate becomes highe r. The carrier shall make tradeoff between these factors. 4-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters Relevant Commands Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM, query them through LST CELLLDM, and mo dify them through MOD CELLLDM. 4.1.4 Uplink or Downlink LDR Actions This set of parameters determine the action sequence for the uplink/downlink LDR . Parameter ID UlLdrFirstAction UlLdrSecondAction UlLdrThirdAction UlLdrFourthAction UlLdrFifth Action UlLdrSixthAction UlLdrSeventhAction UlLdrEighthAction DlLdrFirstAction DL LDRSecondAction DLLDRThirdAction DLLDRFourthAction DLLDRFifthAction DlLdrSixthAc tion DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction Value Range Uplink: Enum (NOACT, INTERFREQLDHO, BERATERED, QOSRENEGO, CSINTERRATLDHO, PSINTE RRATLDHO,AMRRATERED) Downlink: Enum (NOACT, INTERFREQLDHO, BERATERED, QOSRENEGO, CSINTERRATLDHO, PSINTERRATLDHO, AMRRATERED, MBMSDECPOWER, CODEADJ) Physical Value Range NOACT: No action INTERFREQLDHO: Inter-freq load handover Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-9
4 Load Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference BERATERED: BE traffic rate reduction QOSRENEGO: Uncontrolled real-time traffic Q oS renegotiation CSINTERRATLDHO: CS domain inter-RAT load handover PSINTERRATLDH O: PS domain inter-RAT load handover AMRRATERED: AMR traffic rate reduction MBMS DECPOWER: MBMS descend power CODEADJ: Code adjust Parameter Setting l l The default value of ULLDRFirstAction is CODEADJ. The default values of ULLDRFir stAction and DLLDRSecondAction are INTERFREQLDHO. The default values of ULLDRSec ondAction and DLLDRTHIRDAction are BERATERED. The default values of other parame ters are NOACT. l l LDR executes the actions according to the sequence configured. It executes the n ext action if the last one fails. When one action is executed successfully, or i ts value is NOACT, or all the actions have been executed, this LDR ends and wait s for next one. The LDR algorithm just only selects subscribers and sends contro l command, the action is performed by different algorithm modules, for every act ion needs time to execute, and the LDR algorithm cannot wait long time for all r esults, just make the decision according to one of the results. The inter-freque ncy load handover has no bad effect on QoS, and it can balance the load of diffe rent cells, so it is always selected as the first action. The BE traffic rate re duction is limited by DCCC switch, so only when the DCCC switch is on, can this action work. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDR, query them through LST CELLLDR, and mo dify them through MOD CELLLDR. 4.1.5 Uplink/Downlink LDR Action Handing User Number This group of parameters determine the number of users selected for uplink/downl ink LDR actions. Parameter ID ULLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM (uplink LDR-BE service rate reduction RAB number) 4-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters ULLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM (uplink LDR uncontrollable real-time service negotiation RAB number) ULLDRCSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUSERNUM (uplink LDR-CS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number) ULLDRCSINTERRATSHOULDNOTBEHOUSERNUM (uplink LDR-CS domain intersystem SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number) ULLDRPSINTERRA TSHOULDBEHOUSERNUM (uplink LDR-PS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load handover use r number) ULLDRPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTBEHOUSERNUM (uplink LDR-AMR service reduction RAB number) MAXUSERNUMCODEADJ (downlink channel code maximum reshuffled user num ber) DLLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM (downlink LDR-BE service reduction RAB number) D LLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM (downlink LDR uncontrollable real-time service negotiatio n RAB number) DLLDRCSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUSERNUM (downlink LDR-CS domain inter-sys tem SHOULDBE load handover user number) DLLDRCSINTERRATSHOULDNOTBEHOUSERNUM (dow nlink LDR-CS domain intersystem SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number) DLLDRPSIN TERRATSHOULDBEHOUSERNUM (downlink LDR-PS domain inter-system SHOULDBE load hando ver user number) DLLDRPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTBEHOUSERNUM (downlink LDR-PS domain int ersystem SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number) DLLDRAMRRATEREDUCTIONRABNUM (dow nlink LDR-AMR service reduction RAB number) Value Range 1 to 10 Physical Value Range None Parameter Setting The following parameters are set to 1 by default: l l l l l l ULLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM ULLDRPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUSER NUM ULLDRPSINTERRATSHOULDNOTBEHOUSERNUM MAXUSERNUMCODEADJ DLLDRBERATEREDUCTIONRA BNUM Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-11 Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
4 Load Control Parameters l l l RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference DLLDRPSRTQOSRENEGRABNUM DLLDRPSINTERRATSHOULDBEHOUSERNUM DLLDRPSINTERRATSHOULDNO TBEHOUSERNUM The other parameters are set to 3 by default. l Uplink/Downlink LDR-BE service rate reduction user number: This parameter can be configured according to the actual user distribution. If the proportion of high -rate users is large, you need to set a smaller value for this parameter. If the proportion of high-rate users is small, you need to set a greater value. Becaus e the primary congestion control algorithm is designed to slowly decrease cell l oad, you need to set a small value for this parameter. Uplink/Downlink uncontrol lable real-time service negotiation user number: The target users of this parame ter are the PS real-time service users. The setting of this parameter is analogo us to the setting of BE service reduction user number. Because the number of use rs performing QoS renegotiation may be smaller than the value of this parameter, for example, the candidate users selected for downlink LDR do not meet the QoS renegotiation conditions, you must leave some margin when setting this parameter to ensure the success of load reengineering. Uplink/Downlink CS domain inter-sy stem SHOULDBE load handover user number: The target users of this parameter are the CS domain users. Because the CS domain users are session users in general an d they have little impact on load, you can set a slightly big value for this par ameter. Uplink/Downlink CS domain inter-system SHOULDNOTBE load handover user nu mber: The target users of this parameter are the CS domain users. Because the CS domain users are session users in general and they have little impact on load, you can set a slightly big value for this parameter. Uplink/Downlink PS domain i nter-system SHOULDBE load handover user number: The target users of this paramet er are the PS domain users. The setting of this parameter is analogous to the se tting of BE service rate reduction user number. Uplink/Downlink PS domain intersystem SHOULDNOTBE load handover user number: The target users of this parameter are the PS domain users. The setting of this parameter is analogous to the sett ing of BE service rate reduction user number. Downlink channel code maximum resh uffling user number: Code reshuffling has a great impact on user feelings. In ad dition, the reshuffled users occupy two code resources during code reshuffling. Thus, you must set a small value for this parameter. l l l l l l For each user, during a life cycle of primary congestion, a type of uplink/downl ink LDR operation can be selected only once. After a type of uplink/downlink LDR operation is selected by a user, the uplink/downlink LDR marks the user. If thi s type of operation is triggered again, this user is not selected as the candida te user. Note that an operation is performed separately in the uplink and downli nk directions. That is, the same operation is performed one time in both the upl ink direction and the downlink operation.
Impact on Network Performance The greater the values of this set of parameters are, the more significant the l oad of the local cell is reduced. This, however, may affect user feeling or caus e traffic congestion in the target cell. The smaller the values of this set of p arameters are, the smaller the load range are adjusted by the LDR. This, however , more probably ensures users' QoS and balances traffic load. 4-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters Relevant Commands Use the ADD CELLLDR command for configuration, the LST CELLLDR command for query , and the MOD CELLLDR command for modification. 4.1.6 Uplink and Downlink Inter-Frequency Cell Load Handover Load Space Threshol ds Inter-frequency load handover happens only when the current load space of the ta rget cell is higher than this parameter setting. This parameter value is relativ e to target cell LDR threshold. For uplink, the threshold is UlInterFreqHoCellLo adSpaceThd, for downlink, the threshold is DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd. Parameter ID UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default values are 20, that is 20%. Impact on the Network Performance l The lower these parameters are, the easier it is to find qualified target cell f or blind handover. However, a too-low value easily makes the target cell enter c ongestion status. The greater the parameters are, the more difficult the inter-f requency blind handover occurs, and the easier to guarantee the stability of the target cell. l Relevant Commands Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDR, query them through LST CELLLDR, and mo dify them through MOD CELLLDR. 4.1.7 Uplink and Downlink Inter-Frequency Cell Load Handover Maximum Band Width During inter-frequency load handover, the UE is selected as the target of interfrequency load handover from the UE set where the bound width is less than this threshold. For uplink, the threshold is UlInterFreqHoBWThd, For downlink, the th reshold is DlInterFreqHoBWThd. Parameter ID UlInterFreqHoBWThd Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-13
4 Load Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference DlInterFreqHoBWThd Value Range 0 to 400,000 Physical Value Range 0 to 400000 bit/s Parameter Setting The default values are 200,000 bit/s. The uplink and downlink share this paramet er to execute the inter-frequency load handover. During the uplink/downlink inte r-frequency load handover, a user in the current cell (the number of users is no t changeable) is selected and blind handover to the target cell to reduce the cu rrent cell load and to indirectly balance the loads between the inter-frequency cells. To select a user, the users are sorted according to the bound width. The user who is less than this parameter value is selected to trigger the inter-freq uency load handover. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater the parameters are, the higher the service rate of the user in hando ver is, and the more obviously the cell load is decreased. But high value gives rise to fluctuation and congestion of the target cell load. The lower the parame ters are, the smaller the amplitude of the load decreased as a result of the int er-frequency load handover, and the easier to maintain the stability of the targ et cell load. l Relevant Commands Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDR, query them through LST CELLLDR, and mo dify them through MOD CELLLDR. 4.1.8 Cell SF Reserved Threshold The code adjusting could be done only when the minimum available SF of a cell is larger than this threshold. Parameter ID CellLdrSfResThd Value Range SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256 Physical Value Range None. 4-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters Parameter Setting The default value is SF8. When the downlink code congestion status is triggered, the LDR action begins to work. The purpose of the LDR control is to reserve the code resource for new access subscribers, and improve the admission success rat e. Impact on the Network Performance When the code resource threshold of LDR is lower, the downlink code resource is easier to be initial congestion status, the LDR action is easier to do, and subs criber perception is easier to be affected; but at the same time, the more code resource is reserved, the admission success rate is high. The parameter setting should be considered according to the operator's requirement. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR. 4.1.9 Uplink or Downlink Credit SF Reserved Threshods The uplink or downlink credit LDR could be done only when the Uplink or Downlink Credit SF Reserve is larger than this threshold. Parameter ID UlLdrCreditSfResThd DlLdrCreditSfResThd Value Range SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is SF8. Impact on the Network Performance When the parameter is lower, the uplink or downlink credit resource is easier to be initial congestion status, the LDR action is easier to do, and subscriber pe rception is easier to be affected; but at the same time, the more credit resourc e is reserved, the admission success rate is high. The parameter setting should be configured to meet the operator's requirement. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-15
4 Load Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4.1.10 LDR Code Priority Indicator This parameter denotes whether the priority of code is considered during the cod e tree adjustment. Parameter ID LdrCodePriUseInd Value Range FALSE, TRUE Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is FALSE. FALSE denotes not considering the priority of code d uring the code tree adjustment; TRUEdenotes considering the priority of code dur ing the code tree adjustment. Impact on the Network Performance If the parameter is TRUE, the high priority code is reserved during the code tre e adjustment. It is good for code resource dynamic share, which is just for HSDP A. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR. 4.1.11 MBMS Power Control Service Priority Threshold The initial congestion status of a cell can be solved through the decrease in po wer when the MBMS service priority is set at a certain level. Parameter ID MBMSDECPOWERRABTHD Value Range 1 to 15 Physical Value Range 1 to 15 4-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters Parameter Setting The default setting is 1. When the priority of the RAB among MBMS services excee ds this threshold, re-configure the MBMS power as the minimum power. Impact on the Network Performance The smaller this parameter is set, the greater the scope for selecting the MBMS services is. At the same time, the cell overload is significantly decreased whil e the impact on the MBMS services become greater. The greater this parameter is set, the smaller the scope for selecting the MBMS services is. At the same time, the cell overload is inconsiderably decreased and the impact on the MBMS servic es become greater. The quality of services with high priority, however, can be g uaranteed. Relevant Commands Add this parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR. 4.2 Cell Overload Congestion Control Algorithm Parameters The common configurable overload congestion control (OLC) parameters are listed here. Table 4-2 List of smart load control parameters No. 1 Parameter ID ULOLC D LOLC Parameter Meaning Uplink/Downlink OLC algorithm switch Default Value Off Re levant Command Set: ADD CELLALGOSWIT CH \ NBMLdcAlgoSwitc h Query: LST CELLALGOS WIT CH Modify: MOD CELLALGOSWIT CH \ NBMLdcAlgoSwitc h 2 OlcPeriodTim erLen OLC period timer length 3000, that is, 3 s Set or modify: SET LDCPERIOD Query: LST L DCPERIOD Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-17 Le vel Cel l RN C
4 Load Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. 3 Parameter ID UlOlcTrigThd DlOlcTrigThd UlOlcRelThd DlOlcRelThd Parameter Meaning Uplink or downlink OLC trigger threshold and release threshold Default Value UlOlcTrigTh d: 95% DlOlcTrigTh d: 95% UlOlcRelThd: 80% DlOlcRelThd : 80% Relevant Command Set: ADD CELLLDM Query: LST CELLLDM Modify: MOD CELLLDM Le vel Cel l 4 UlOlcFTFRst rctTimes DlOlcFTFRst rctTimes Uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction times 3 times 5 UlOlcFTFRst rctRabNum DlOlcFTFRst rctRabNum Uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restrict RAB number 3 Set: ADD CELLOLC Query: LST CELLOLC Modify: MOD CELLOLC 6 RateRstrctTi merLen RateRecoverT imerLen OLC fast TF restrict data rate restrict timer length and recover timer length RateRstrctTi merLen: 3000 (3 s) RateRecover TimerLen: 5000 (5 s) 68, that is, 68 % 0 7 RateRstrctCo ef UlOlcTraffRe lRabNum DlOlcTraffRe lRabNum OLC fast TF restrict data rate restrict coefficient Uplink or downlink release R AB number 8 4.2.1 Uplink and Downlink OLC Algorithm Switches These parameters are used to op en or close uplink or downlink overload control algorithm. The uplink OLC algori thm switch is ULOLC and the downlink OLC algorithm switch is DLOLC. 4.2.2 OLC Pe riod Timer Length This parameter is the period of the OLC timer. When this perio d is up, OLC executes once and then restarts automatically. The period of the ti mer is the period of the OLC action. The uplink OLC and downlink OLC share the s ame timer. 4.2.3 Uplink and Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold
This set of parameters determine the threshold exceeding which the uplink/downl ink load enters overload status and the threshold within which the uplink/downli nk load is released from overload status. 4.2.4 Uplink and Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction Times 4-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters These are uplink/downlink OLC action thresholds, meaning the times of uplink/dow nlink OLC fast TF restrictions that are executed. The uplink parameter is UlOlcF TFRstrctTimes and the downlink parameter is DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes. 4.2.5 Uplink an d Downlink OLC Fast TF Restrict RAB Number This set of parameters donote the num ber of RABs selected for one uplink or downlink OLC fast TF restriction. 4.2.6 O LC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Timer Length And Recover Timer Length Rat eRstrctTimerLen specifies the period for MAC to apply TF restriction on BE users in a downlink fast TF restriction. RateRecoverTimerLen specifies the period for MAC to apply TF recovery on BE users when the downlink overload is released. 4. 2.7 OLC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Coefficient OLC fast TF restriction rate coefficient means the degree of the rate restriction. 4.2.8 Uplink and Down link Release RAB Number This set of parameters denote the number of users releas ed in an uplink/downlink OLC release action. 4.2.1 Uplink and Downlink OLC Algorithm Switches These parameters are used to open or close uplink or downlink overload control a lgorithm. The uplink OLC algorithm switch is ULOLC and the downlink OLC algorith m switch is DLOLC. Parameter ID ULOLC DLPLC Value Range ON, OFF Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default status of the two switches are OFF. When overload happens in the upl ink/downlink, the uplink/downlink OLC algorithm can quickly relieve uplink/downl ink load by TF restriction or user release. Cell overload is an emergent status. l For the uplink, overload means the cell or reaches the limit and may give rise d decoding, resulting in call drop. For k transmit power is close to or reaches op power control cannot be increased as ion, resulting in call drop. l Therefore, overload control (OLC) must be executed to quickly lower the cell upl ink/downlink load to a reasonable range. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-19 uplink/downlink interference is close to to difficulty in BTS uplink reception an the downlink, overload means the downlin the limit and the user downlink inner lo needed because of the BTS power restrict
4 Load Control Parameters NOTE RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference The uplink OLC algorithm switch and downlink OLC algorithm switches are set sepa rately. Impact on the Network Performance When OLC is open, it can quickly adjust the cell load but may also cause oscilla tion of the cell load and affect the call drop rate. Relevant Commands Set uplink or downlink OLC algorithm switch with parameter NBMLdcAlgoSwitch thro ugh ADD CELLALGOSWITCH , query it through LST CELLALGOSWITCH , and modify it wit h parameter NBMLdcAlgoSwitch through MOD CELLALGOSWITCH . 4.2.2 OLC Period Timer Length This parameter is the period of the OLC timer. When this period is up, OLC execu tes once and then restarts automatically. The period of the timer is the period of the OLC action. The uplink OLC and downlink OLC share the same timer. Parameter ID OlcPeriodTimerLen Value Range 100 to 86,400,000 Physical Value Range 100 ms to 86,400 s, step 1 ms Parameter Setting The default value is 1000, that is, 1 s. In the current overload control algorit hm, all the uplink/downlink OLC actions (TF restriction and user release) are ex ecuted in the period of the OLC timer. This parameter along with ULOLCFTFRstrctU serNum, DLOLCFTFRstrctUserNum, ULOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes, DLOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes, ULOLCTr affRelUserNum, and DLOLCTraffRelUserNum determine the time it takes to release t he uplink/downlink overload. Impact on the Network Performance l l If the OLC action period is set too long, the system may respond very slowly to overload. If the OLC action period is set too short, unnecessary adjustment may occur before the previous OLC action has taken effect, thus affects the system p erformance. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through SET LDCPERIOD and query it through LST LDCPERIOD. 4-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters 4.2.3 Uplink and Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold This set of parameters determine the threshold exceeding which the uplink/downli nk load enters overload status and the threshold within which the uplink/downlin k load is released from overload status. Parameter ID UlOlcTrigThd DlOlcTrigThd UlOlcRelThd DlOlcRelThd Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting UlOlcTrigThd and DlOlcTrigThd are 95 (95%) by default; UlOlcRelThd and DlOlcRelT hd are 80 (80%) by default. The uplink/downlink OLC trigger threshold judges whe ther the system uplink/downlink is in overload status. If the cell load is conse cutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times, it means the system is in overload status for a long time. Under this circumstance, the system perf orms OLC algorithm if the cell OLC switch is open, including fast TF restriction or even user release. The OLC trigger threshold must be greater than or equal t o the OLC release threshold. Impact on the Network Performance The lower the OLC trigger threshold, the easier the system in overload status. S ince OLC ultimately uses extreme method like user release to lower the load, a t oo low value is very detrimental to the system performance. The lower the OLC re lease threshold, the harder the system releases the overload. Since the conseque nce of overload is not as severe as expected, it is desirable to set the two par ameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed. Relevant Commands Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM, query them through LST CELLLDM, and mo dify them through MOD CELLLDM. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-21
4 Load Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4.2.4 Uplink and Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction Times These are uplink/downlink OLC action thresholds, meaning the times of uplink/dow nlink OLC fast TF restrictions that are executed. The uplink parameter is UlOlcF TFRstrctTimes and the downlink parameter is DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes. Parameter ID UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100 times Parameter Setting The default values are 3 times. When uplink/downlink overload is triggered, the RNC immediately executes OLC action by first executing uplink/downlink fast TF r estriction. The internal counter is incremented by 1 with each execution. If the number of overloads does not exceed the OLC action threshold, the system lowers the BE service rate by lowering TF to relieve the overload. Exceeding OLC actio n threshold means that the previous operation has no obvious effect on alleviati ng the overload and the system has to release users to solve the overload proble m. Impact on the Network Performance l The lower the parameters, the more likely the users released, resulting in negat ive effect on the system performance. If the parameters are set too high, the ov erload status is released slowly. l Relevant Commands Set these parameters through ADD CELLOLC, query them through LST CELLOLC, and mo dify them through MOD CELLOLC. 4.2.5 Uplink and Downlink OLC Fast TF Restrict RAB Number This set of parameters donote the number of RABs selected for one uplink or down link OLC fast TF restriction. Parameter ID UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum 4-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters Value Range 1 to 10 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default values are 3. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the parameters, the more users involved in fast TF restriction under identical conditions, the quicker the cell load decreases, and the more user QoS is affected. Relevant Commands Set these parameters through ADD CELLOLC, query them through LST CELLOLC, and mo dify them through MOD CELLOLC. 4.2.6 OLC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Timer Length And Recover Timer Len gth RateRstrctTimerLen specifies the period for MAC to apply TF restriction on BE us ers in a downlink fast TF restriction. RateRecoverTimerLen specifies the period for MAC to apply TF recovery on BE users when the downlink overload is released. Parameter ID RateRstrctTimerLen RateRecoverTimerLen Value Range 1 to 65,535 Physical Value Range 1 ms to 65,535 ms Parameter Setting RateRstrctTimerLen is 3000 ms (3 s) by default; RateRecoverTimerLen is 5000 ms ( 5 s) by default. Once the MAC layer receives instruction to perform fast TF rest riction on a user, it periodically uses rate restriction coefficient to restrict the maximum available TF of the user until it receives overload release instruc tion. Therefore every period specified by RateRstrctTimerLen, apart from the new OLC-selected users who are TF restricted, the previously selected users are als o fast-TF restricted in an effort to release the overload more quickly. In order to timely adjust the Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-23
4 Load Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference BE service rate according to the load, the value of RateRstrctTimerLen shall be slightly greater than the system load response time after rate adjustment and th e period of overload detection. Impact on the Network Performance A greater RateRstrctTimerLen gets the BE service rate decreases more slowly. A l ower RateRstrctTimerLen value makes it harder to receive the overload release in struction. Great RateRecoverTimerLen value leads to slow BE service recovery rat e but prevents overload from triggering again in short time. Low RateRecoverTime rLen value leads to quick BE service recovery rate but gives rise to yet more ov erloads. Relevant Commands Set these parameters through ADD CELLOLC, query them through LST CELLOLC, and mo dify them through MOD CELLOLC. 4.2.7 OLC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Coefficient OLC fast TF restriction rate coefficient means the degree of the rate restrictio n. Parameter ID RateRstrctCoef Value Range 1 to 99 Physical Value Range 1 to 99%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 68, that is, 68%. Impact on the Network Performance The lower the parameter, the more severe the rate restricted. Too low value may affect the BE transmission delay. Large value means loose restriction, which may be ineffective in alleviating the overload. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLOLC, query it through LST CELLOLC, and modify it through MOD CELLOLC. 4.2.8 Uplink and Downlink Release RAB Number This set of parameters denote the number of users released in an uplink/downlink OLC release action. 4-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 4 Load Control Parameters Parameter ID UlOlcTraffRelRabNum DlOlcTraffRelRabNum Value Range 0 to 10 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default values are 0. Impact on the Network Performance Higher values of these parameters get the cell load decreases more obviously at the cost of negatively affecting user perception. Relevant Commands Set these parameters through ADD CELLOLC, query them through LST CELLOLC, and mo dify them through MOD CELLOLC. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-25
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters About This Chapter The PS Service rate control includes dynamic channel configuration, state transf er. 5.1 BE Service Related Threshold Parameters The common configurable BE servi ce related threshold parameters are listed here. 5.2 Dynamic Channel Configurati on Control Parameters The common configurable dynamic channel configuration para meters are listed here. 5.3 Link Stability Parameters The common configurable li nk stability parameters are listed here. 5.4 State Transfer Parameters The commo n configurable state transfer parameters are listed here. 5.5 PS Inactive The co mmon configurable PS inactive parameters are listed here. 5.6 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters The common configurable RLC retransmission monitor algorithm parameters are listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-1
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5.1 BE Service Related Threshold Parameters The common configurable BE service related threshold parameters are listed here. Table 5-1 List of BE service related threshold parameters No. 1 Parameter ID Be BitRateThd Parameter Meaning BE service handover rate threshold Default Value D3 84, that is, 384 kbit/s Relevant Command Set or Modify:SET HOCOMM Query:LST HOCO MM D64, that is, 64 kbit/s For RNC level Set or modify:SET DCCC Query:LST DCCC F or Cell level Set:ADD CELLDCCC Query:LST CELLDCCC Modify:MOD CELLDCCC 3 UlBeTraf fDecT hs DlBeTraffDecT hs UpLink and downlink BE traffic DCH decision threshold D8, that is, 8 kbit/s For RNC level Set or modify:SET FRC Query:LST FRC For Cell level Set:ADD CELLFRC Query:LST CELLFRC Modify:MOD CELLFRC 4 DlStrThsonHsd pa D lBeTraffThsO nHsdpa UlBeTraffThsO nHsupa DL streaming threshold on HSDPA DL BE t raffic threshold on HSDPA UL BE traffic threshold on HSUPA D64, that is, 64 kbit /s D8, that is, 8 kbit/s D711, that is, 711 kbit/s Set or modify:SET FRC Query:L ST FRC RNC RNC/ Cell Level RNC 2 UlPsBeGuarRat e DlPsBeGuarRat e Uplink and downlink BE guarantee bitrate 5 6 5-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters No. 7 Parameter ID UlStrThsOnHsu pa Parameter Meaning UL streaming traffic threshold on HSUPA Streaming service HSUP A transmission mode Default Value D256, that is, 256 kbit/s Relevant Command Level 8 UlStrTransMod eOnHsupa NonScheduled 5.1.1 BE Service Handover Rate Threshold This parameter is the bit rate threshol d used to determine whether to perform soft handover for the Best Effort (BE) se rvice on DCH. 5.1.2 Uplink/Downlink BE Service Insured Rate This describes the i nsured bit rate configured for BE services with different priorities. DCH and H share a set of parameters. 5.1.3 UpLink and Downlink BE traffic DCH decision thr eshold These parameters are the rate decision thresholds of UL and DL PS domain background and interactive service whether to be carried on DCH. When the UL ser vice rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service is set up on D CH; otherwise, on CCH. 5.1.4 DL Streaming Threshold on HSDPA This parameter is t he rate decision threshold of DL PS domain streaming service whether to be carri ed on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service is carried on HS-DSCH; otherwise, on DCH. 5.1.5 DL BE Tr affic Threshold on HSDPA This parameter is the rate decision threshold of DL PS domain background/interactive service whether to be carried on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service is carried on HS-DSCH; otherwise, on DCH. 5.1.6 UL BE Traffic Threshold on HSUP A This parameter is the rate decision threshold of UL PS domain background/inter active service to be carried on E-DCH. When the maximum UL service rate is great er than or equal to this threshold, the service is carried on E-DCH; otherwise, on DCH. 5.1.7 UL Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSUPA This parameter is the rate decision threshold of UL PS domain streaming service to be carried on E-DCH. Wh en the maximum UL service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the s ervice is carried on E-DCH; otherwise, on DCH. 5.1.8 Streaming Service HSUPA Tra nsmission Mode This parameter is valid only when the streaming services are mapp ed onto the E-DCH channel. This parameter is used to control the E-DCH data tran smission mode for streaming services. 5.1.1 BE Service Handover Rate Threshold This parameter is the bit rate threshold used to determine whether to perform so ft handover for the Best Effort (BE) service on DCH. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-3
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID BeBitRateThd Value Range Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384) Physical Value Range Enum (8k, 16k, 32k, 64k, 128k, 144k, 256k, 384k) bit/s Parameter Setting The default value is D384, that is 384kbit/s. l When the maximum bit rate of the BE service is lower than or equal to this thres hold, the system performs soft handover for this user to guarantee the service q uality. If the maximum bit rate of the BE service is higher than the threshold, the system performs intra-frequency hard handover for this user to avoid great e ffect of soft handover on the system capacity. l Impact on the Network Performance The greater this parameter is, the better the QoS of user probably becomes. But the resource is consumed more. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through SET HOCOMM, and query it through LST HOCOMM. 5.1.2 Uplink/Downlink BE Service Insured Rate This describes the insured bit rate configured for BE services with different pr iorities. DCH and H share a set of parameters. Parameter ID GOLDULGBR SILVERULGBR COPPERULGBR GOLDDLGBR SILVERDLGBR COPPERDLGBR Value Range D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, and D384 5-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Physical Value Range 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, and 384 (unit: kbit/s) Parameter Setting The default value is D64, which stands for 64 kbit/s. Impact on Network Performance You can assign different GBRs to the users with different priorities to show ser vice differentiation. The QoS of the users with higher priorities is better. The user access, however, becomes more difficult. Relevant Commands Use the SET USERGBR command for configuration and use the LST USERGBR command fo r query. 5.1.3 UpLink and Downlink BE traffic DCH decision threshold These parameters are the rate decision thresholds of UL and DL PS domain backgro und and interactive service whether to be carried on DCH. When the UL service ra te is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service is set up on DCH; oth erwise, on CCH. Parameter ID UlBeTraffDecThs DlBeTraffDecThs Value Range Enum (D8, D16) Physical Value Range Enum (8, 16) kbit/s Parameter Setting The default values are D8, that is 8 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance The greater this parameters are, the better the QoS of user probably becomes. Bu t the resource is consumed more. Relevant Commands For RNC level, set the parameters through SET FRC, and query them through LST FR C. For cell level, set the parameters through ADD CELLFRC, and query them throug h LST CELLFRC, and modify them through MOD CELLFRC. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-5
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5.1.4 DL Streaming Threshold on HSDPA This parameter is the rate decision threshold of DL PS domain streaming service whether to be carried on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service rate is greater th an or equal to this threshold, the service is carried on HS-DSCH; otherwise, on DCH. Parameter ID DlStrThsonHsdpa Value Range Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256) Physical Value Range Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384, 768, 1024, 1536, 2048) kbit/s Parameter Setting The default value is D64, that is 64 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance If the parameter is set too low, it possibly causes the capacity of HS-DSCH less than DCH. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through SET FRC, and query it through LST FRC. 5.1.5 DL BE Traffic Threshold on HSDPA This parameter is the rate decision threshold of DL PS domain background/interac tive service whether to be carried on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service is carried on HS-DSCH; o therwise, on DCH. Parameter ID DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa Value Range Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D768, D1024, D1536, D2048) Physical Value Range Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384, 768, 1024, 1536, 2048) kbit/s Parameter Setting The default value is D8, that is 8 kbit/s. 5-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Impact on the Network Performance If the parameter is set too high, BE service is easier to be beard on DCH, and t he system code utilization rate decreases. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through SET FRC, and query it through LST FRC. 5.1.6 UL BE Traffic Threshold on HSUPA This parameter is the rate decision threshold of UL PS domain background/interac tive service to be carried on E-DCH. When the maximum UL service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the service is carried on E-DCH; otherwise, on DCH. Parameter ID UlBeTraffThsOnHsupa Value Range Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D711, D1024, D1450, D2048) Physical Value Range Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384, 711, 1024, 1450, 2048) kbit/s Parameter Setting The default value is 711 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance By simulation, comparing the data services bearing on E-DCH to those bearing on DCH, the system traffic volume improves much. So the BE services are all suggest ed to be borne on EDCH. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through SET FRC, and query it through LST FRC. 5.1.7 UL Streaming Traffic Threshold on HSUPA This parameter is the rate decision threshold of UL PS domain streaming service to be carried on E-DCH. When the maximum UL service rate is greater than or equa l to this threshold, the service is carried on E-DCH; otherwise, on DCH. Parameter ID UlStrThsOnHsupa Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-7
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Value Range Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256) Physical Value Range Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256) kbit/s Parameter Setting The default value is 256 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through SET FRC, and query it through LST FRC. 5.1.8 Streaming Service HSUPA Transmission Mode This parameter is valid only when the streaming services are mapped onto the E-D CH channel. This parameter is used to control the E-DCH data transmission mode f or streaming services. Parameter ID UlStrTransModeOnHsupa Value Range Scheduled or Non-Scheduled Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is Non-Scheduled. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through SET FRC and query it through LST FRC. 5.2 Dynamic Channel Configuration Control Parameters The common configurable dynamic channel configuration parameters are listed here . 5-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Table 5-2 List of dynamic channel configuration parameters N o. 1 2 3 4 5 Parame ter ID Event4aThd Event4bThd TimetoTrigg er4A TimetoTrigg er4B PendingTim e4A Pe ndingTim e4B UlDcccRate Thd DlDcccRate Thd 8 UlMidRateT hd DlMidRateT hd 9 UlRat eAdjL evel DlRateAdjL evel 10 LittleRateTh d Parameter Meaning Traffic upper thr eshold Traffic lower threshold Time to trigger event 4A Time to Trigger event 4B Pending time after trigger event 4A Pending time after trigger event 4B Uplink and downlink DCCC rate thresholds Default Value D1024, that is, 1024 bytes D128, that is, 128 bytes D240, that is, 240 ms D2560, that is, 2.56 s D4000, that is, 4 s D4000, that is, 4 s D64 (64 kbit/s) Set or modify: SET DCCC Query: LST DCCC D128 (128 kbit/ s) RNC Relevant Command Set: ADD TYPRABDCCCM C Query: LST TYPRA B Modify: MOD TYPRABDCCCM C Level RNC 6 7 Uplink and downlink middle rate thresholds Uplink and downlink rate adjust level 2_Rates Low activity bitrate threshold D64, that is, 64 kbit/s 5.2.1 Traffic Upper Threshold The premise for 4A event reporting is that the buf fer traffic exceeds this threshold. 5.2.2 Traffic Lower Threshold The premise fo r 4B event reporting is that the buffered traffic is lower than this threshold. 5.2.3 Time to Trigger Event 4A When buffered traffic is greater than 4A threshol d and remains there for a longer time than the delay trigger time, event 4A is r eported. 5.2.4 Time to Trigger Event 4B When buffered traffic is less than event 4B threshold and remains there for a longer time than the delay trigger time, e vent 4B is reported. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-9
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5.2.5 Pending Time after Trigger Event 4A After a event 4A is reported, a timer is started. No more event 4A is reported before the timer expires. 5.2.6 Pending time after trigger Event 4B After an event 4B is reported, a timer is started. No more event 4B is reported before the timer expires. 5.2.7 Uplink and Downlink DCCC Rate Thresholds When the maximum uplink/downlink rates required by the BE service are not greater than the uplink/downlink DCCC rate thresholds, channel r econfiguration is not carried out for the uplink/ downlink services according to the traffic condition. 5.2.8 Uplink and Downlink Middle Rate Thresholds These p arameters are the uplink and downlink middle rate threshold when 3 rate adjustin g in DCCC is used and the middle rate compute method is HAND_APPOINT. 5.2.9 Upli nk and Downlink Rate Adjust Levels These parameters are used to judge uplink and downlink 2 rates or 3 rates adjusting in DCCC. 5.2.10 Low activity bitrate thre shold When the PS BE service rate has reduced to the rate threshold of DCCC, but UE can not transfer to CELL_FACH state for some reasons (for example: PS_BE_STA TE_TRANS_SWITCH is off; UE has CS service). The PS BE service rate is reduced to this rate when PS BE service satisfy the requirement of D2F. 5.2.1 Traffic Upper Threshold The premise for 4A event reporting is that the buffer traffic exceeds this thres hold. Parameter ID Event4aThd Value Range Enum (D16, D32, D64, D128, D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D3k, D4k, D6k, D8k, D12k, D16 k, D24k, D32k, D48k, D64k, D96k, D128k, D192k, D256k, D384k, D512k, D768k) Physical Value Range Enum (16 ,32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2k, 3k, 4k, 6k, 8k, 12k, 16k, 24k, 32k, 4 8k, 64k, 96k, 128k, 192k, 256k, 384k, 512k, 768k) bytes Parameter Setting The default value is D1024, that is 1024 bytes. The parameter is set separately in downlink and uplink. Event 4A: The transmission channel traffic (which is the buffered traffic in DCCC) exceeds an absolute threshold. When this event occurs , data transmission is accelerated through the increase of channel transmission bandwidth. The setting of the traffic upper threshold is used to check whether t here are data to be transmitted. Therefore, to meet the rapid requirement of use r data transmission, we can configure the threshold of 4A to a low value; howeve r, it should not be too low, so as to avoid triggering 5-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters unnecessary channel reconfiguration to increase the bandwidth while users do not have enough data to transmit. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater this parameter is set, the slower the user data transmission rate pr obably becomes. The smaller it is, the faster the user data transmission rate pr obably becomes. However, if the setting is too low, the channel bandwidth increa ses while it is unnecessary. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, and modify it through MOD TYPRABDCC CMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB. 5.2.2 Traffic Lower Threshold The premise for 4B event reporting is that the buffered traffic is lower than th is threshold. Parameter ID Event4bThd Value Range Enum (D8, D16,D32, D64, D128,D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D3k, D4k, D6k, D8k, D12k, D 16k, D24k, D32k, D48k, D64k, D96k, D128k, D192k, D256k, D384k, D512k) Physical Value Range Enum (8, 16,32, 64, 128,256, 512, 1024, 2k, 3k, 4k, 6k, 8k, 12k, 16k, 24k, 32k, 48k, 64k, 96k, 128k, 192k, 256k, 384k, 512k) bytes Parameter Setting The default value is D128, that is 128 bytes. The parameter is set separately in downlink and uplink. Event 4B: The transmission channel traffic (which is the b uffered traffic in DCCC) becomes lower than an absolute threshold. When this eve nt occurs, the channel transmission bandwidth is reduced to avoid resource waste . The 4B event is used to check whether the traffic becomes lighter. When the se rvice transmission is about to finish, the traffic in the buffer decreases rapid ly until it becomes zero. Therefore, event 4B threshold can be configured to a r elatively small value. Furthermore, when the source rate of the service is relat ively constant but very low, we can also configure an appropriate 4B threshold s o that the low source rate can be detected and the channel bandwidth can be acco rdingly reduced. Tests on the FTP service and services with low source rates sho w that when the setting of the 4B threshold is slightly greater than the size of one transmission block, the detection required for bandwidth reduction for the two kinds of services above can be satisfied. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-11
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Impact on A greater ever, the nsmission the Network Performance value of this parameter gets event 4B to be triggered more easily; how channel transmission bandwidth is reduced, which may influence the tra speed of the user data.
Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, modify it through MOD TYPRABDCCCMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB. 5.2.3 Time to Trigger Event 4A When buffered traffic is greater than 4A threshold and remains there for a longe r time than the delay trigger time, event 4A is reported. Parameter ID TimetoTrigger4A Value Range Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D12 80, D2560, D5000) Physical Value Range Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280,2560,5000) ms Parameter Setting TimetoTrigger4A is D240 by default, that is , 240 ms. The parameter is set separ ately in uplink and downlink. Time to trigger for event 4A is to prevent frequen t trigger caused by small fluctuation of the service traffic. It is only for the measurement report of the first trigger event. Impact on the Network Performance l A higher value of this parameter makes event 4A harder to be triggered. In such case it can prevent frequent adjustment of the BE service rate. However, too hig h value makes the system respond very slowly. A lower value of this parameter ge ts event 4A to be triggered more easily. However, small value may trigger events frequently under small fluctuation of the service traffic. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, modify it through MOD TYPRABDCCCMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB. 5.2.4 Time to Trigger Event 4B When buffered traffic is less than event 4B threshold and remains there for a lo nger time than the delay trigger time, event 4B is reported. 5-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Parameter ID TimetoTrigger4B Value Range Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D12 80, D2560, D5000) Physical Value Range Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 ) ms Parameter Setting TimetoTrigger4B is D2560 by default, that is, 2.56 s. The parameter is set separ ately in uplink and downlink. Time to trigger for event 4B is to prevent frequen t trigger caused by small fluctuation of the service traffic. It is only for the measurement report of the first trigger event. Impact on the Network Performance l The higher the parameter is, the harder to trigger event 4B, in which case it ca n prevent frequent adjustment of the BE service rate. However, too high value ma kes the system respond very slowly. The lower the parameter is, the easier to tr igger event 4B. However, small value may trigger events frequently under small f luctuation of the service traffic. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, modify it through MOD TYPRABDCCCMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB. 5.2.5 Pending Time after Trigger Event 4A After a event 4A is reported, a timer is started. No more event 4A is reported b efore the timer expires. Parameter ID PendingTime4A Value Range Enum (D250, D500, D1k, D2k, D4k, D8k, D16k) Physical Value Range Enum (250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000) ms Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-13
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter Setting The default value is D4000, that is, 4 s. The parameter is set separately in unl ink and downlink. The pending time after trigger for event 4A is the timer start ed after the event measurement report is triggered. It has two functions: The fi rst is that within the pending time, no more measurement report is sent for the same measurement ID even the condition that triggers measurement report is met; the second is that when the pending timer expires, it judges whether the traffic is above the upper threshold or under the lower threshold. If yes, it restarts the Time to Trigger for event 4A timer and does not report event 4A any more unl ess the timer expires. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater the parameter is, the harder to trigger event 4A again. Large value prevents frequent adjustment of the BE service rate. But too large value can mak e the system respond very slowly. The lower the parameter is, the easier to trig ger event again. But too low value may result in frequent triggers under small f luctuation of the traffic. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, modify it through MOD TYPRABDCCCMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB. 5.2.6 Pending time after trigger Event 4B After an event 4B is reported, a timer is started. No more event 4B is reported before the timer expires. Parameter ID PendingTime4B Value Range Enum (D250, D500, D1k, D2k, D4k, D8k, D16k) Physical Value Range Enum (250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000) ms Parameter Setting The default value is D4000, that is 4 s. The parameter is set separately in unli nk and downlink. The pending time after trigger for event 4B is the timer starte d after the event measurement report is triggered. It has two functions: The fir st is that within the pending time, no more measurement report is sent for the s ame measurement ID even the condition that triggers measurement report is met; t he second is that when the pending timer expires, it judges whether the traffic is above the upper threshold or under the lower threshold. If yes, it restarts t he Time to Trigger for event 4b timer and does not report event 4B any more unle ss the timer expires. 5-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Impact on the Network Performance l The greater the parameter is, the harder to trigger event 4B again. Large value prevents frequent adjustment of the BE service rate. But too large value can mak e the system respond very slowly. The lower the parameter is, the easier to trig ger event again. But too low value may result in frequent trigger under small fl uctuation of the traffic. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, modify it through MOD TYPRABDCCCMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB. 5.2.7 Uplink and Downlink DCCC Rate Thresholds When the maximum uplink/downlink rates required by the BE service are not greate r than the uplink/downlink DCCC rate thresholds, channel reconfiguration is not carried out for the uplink/ downlink services according to the traffic condition . Parameter ID UlDcccRateThd DlDcccRateThd Value Range Enum(D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384) Physical Value Range Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s Parameter Setting The default values are both D64, that is, 64 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance The greater these parameter are, the more difficult the adjustment of the channe l bandwidth becomes. Relevant Commands The RNC-oriented parameters: set them through SET DCCC, and query them through L ST DCCC. 5.2.8 Uplink and Downlink Middle Rate Thresholds These parameters are the uplink and downlink middle rate threshold when 3 rate a djusting in DCCC is used and the middle rate compute method is HAND_APPOINT. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-15
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID UlMidRateThd DlMidRateThd Value Range Enum(D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384) Physical Value Range Enum (16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s Parameter Setting The default values are both D128, that is 128 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands The RNC-oriented parameters: set them through SET DCCC and query them through LS T DCCC. 5.2.9 Uplink and Downlink Rate Adjust Levels These parameters are used to judge uplink and downlink 2 rates or 3 rates adjust ing in DCCC. Parameter ID UlRateAdjLevel DlRateAdjLevel Value Range Enum(2_Rates, 3_Rates) Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default values are both 2_Rates. Impact on the Network Performance None. 5-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Relevant Commands The RNC-oriented parameters: set them through SET DCCC and query them through LS T DCCC. 5.2.10 Low activity bitrate threshold When the PS BE service rate has reduced to the rate threshold of DCCC, but UE ca n not transfer to CELL_FACH state for some reasons (for example: PS_BE_STATE_TRA NS_SWITCH is off; UE has CS service). The PS BE service rate is reduced to this rate when PS BE service satisfy the requirement of D2F. Parameter ID LittleRateThd Value Range D8 D384 Physical Value Range 8 kbit/s 384 kbit/s Parameter Setting The default value is 64 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands The RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET DCCC and query it through LST DCC C. 5.3 Link Stability Parameters The common configurable link stability parameters are listed here. Table 5-3 Lis t of link stability parameters No . 1 Parameter ID EventEaThd Parameter Meaning Event Ea relative threshold Event Eb relative threshold Default Value 2 (1 dB) R elevant Command For RNC level Set or modify:SET DCCC Query:LST DCCC For cell lev el Level RNC/ Cell 2 EventEbThd 2 (1 dB) Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-17
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No . 3 4 Parameter ID UlFullCvrRate DlFullCvrRate Parameter Meaning Uplink full coverage rate Downlink full coverage rate Default Value 64 kbit/s 32 kbit/s Relevant Command Set: ADD CELLDCCC Query: LST CELLDCCC Level 5.3.1 Event Ea Relative Threshold This parameter, together with the maximum tran smit power, determines the event Ea threshold of the DL DPCCH power. 5.3.2 Event Eb Relative Threshold This parameter, together with the maximum transmit power, determines the event Eb threshold of the DL DPCCH power. 5.3.3 Uplink Full Cove rage Rate This parameter describes the uplink full coverage rate. 5.3.4 Downlink Full Coverage Rate This parameter describes the downlink full coverage rate. 5.3.1 Event Ea Relative Threshold This parameter, together with the maximum transmit power, determines the event E a threshold of the DL DPCCH power. Parameter ID EventEaThd Value Range 0 111 Physical Value Range 0 dB 55.5 dB, step 0.5 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 2, that is, 1 dB. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the parameter is, the lower the absolute threshold for event Ea is, a nd it is easy to trigger event Ea and it is useful for link stability. On the ot her hand, the QoS of planned service is influenced possibly. Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: Set it through SET DCCC and query the parameter through LST DCCC. 5-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Cell-oriented parameter: Set it through ADD CELLDCCC, query it through LST CELLD CCC and modify it through MOD CELLDCCC. 5.3.2 Event Eb Relative Threshold This parameter, together with the maximum transmit power, determines the event E b threshold of the DL DPCCH power. Parameter ID EventEbThd Value Range 0 111 Physical Value Range 0 dB 55.5 dB, step 0.5 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 2, that is, 1 dB. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the parameter is, the lower the absolute threshold for event Eb is, a nd it is difficult to trigger event Eb. Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: Set it through SET DCCC and query the parameter through LST DCCC. Cell-oriented parameter: Set it through ADD CELLDCCC, query it through LST CELLDCCC and modify it through MOD CELLDCCC. 5.3.3 Uplink Full Coverage Rate This parameter describes the uplink full coverage rate. Parameter ID ULFullCvrRate Value Range D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384 Physical Value Range 8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 3 84 kbit/s Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-19
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter Setting The default value is D64, which indicates 64 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance The uplink full coverage rate is the maximum uplink service rate reached when a cell is totally covered under some bearer. For BE services with low maximum rate , the usage of the DCCC algorithm may require extra efforts for algorithm handli ng rather than facilitate the service performance. Therefore, only BE services w ith uplink maximum rate exceeds the threshold rate can perform the uplink covera gebased DCCC algorithm control. Relevant Commands For parameters oriented to the RNC, set this parameter through SET DCCC and quer y it through LST DCCC. For parameters oriented to the cell, add this parameter t hrough ADD CELLDCCC, query it through LST CELLDCCC, and modify it through MOD CE LLDCCC. 5.3.4 Downlink Full Coverage Rate This parameter describes the downlink full coverage rate. Parameter ID DLFullCvrRate Value Range D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384 Physical Value Range 8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, 64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 144 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s, 3 84 kbit/s Parameter Setting The default value is D32, which indicates 32 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance The downlink full coverage rate is the maximum downlink service rate reached whe n the cell is totally covered. If the current rate is greater than the full cove rage rate, lower the rate to the coverage rate after the downlink TCP is limited . If the current rate is smaller than or equal to the full coverage rate, lower the rate the minimum guaranteed rate. If the Ea event is reported again, dismant le the links. For BE services with low maximum rate, the usage of the DCCC algor ithm requires extra efforts for algorithm handling rather than facilitates the s ervice performance. Therefore, only BE services with the downlink maximum rate e xceeds the threshold rate can perform the downlink coverage-based DCCC algorithm control. 5-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Relevant Commands For parameters oriented to the RNC, set this parameter through SET DCCC and quer y it through LST DCCC. For parameters oriented to the cell, add this parameter t hrough ADD CELLDCCC, query it through LST CELLDCCC, and modify it through MOD CE LLDCCC. 5.4 State Transfer Parameters The common configurable state transfer parameters are listed here. Table 5-4 Lis t of state transfer parameters No. 1 Paramet er ID DtoFState TransTim er D2F2PTv mThd Parameter Meaning DCH to FACH state transition timer DCH to FACH and FACH to PCH state transition traffic 4B threshold FACH to PCH state transition timer Cell Reselection timer FACH to DCH traffic report threshold FACH-toDCH traffic t ime-to-trigger Default Value 180 s Relevant Command Set or Modify: SET UESTATETR ANS Query: LST UESTATETRANS Level RNC 2 D64 (64 bytes) 3 FtoPState TransTim er CellReSel ectTimer FtoDTvm Thd FtoDTvm TimeToTr ig 180 s 4 180 s 5 D1024 (1024 bytes) D240 (240 ms) 6 5.4.1 DCH to FACH State Transition Timer This parameter detects whether the user s in CELL_DCH are stably in low activity to determine whether there is a need fo r state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH. 5.4.2 DCH to FACH / FACH to PCH S tate Transition Traffic 4B Threshold It helps to judge whether a user is in low activity state. When a user in CELL_DCH state reports 4B traffic event every tim e, 1 is added to the low activity detection timer. When a user in CELL_FACH stat e reports 4B traffic event every time, 1 is added to the low activity detection timer when the 4B traffic is 0. 5.4.3 FACH to PCH State Transition Timer Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-21
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference This parameter detects whether the users in CELL_FACH are stably in low activity to determine whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_FACH to CEL L_PCH. 5.4.4 Cell ReSelection Timer This parameter and CellReSelectCounter joint ly detect the status of the UE that frequently performs cell reselection to dete rmine the need for state transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH. 5.4.5 FACH to DCH Traffic Report Threshold This parameter defines the upper threshold of 4A traff ic in the CELL_FACH state to trigger state transition from FACH to DCH. 5.4.6 FA CH to DCH Traffic Time to trigger For UEs in the CELL_FACH state, after the traf fic exceeds the report threshold and the duration exceeds the time length specif ied by this parameter, the event 4A report is triggered, causing state transitio n to the CELL_DCH state. 5.4.1 DCH to FACH State Transition Timer This parameter detects whether the users in CELL_DCH are stably in low activity to determine whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_ FACH. Parameter ID DtoFStateTransTimer Value Range 1 to 65535 Physical Value Range 1 s to 65535 s Parameter Setting The default value is 180, that is, 180 s. Configuration of the parameter shall b e based on the BE service model. The system judges whether the users have no dat a to send for a long time and uses this as condition for state transition to low activity. Whether the user has data to send can be reflected from the RLC buffe red traffic: If the user has no data to send, the RLC buffered traffic is zero. The traffic event 4B can be configured to detect low activity. Within the transi tion timer period, if there are consecutive event 4B reports and the buffered se rvice data is detected to be zero and the number of event 4B reports meets prese t condition when the timer expires, it can be said that the service is in low ac tivity. Impact on the Network Performance If the parameter value is too low, it would be hard to judge that the user is in relatively stable low activity status. Too large value may waste specific chann el resources. 5-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LS T UESTATETRANS . 5.4.2 DCH to FACH / FACH to PCH State Transition Traffic 4B Threshold It helps to judge whether a user is in low activity state. When a user in CELL_D CH state reports 4B traffic event every time, 1 is added to the low activity det ection timer. When a user in CELL_FACH state reports 4B traffic event every time , 1 is added to the low activity detection timer when the 4B traffic is 0. Parameter ID D2F2PTvmThd Value Range D8 D768K Physical Value Range 8 768K bytes Parameter Setting The default value is D64, that is, 64 bytes. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands RNC oriented parameter: set it through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LST UE STATETRANS. 5.4.3 FACH to PCH State Transition Timer This parameter detects whether the users in CELL_FACH are stably in low activity to determine whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_FACH to CEL L_PCH. Parameter ID FtoPStateTransTimer Value Range 1 to 65535 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-23
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range 1 s to 65535 s Parameter Setting The default value is 180, that is, 180 s. The principle of state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH is similar to the abovementioned state transition from DC H to FACH. But because CELL_PCH does not support service data transmission, zero traffic event is used to determine the need for transition from FACH to PCH. Impact on the Network Performance If the parameter value is too low, it would be hard to judge that the user is in relatively stable low activity status. Too large value may waste FACH channel r esources. Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LS T UESTATETRANS . 5.4.4 Cell ReSelection Timer This parameter and CellReSelectCounter jointly detect the status of the UE that frequently performs cell reselection to determine the need for state transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH. Parameter ID CellReSelectTimer Value Range 1 to 65535 Physical Value Range 1 s to 65535 s Parameter Setting The default value is 180, that is, 180 s. Impact on the Network Performance When the parameter value is too low, it would be hard to judge that the users ar e in relatively stable low activity. Too large value may waste specific channel resources. Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LS T UESTATETRANS . 5-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters 5.4.5 FACH to DCH Traffic Report Threshold This parameter defines the upper threshold of 4A traffic in the CELL_FACH state to trigger state transition from FACH to DCH. Parameter ID FtoDTvmThd Value Range Enum (D0, D4, D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D4k, D8k, D16k, D 32k, D64k, D128k, D512k, D1024k ) Physical Value Range Enum ( 0, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2k, 4k, 8k, 16k, 32k, 64k, 128k , 512k, 1024k ) bytes Parameter Setting The default value is D1024, that is 1024 bytes. This threshold is set to check w hether there is data to be transmitted so that the UE moves to the CELL_DCH subs tate. To avoid common channel congestion, this parameter should not be set too h igh. Impact on the Network Performance The greater this parameter is, the more difficultly state transition occurs. How ever, if the setting is too low, it results in waste of the dedicated channel re sources. Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LS T UESTATETRANS . 5.4.6 FACH to DCH Traffic Time to trigger For UEs in the CELL_FACH state, after the traffic exceeds the report threshold a nd the duration exceeds the time length specified by this parameter, the event 4 A report is triggered, causing state transition to the CELL_DCH state. Parameter ID FtoDTvmTimeToTrig Value Range Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D12 80, D2560, D5000) Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-25
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 ) ms Parameter Setting The default value is D240, that is 240 ms. This parameter prevents unnecessary t riggering of traffic event due to traffic fluctuation. Too large value may delay report of event 4A and result in congestion of the common channel. Impact on the Network Performance The greater this parameter is, the more difficultly state transition occurs; the lower it is, the more easily UE enters the CELL_DCH state, but the more serious influence the traffic fluctuation brings. Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LS T UESTATETRANS . 5.5 PS Inactive The common configurable PS inactive parameters are listed here. Table 5-5 List o f PS inactive parameters No. 1 Paramet er ID PSINACT TMRFOR INT PROTEC TTMRFO RI NT PSINACT TMRFOR BAC PROTEC TTMRFO RBAC PSINACT TMRFOR IMS PROTEC TTMRFO RIMS P arameter Meaning Interactive service T1 Interactive service T2 Background servic e T1 Background service T2 IMS service T1 IMS service T2 Default Value 20 s Rele vant Command Set or modify: SET PSINACTTIMER Query: LST PSINACTTIMER Level RNC 2 20 s 3 20 s 4 20 s 5 20 s 6 20 s 5-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters 5.5.1 Interactive Service T1 When no data to transfer during this timer for PS i nteractive user, then PDCP requests RRC layer to release this connection. 5.5.2 Interactive Service T2 If T1 is overtime, PDCP layer requires RRC layer to relea se this service and triggers T2. If this connection could not be released till T 2 timer expires, PDCP layer applies to release this connection again. 5.5.3 Back ground Service T1 When no data to transfer during this timer for PS background u ser, PDCP requires RRC layer to release this connection. 5.5.4 Background Servic e T1 If T1 is overtime, PDCP layer requires RRC layer to release this service an d triggers T2. If this connection could not be released till T2 timer expires, P DCP layer applies to release this connection again. 5.5.5 IMS Service T1 When no data to transfer during this timer for PS IMS users, PDCP requires RRC layer to release this connection. 5.5.6 IMS Service T2 If T1 is overtime, PDCP layer req uires RRC layer to release this service and triggers T2, If this connection coul d not be released till T2 timer expires, PDCP layer applies to release this conn ection again. 5.5.1 Interactive Service T1 When no data to transfer during this timer for PS interactive user, then PDCP re quests RRC layer to release this connection. Parameter ID PSINACTTMRFORINT Value Range 0 to 14,400 Physical Value Range 0 s to 14,400 s Parameter Setting The default value is 20, that is, 20 s. Impact on the Network Performance The higher this parameter is, the more resource be occupied when no data to tran sfer; the lower it is, the more singling transfers when data transfer is unstabl e. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-27
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LS T PSINACTTIMER. 5.5.2 Interactive Service T2 If T1 is overtime, PDCP layer requires RRC layer to release this service and tri ggers T2. If this connection could not be released till T2 timer expires, PDCP l ayer applies to release this connection again. Parameter ID PROTECTTMRFORINT Value Range 0 to 60 Physical Value Range 0 s to 60 s Parameter Setting The default value is 20 s. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater this parameter is, the longer resource occupation time is if the res ource could not be released after T1 is overtime. The lower it is, the more sign aling overhead there is if the connection could not be released due to some spec ial reasons. l Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LS T PSINACTTIMER. 5.5.3 Background Service T1 When no data to transfer during this timer for PS background user, PDCP requires RRC layer to release this connection. Parameter ID PSINACTTMRFORBAC Value Range 0 to 14,400 5-28 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Physical Value Range 0 s to 14,400 s Parameter Setting The default value is 20, that is, 20 s. Impact on the Network Performance l l The greater this parameter is, the more resource is occupied when no data to tra nsfer. The lower it is, the more singling transfer there is when data transfer i s unstable. Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LS T PSINACTTIMER. 5.5.4 Background Service T1 If T1 is overtime, PDCP layer requires RRC layer to release this service and tri ggers T2. If this connection could not be released till T2 timer expires, PDCP l ayer applies to release this connection again. Parameter ID PROTECTTMRFORBAC Value Range 0 to 60 Physical Value Range 0 s to 60 s Parameter Setting The default value is 20 s. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater this parameter is, the longer resource occupation time it takes if t he resource could not be released after T1 is overtime The lower it is, the more signaling overhead there is if the connection could not be release due to some special reasons. l Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LS T PSINACTTIMER. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-29
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5.5.5 IMS Service T1 When no data to transfer during this timer for PS IMS users, PDCP requires RRC l ayer to release this connection. Parameter ID PSINACTTMRFORIMS Value Range 0 to 14,400 Physical Value Range 0 s to 14,400 s Parameter Setting The default value is 20, that is, 20 s. Impact on the Network Performance l l The greater this parameter is, the more resource is occupied when no data to tra nsfer. The lower it is, the more singling transfer there is when data transfer i s unstable. Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LS T PSINACTTIMER. 5.5.6 IMS Service T2 If T1 is overtime, PDCP layer requires RRC layer to release this service and tri ggers T2, If this connection could not be released till T2 timer expires, PDCP l ayer applies to release this connection again. Parameter ID PROTECTTMRFORIMS Value Range 0 to 60 Physical Value Range 0 s to 60 s Parameter Setting The default value is 20 s. 5-30 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Impact on the Network Performance l The greater this parameter is, the longer resource occupation time it takes if t he resource could not be released after T1 is overtime. The lower it is, the mor e signaling overhead there is if the connection could not be release due to some special reasons. l Relevant Commands RNC-oriented parameter: set it through SET PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LS T PSINACTTIMER. 5.6 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters The common configurable RLC retransmission monitor algorithm parameters are list ed here. Table 5-6 List of RLC retransmission monitor algorithm parameters No. P aramete r ID TimeToM oniter Paramete r Meaning Time to start ReTX monitor Re-Tx monitor period Retransmi ssion filter coefficient Event A threshold Event A time to trigger Event A pending time after trigger Event A report period Event B thr eshold Default Value Relevant Command Lev el Cell 1 5000 ms 2 MoniterPr d ReTransRa tioFilterCo ef EventAThr ed TimeToTri ggerA PendingTi meA 1000 ms Set: ADD TYPRABRLC Query: LST TYPRAB Modify: MOD TYPRABRLC 3 1 4 5 160, that is 16% 2 6 1 7 ReTransRe portPeriod EventBThr ed 50 ms 8 80, that is 8%
Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-31
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. Paramete r ID TimeToTri ggerB PendingTi meB Paramete r Meaning Event B time to trigger Event B pending time after trigger Default Value Relevant Command Lev el 9 14 10 1 5.6.1 Time to Start Re-TX Monitor It means the delay time before starting the re -transmitted PDU monitor when RLC entity is established or reconfigured. 5.6.2 R e-Tx Monitor Period This parameter corresponds to the time of a period for re-tr ansmitted PDU monitor. 5.6.3 Retransmission Filter Coefficient This parameter de notes the filter coefficient about retransmission monitor algorithm. 5.6.4 Event A threshold This parameter is the threshold of event A, which indicates a high ratio of PDUs are retransmitted. 5.6.5 Event A Time to Trigger This parameter is the periods for triggering event A. Event A is triggered only if retransmit rat e is higher than event A threshold a certain period continuously. 5.6.6 Event A Pending Time after Trigger This parameter is the pending period numbers after ev ent A is triggered. During these periods, no event A is reported. 5.6.7 Event A Report Period This parameter is the period delayed of report after event A is tr igged. 5.6.8 Event B Threshold This parameter is the threshold of event B, which indicates an acceptable ratio of PDUs are retransmitted. 5.6.9 Event B Time to Trigger This parameter is the period time event B is triggered. 5.6.10 Event B P ending Time after Trigger This parameter is the pending period numbers after eve nt B is triggered. During these periods, no event B is reported. 5.6.1 Time to Start Re-TX Monitor It means the delay time before starting the re-transmitted PDU monitor when RLC entity is established or reconfigured. 5-32 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Parameter ID TimeToMoniter Value Range 0 to 500,000 Physical Value Range 0 to 500,000 ms, step 1 ms Parameter Setting The default value is 5,000 ms. Impact on the Network Performance The lower the parameter is, the earlier the RLC re-transmitted monitor starts. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modif y it through MOD TYPRABRLC. 5.6.2 Re-Tx Monitor Period This parameter corresponds to the time of a period for re-transmitted PDU monito r. Parameter ID MoniterPrd Value Range 40 to 60,000 Physical Value Range 40 ms to 60,000 ms, step 1 ms Parameter Setting The default value is 1000 ms. Impact on the Network Performance The lower the parameter is, the earlier the RLC re-transmitted monitor starts. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modif y it through MOD TYPRABRLC. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-33
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5.6.3 Retransmission Filter Coefficient This parameter denotes the filter coefficient about retransmission monitor algor ithm. Parameter ID ReTransRatioFilterCoef Value Range 0 to 10 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 1. Impact on the Network Performance The greater this parameter is, the stronger the effect is on signal smoothness, the less interference there is, but the weaker the response ability is for RLC r etransmission measurement value break. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modif y it through MOD TYPRABRLC. 5.6.4 Event A threshold This parameter is the threshold of event A, which indicates a high ratio of PDUs are retransmitted. Parameter ID EventAThred Value Range 0 to 1000 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 0.1% Parameter Setting The default value is 160, that is 16% 5-34 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Impact on the Network Performance The lower the parameter is, the earlier RLC re-transmitted event A is triggered. Thereby the RNC reduces data sending. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modif y it through MOD TYPRABRLC. 5.6.5 Event A Time to Trigger This parameter is the periods for triggering event A. Event A is triggered only if retransmit rate is higher than event A threshold a certain period continuousl y. Parameter ID TimeToTriggerA Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 2. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the parameter is, the more difficult event A is triggered. Thereby th e RNC reduces data transfer. This strategy may not be so good in poor air-interf ace quality condition. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modif y it through MOD TYPRABRLC. 5.6.6 Event A Pending Time after Trigger This parameter is the pending period numbers after event A is triggered. During these periods, no event A is reported. Parameter ID PendingTimeA Value Range 0 to 1000 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-35
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 1. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the parameter is, the more difficult event A is triggered. Thereby th e RNC reduces data transfer. This strategy may not be so good in poor air-interf ace quality condition. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modif y it through MOD TYPRABRLC. 5.6.7 Event A Report Period This parameter is the period delayed of report after event A is trigged. Parameter ID ReTransReportPeriod Value Range 0 to 1000 Physical Value Range 0 to 1000 ms, step 10 ms. Parameter Setting The default value is 50 ms. Impact on the Network Performance The greater the parameter is, the latter event A reports after been triggered. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modif y it through MOD TYPRABRLC. 5.6.8 Event B Threshold This parameter is the threshold of event B, which indicates an acceptable ratio of PDUs are retransmitted. 5-36 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters Parameter ID EventBThred Value Range 0 to 1000 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 0.1% Parameter Setting The default value is 80, that is 8%. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the parameter is, the easier event B is triggered. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modif y it through MOD TYPRABRLC. 5.6.9 Event B Time to Trigger This parameter is the period time event B is triggered. Parameter ID TimeToTriggerB Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 14. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the parameter is, the more difficult event B is triggered. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modif y it through MOD TYPRABRLC. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-37
5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 5.6.10 Event B Pending Time after Trigger This parameter is the pending period numbers after event B is triggered. During these periods, no event B is reported. Parameter ID PendingTimeB Value Range 0 to 1000 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 1. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the parameter is, the longer event B report is delayed. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modif y it through MOD TYPRABRLC. 5-38 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters About This Chapter Special topic parameters include parameters for cell channel power distribution, paging, RRC connection setup, synchronization and location updating. 6.1 Cell C hannel Power Distribution Parameters The common configurable cell channel power distribution parameters are listed here. 6.2 Paging Parameters The common config urable paging parameters are listed here. 6.3 RRC Connection Setup Parameters Th e common configurable RRC connection setup parameters are listed here. 6.4 Synch ronization Parameters The common configurable synchronization parameters are lis ted here. 6.5 Location Update Parameters The common configurable location update parameters are listed here. 6.6 User Priority Related Parameters The common con figurable user priority related parameters are listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-1
6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6.1 Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters The common configurable cell channel power distribution parameters are listed he re. Table 6-1 List of cell channel power distribution parameters No. 1 Paramet e r ID MaxTxP ower PCPICH Power Parameter Meaning Maximum cell transmit power PCPI CH transmit power Transmit power of PSCH and SSCH Default Value 430, that is, 43 dBm 330, that is, 33 dBm -50, that is, -5 dB Relevant Command ADD CELLSETUP MOD CELLSETUP ADD PCPICH LST PCPICH MOD CELL PSCHPower ADD PSCH LST PSCH MOD CELL S SCHPower ADD SSCH LST SSCH MOD CELL 4 BCHPow er BCH transmit power Maximum FACH transmit power PCH transmit power PICH transmit power AICH transmit power -20, t hat is, -2 dB ADD BCH LST BCH MOD CELL 10, that is, 1 dB ADD FACH LST FACH MOD S CCPCH 20, that is, 2 dB ADD PCH LST PCH MOD SCCPCH -3 dB ADD CHPWROFFSET LST PIC H MOD PICHPWROFFSET -6 dB ADD CHPWROFFSET LST AICH MOD AICHPWROFFSET Cell FACH L evel Cell 2 3 PSCHPo wer SSCHPo wer 5 MaxFach Power 6 PCHPow er 7 PICHPo werOffse t AICHPo werOffse t 8 6.1.1 Maximum Cell Transmit Power 6-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters This parameter is the maximum downlink transmitting power of the NodeB. 6.1.2 Ce ll PCPICH Transmit Power It is used to determine the power of Primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point is the antenna connector of NodeB. Its value is relat ed to the downlink coverage in the network planning. 6.1.3 PSCH and SSCH Transmi t Power These parameters are the transmit powers of P-SCH and S-SCH in relation to PCPICH. 6.1.4 BCH Transmit Power This parameter is the transmit power of PCCP CH bearing BCH in relation to PCPICH. 6.1.5 Maximum FACH Transmit Power This par ameter defines the maximum FACH transmit power MaxFachPower (In MOD SCCPCH, the maximum transmit powers of the two FACH channels are respectively FACH1MaxPower and FACH2MaxPower) in relation to PCPICH. 6.1.6 PCH Transmit Power This paramete r defines the transmit power of the PCH channel in relation to PCPICH. 6.1.7 PIC H Transmit Power This parameter is the transmit power of the PICH channel in rel ation to PCPICH. 6.1.8 AICH Transmit Power This parameter defines the transmit p ower of AICH in relation to PCPICH. 6.1.1 Maximum Cell Transmit Power This parameter is the maximum downlink transmitting power of the NodeB. Parameter ID MaxTxPower Value Range 0 to 500 Physical Value Range 0 to 50 dBm, step 0.1 dBm Parameter Setting The default value is 430, namely 43 dBm. This parameter defines the sum of the m aximum transmit powers of all the downlink channels in the cell at the same time . It should be set according to the NodeB capability, cell range and capacity. I n the actual configuration, if this value is greater than the cell report capabi lity, cell setup fails. The parameter is decided by network planning. Impact on the Network Performance If this parameter is too low, the downlink capacity and the coverage is limited. However, it should not exceed the actual processing capability of the NodeB. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-3
6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLSETUP, and modify it through MOD CELLSETUP. 6.1.2 Cell PCPICH Transmit Power It is used to determine the power of Primary CPICH of a cell. The reference poin t is the antenna connector of NodeB. Its value is related to the downlink covera ge in the network planning. Parameter ID PCPICHPower Value Range -100 to 500 Physical Value Range -10 dBm to 50 dBm, step 0.1 dBm Parameter Setting The default setting is 330, namely 33 dBm. This parameter should be set based on the actual system environment such as cell coverage (radius) and geographical e nvironment. For the cells to be covered, the downlink coverage should be guarant eed as a premise. For the cells requiring soft handover area, this parameter sho uld satisfy the proportion of soft handover areas stipulated in the network plan ning. For a cell with large coverage, the value of this parameter should be rela tively high; otherwise, it should be relatively low. In a planned multi-cell env ironment, this parameter is definite If the value of this parameter is smaller t han the planned value, coverage holes may occur when the cells are under heavy l oad. Impact on the Network Performance l l If this parameter is too low, it influences directly the downlink pilot coverage range. If it is too high, the downlink interference increases, and the cell cap acity is decreased because a lot of system resources are occupied and the interf erence with the downlink traffic channels are increased. In addition, the configuration of this parameter also has direct influence on th e distribution of handover areas. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD PCPICH, query it through LST PCPICH and modify it through MOD CELL. 6.1.3 PSCH and SSCH Transmit Power These parameters are the transmit powers of P-SCH and S-SCH in relation to PCPIC H. 6-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters Parameter ID PSCHPower SSCHPower Value Range -350 to 150 Physical Value Range -35 dB to 15 dB, step 0.1 dB Parameter Setting The default values are both -50, namely -5 dB. These two parameters can be adjus ted through measurement in the actual environment so that the transmit powers of the synchronization channels just satisfy the UE receiving demodulation require ment. Specifically, when UEs receive signals at different locations within the r ange of the cell, the transmit power should be just enough to ensure that the UE can implement fast synchronization in most areas at the verge of the cell. Neit her PSCH nor SSCH has come through channel code spectrum spread, so they produce more serious interference than other channels do, especially for near-end users . Therefore, the values should not be set too high. Impact on the Network Performance l If the setting of this set of parameters are too low, users at the verge of cell s fail in network searching, resulting in influence on coverage of the downlink common channel, which finally affects cell coverage. If the setting are too high , the power resources are wasted, and other channels are interfered seriously, t hus the cell capacity is influenced. l Relevant Commands l l For PSSHPower, set it through ADD PSCH, and query it through LST PSCH. For SschP ower, set it through ADD SSCH, and query it through LST SSCH. After the cells are set up, they can both be modified through MOD CELL. 6.1.4 BCH Transmit Power This parameter is the transmit power of PCCPCH bearing BCH in relation to PCPICH . Parameter ID BCHPower Value Range -350 to 150 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-5
6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range -35 dB to 15 dB, step 0.1 dB Parameter Setting The default value is -20, namely -2 dB. This parameter can also be adjusted and optimized through measurement in the actual environment. When UEs receive signal s at different locations within the range of the cell, the transmit power should be just enough to ensure the correct demodulation of the information carried on the channel in most areas at the verge of the cell. The setting of this paramet er should not be set too high, so as to avoid unnecessary waste of the transmit power. Impact on the Network Performance l If the setting of this parameter is too low, the user at the verge of the cell f ails to receive the system information correctly, and the downlink common channe l coverage is influenced, which affects cell coverage. If the setting is too hig h, other channels are interfered, the power resources are occupied, and conseque ntly the cell capacity is influenced. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD BCH, query it through LST BCH, and modify it thro ugh MOD CELL. 6.1.5 Maximum FACH Transmit Power This parameter defines the maximum FACH transmit power MaxFachPower (In MOD SCCP CH, the maximum transmit powers of the two FACH channels are respectively FACH1M axPower and FACH2MaxPower) in relation to PCPICH. Parameter ID MaxFachPower Value Range -350 to 150 Physical Value Range -35 dB to 15 dB, step 0.1 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 10, namely 1 dB. If the FACH power is too low, the UE fails to receive the FACH data packets or the UE receives error packets in a large po rtion; if it is too high, the power is wasted. Set the maximum FACH transmit pow er to an appropriate value that is just enough to ensure the target BLER. 6-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters Impact on the Network Performance l If the setting of this parameter is too low, the UE at the cell verge fails to r eceive correctly the services and signaling borne over the FACH, resulting in in fluence on the downlink common channel coverage and the cell coverage; If it is too high, other channels are interfered, the power resources are occupied, and c onsequently the cell capacity is influenced. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD FACH, query it through LST FACH, and modify it th rough MOD SCCPCH. 6.1.6 PCH Transmit Power This parameter defines the transmit power of the PCH channel in relation to PCPI CH. Parameter ID PCHPower Value Range -350 to 150 Physical Value Range -35 dB to 15 dB, step 0.1 dB Parameter Setting The default value of this parameter is 20, namely 2 dB. If the PCH power is too low, t he UE fails to receive the PCH data packets or the UE receives wrong packets, wh ich may increase the retransmission times of paging packets, resulting in the pa ging failure or the paging delay increase; if it is too high, the power is waste d. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the UE at the cell verge fails to receive paging m essages correctly, and this influences downlink common channel coverage and cell coverage. If it is too high, other channels are interfered, the downlink transm it power are occupied, and consequently the cell capacity is influenced. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD PCH, query it through LST PCH, and modify it thro ugh MOD SCCPCH. 6.1.7 PICH Transmit Power This parameter is the transmit power of the PICH channel in relation to PCPICH. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-7
6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID PICHPowerOffset Value Range -10 to 5 Physical Value Range -10 dB to 5 dB, step 1 dB Parameter Setting The default value of this parameter is -7, namely -7 dB. An appropriate transmit power value should be set for PICH to ensure that all the users at the cell ver ge can receive the paging indications. However, the transmit power should not be set too high to avoid power waste. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the UE at the cell verge fails to receive paging m essages correctly, resulting in mis-operation in reading PCH channel and waste o f the UE battery, and the downlink common channel coverage and cell coverage may be affected. If it is too high, other channels are interfered, the power resour ces are occupied, and consequently the cell capacity is influenced. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CHPWROFFSET, query it through LST PICH, and modif y it through MOD PICHPWROFFSET. 6.1.8 AICH Transmit Power This parameter defines the transmit power of AICH in relation to PCPICH. Parameter ID AICHPowerOffset Value Range -22 to 5 Physical Value Range -22 dB to 5 dB, step 1 dB Parameter Setting The default value of this parameter is -6, namely -6 dB. 6-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters An appropriate transmit power value should be set for AICH to ensure that all us ers at cell verge can receive the access indication. However,the transmit power should not be set too high to avoid waste of the power. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the UE at the cell verge fails to receive the capt ure indication correctly, which may influence the downlink common channel covera ge and the cell coverage. If it is too high, other channels are interfered, the power resources are occupied, and consequently the cell capacity is influenced. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CHPWROFFSET, query it through LST AICH, and modif y it throughMOD AICHPWROFFSET. 6.2 Paging Parameters The common configurable paging parameters are listed here. Table 6-2 List of pag ing parameters No. 1 Paramet er ID DRXCycl eLenCoef Parameter Meaning Paging cyc le coefficient Default Value 6 Relevant Command Set or modify: SET FRC or MOD CN DOMAIN Query: LST FRC or LST CNDOMAIN 2 MaccPage RepeatTi mes Number of page ret ransmit 1 Set or modify: SET DPUCFGDATA Query: LST DPUCFGDATA Level RNC 6.2.1 Paging Cycle Coefficient This parameter is the UTRAN domain discontinuous receiving (DRX) cycle coefficient, and it is a parameter of paging type 1. 6.2.2 Number of Paging Retransmit This parameter is the number of retransmissions of paging message. 6.2.1 Paging Cycle Coefficient This parameter is the UTRAN domain discontinuous receiving (DRX) cycle coefficie nt, and it is a parameter of paging type 1. Parameter ID DRXCycleLenCoef Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-9
6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Value Range 3 to 9 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 6. In the idle mode, the UE can receive the paging indicati on in the DRX mode to reduce the power consumption. In this case, the UE needs t o detect only one paging indication in a paging occasion within each DRX cycle. The DRX cycle length of UTRAN domain is obtained by substituting this parameter into the formula DRX cycle = 2K PBP frames. Where, K is the paging cycle coeffici ent, and PBP is the number of paging block periods (In the FDD mode, PBP = 1). Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the UE detects the paging channel frequently, and thus the battery is consumed fast. If it is too high, the UE reacts very slowly to paging indications, and the system may repeatedly page the UE, resulting in i ncreased downlink interference. l Relevant Commands Set the parameter through SET FRC or ADD CNDOMAIN, modify it through MOD CNDOMAI N, and query it through LST FRC or LST CNDOMAIN. 6.2.2 Number of Paging Retransmit This parameter is the number of retransmissions of paging message. Parameter ID MaccPageRepeatTimes Value Range 0 to 2 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 1. In order to improve the paging success rate, CN and RNC both repeat paging messages. However, paging repeat has negative effects: firstl y, it increases the paging quantity, especially in the condition of downlink com mon channel congestion at the air interface; secondly, it increases 6-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters the paging quantity by several times, which wastes the downlink channel resource s and cause failure of timely delivery of new paging messages. In addition, to e nsure the paging success rate and paging efficiency at the same time, the number of CN retransmitting paging messages and the time interval should be considered together with UTRAN repeat. If UTRAN repeats transmission once, the CN repeat t ime interval should be greater than 2 DRX cycles. The following principle should be followed: CN should repeat the next paging message after UTRAN finishes the previous paging message transmission and retransmission. To guarantee compliance with this principle, such parameters as the number of CN retransmitting, the in terval of repeat, the number of UTRAN retransmitting and the coefficient of DRX cycle length can be adjusted simultaneously for compliance with this principle. Impact on the Network Performance If this parameter is too high, the system repeatedly pages UEs, the downlink com mon channel resources are wasted, and the downlink interference is increased. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through SET DPUCFGDATA, and query it through LST DPUCFGDATA. 6.3 RRC Connection Setup Parameters The common configurable RRC connection setup parameters are listed here. Table 6 -3 List of RRC connection setup parameters Parameter ID T300 N300 Parameter Mean ing Timer T300 and constant N300 Default Value T300: D2000 (2 s) N300: 3 Relevan t Command Set or modify: SET IDLEMODETIMER Query: LST IDLEMODETIMER Level RNC 6.3.1 T300 and N300 Timer T300 starts when the UE transmits RRC CONNECTION REQUE ST message, and the timer stops when the UE receives RRC CONNECTION SETUP messag e. RRC CONNECTION REQUEST is resent upon the expiry of the timer T300 if V300 is lower than or equal to N300, else enters idle mode. 6.3.1 T300 and N300 Timer T300 starts when the UE transmits RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message, and the timer stops when the UE receives RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. RRC CONNECTION RE QUEST is resent upon the expiry of the timer T300 if V300 is lower than or equal to N300, else enters idle mode. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-11
6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID T300 N300 Value Range T300: Enum(D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D200 0, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000); N300: 0 to 7 Physical Value Range T300: Enum(100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 40 00, 6000, 8000) ms; N300: None Parameter Setting The default value of T300 is D2000 (2 s); the default value of N300 is 3. Impact on the Network Performance The setting of timer T300 should be considered together with the UE and UTRAN pr ocessing delay and the propagation delay. l l The greater the setting of timer T300 is, the longer the UE waiting time it take s. The greater the setting of N300 is, the higher success probability of the RRC connection setup is, and the longer RRC setup time it takes. In this case, it is likely that a UE repeats access attempts and connection setu p request transmission, and consequently other users are influenced seriously. Relevant Commands Set these parameters through SET IDLEMODETIMER , and query them through LST IDLE MODETIMER . 6.4 Synchronization Parameters The common configurable synchronization parameters are listed here. 6-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters Table 6-4 List of synchronization parameters No. 1 Paramet er ID NInsyncI nd Par ameter Meaning Number of successive insync indications Number of successive outof-sync indications Radio link failure timer duration N312 and T312 Default Valu e 5 Relevant Command Set: ADD CELLSETUP Query: LST CELL Modify: MOD CELL Level C ell 2 NOutsync Ind 50 3 TRLFailu re N312 T312 50 (5 s) 4 N312: D1 T312: 6 s Set or Modify: SET IDLEMODETIME R Query: LST IDLEMODETIME R RNC 5 N313 N315 T313 N313, N315, and T313 N313: D50 N315: D1 T313: 3 s Set or Modify: SET CONNMODETIM ER Query: LST CONNMODETIM ER 6.4.1 Number of Successive In-sync Indications This parameter is the number of s uccessive in-sync indications. 6.4.2 Number of Successive Out-of-sync Indication s This parameter is the number of successive out-of-sync indications. 6.4.3 Radi o Link Failure Timer Duration This parameter is the radio link failure timer dur ation. This value defines the duration of timer TRlFailure. When the radio link set is in synchronized state, the NodeB shall start timer TRlFailure after it re ceives NOutsyncInd successive out-of-sync indications, and the NodeB shall stop and reset timer TRlFailure after receiving NInsyncInd successive in-sync indicat ions. When timer TRlFailure expires, the NodeB will trigger the radio link failu re process, and indicate which radio link set is out-of-sync. 6.4.4 N312 and T31 2 When the UE starts to set up the dedicated channel, it starts timer T312, and after the UE detects N312 in-sync indications from L1, it stops timer T312. Once the timer expires, the physical channel setup fails. 6.4.5 N313, N315, and T313 After the UE detects N313 successive out-of-sync indications from L1, it starts timer T313. After the UE detects N315 successive in-sync indications from L1, i t stops timer T313. Once the timer expires, the radio link fails. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-13
6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6.4.1 Number of Successive In-sync Indications This parameter is the number of successive in-sync indications. Parameter ID NInsyncInd Value Range 1 to 256 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 5. This parameter defines the number of successive in-sync indications required for the NodeB to trigger the radio link recovery process. T he radio link set remains in the initial state until it receives NInsyncInd succ essive in-sync indications from L1, and then the NodeB triggers the radio link r ecovery process, which indicates that the radio link set has been synchronized. Once the radio link recovery process is triggered, the radio link set is conside red to be in the synchronized state. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater this parameter is, the stricter the synchronization process becomes, and the more difficult the synchronization occurs. The smaller it is, the easie r the synchronization occurs. However, if the link quality is poor, a simple syn chronization requirement leads to waste of the UE power and increase of uplink i nterference. l In the radio link maintenance process, this parameter is used together with the successive outof-sync indication counter. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLSETUP, query it through LST CELL, and modify it through MOD CELL. 6.4.2 Number of Successive Out-of-sync Indications This parameter is the number of successive out-of-sync indications. Parameter ID NOutsyncInd Value Range 1 to 256 6-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 50. This value defines the number of successive out-of-sync indications required to receive to start timer TRlFailure. When the radio link set is in synchronized state, the NodeB starts timer TRlFailure after it receive s NOutsyncInd successive out-of-sync indications. The NodeB shall stop and reset timer TRlFailure after receiving NInsyncInd successive in-sync indications. Whe n timer TRlFailure expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failure process, a nd indicate which radio link set is out-of-sync. Impact on the Network Performance l l If this parameter is too low, the link out-of-sync decision is likely to happen. If it is too high, out-of-sync is not likely to happen. But if the link quality is poor, it may result in waste of the UE power and increased uplink interferen ce. In the radio link maintenance process, this parameter is adopted together with t he successive insync indication counter. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLSETUP, query it through LST CELL, and modify it through MOD CELL. 6.4.3 Radio Link Failure Timer Duration This parameter is the radio link failure timer duration. This value defines the duration of timer TRlFailure. When the radio link set is in synchronized state, the NodeB shall start timer TRlFailure after it receives NOutsyncInd successive out-of-sync indications, and the NodeB shall stop and reset timer TRlFailure aft er receiving NInsyncInd successive in-sync indications. When timer TRlFailure ex pires, the NodeB will trigger the radio link failure process, and indicate which radio link set is out-of-sync. Parameter ID TRLFailure Value Range 0 to 255 Physical Value Range 0 s to 25.5 s, step 0.1 s Parameter Setting The default value is 50, that is 5 s. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-15
6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Impact on the Network Performance l l If the timer duration is too short, there are few chances for the radio link to get synchronized. If it is too long, the radio link failure process is probably delayed, and the downlink interference increases. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLSETUP, query it through LST CELL, and modify it through MOD CELL. 6.4.4 N312 and T312 When the UE starts to set up the dedicated channel, it starts timer T312, and af ter the UE detects N312 in-sync indications from L1, it stops timer T312. Once t he timer expires, the physical channel setup fails. Parameter ID N312 T312 Value Range N312: Enum(D1, D50, D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000) T312: 1 to 15 Physical Value Range N312: Enum(1, 50, 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000); T312: 1 s to 15 s Parameter Setting N312 default value is D1 and T312 default is 6 s. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater the setting of N312 is, the more difficult the dedicated channel syn chronization becomes. The longer the duration of timer T312 is, the higher the s ynchronization probability is, but the longer the synchronization time it takes. l Relevant Commands For idle mode: set them through SET IDLEMODETIMER; query them through LST IDLEMO DETIMER. For connection mode: set them through SET CONNMODETIMER, query them thr ough LST CONNMODETIMER. 6-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters 6.4.5 N313, N315, and T313 After the UE detects N313 successive out-of-sync indications from L1, it starts timer T313. After the UE detects N315 successive in-sync indications from L1, it stops timer T313. Once the timer expires, the radio link fails. Parameter ID N313 N315 T313 Value Range N313: Enum(D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200) N315: Enum(D1, D2, D4, D10, D2 0, D50, D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000) T313: 1 to 15 Physical Value Range N313: Enum(1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200) N315: Enum(1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 2 00, 400, 600, 800, 1000) T313:1 s to 15 s Parameter Setting The default value of N313 is D50; the default value of N315 is D1; the default v alue of T313 is 3 s. Impact on the Network Performance l The greater the setting of N313 is, the more difficult it is to start timer T313 , and the lower the out-of-sync probability is. The lower the setting of N315 is , the longer T313 is, and the higher the link recovery probability is. l These three parameters should be used in cooperation. Relevant Commands Set these parameters through SET CONNMODETIMER, and query them through LST CONNM ODETIMER. 6.5 Location Update Parameters The common configurable location update parameters are listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-17
6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Table 6-5 List of location update parameters Parameter ID T3212 Parameter Meanin g Periodic location update timer Default Value 10, that is, 1 hour Relevant Comm and Set: ADD CNDOMAIN Query: LST CNDOMAIN Modify: MOD CNDOMAIN 6.5.1 Periodic Lo cation Update Timer This parameter is the periodic update timing duration. Level RNC 6.5.1 Periodic Location Update Timer This parameter is the periodic update timing duration. Parameter ID T3212 Value Range 0 to 255 Physical Value Range 0 to 1530 m, step 6 m (minute) Parameter Setting The default value is 10, that is, 1 hour. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the UE carries out location update frequently, res ulting in a large number of location update messages on the Uu and Iu interfaces . If it is too high, the UE location message probably is not updated timely. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CNDOMAIN, query it through LST CNDOMAIN, and modi fy it through MOD CNDOMAIN. 6.6 User Priority Related Parameters The common configurable user priority related parameters are listed here. 6-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters Table 6-6 List of user priority related parameters No. Parameter ID Parameter Me aning User priority of allocation/ retension priority 1 14 Defau lt Value None. Re levant Command Lev el 1 ARP1Priority, ARP2Priority, ARP3Priority, ARP4Priority, ARP5Priority, ARP6Priori ty, ARP7Priority, ARP8Priority, ARP9Priority, ARP10Priority, ARP11Priority, ARP1 2Priority, ARP13Priority, ARP14Priority PriorityReference Set or modify:SET USERPRIORITY Query:LST USERPRIORITY 2 Interate priority configured reference Indicator of carrier type priority ARP 3 CarrierTypePriorInd DCH 6.6.1 User Priority of Allocation/Retension Priority 1~14 These parameters are u ser priority corresponding allocation and retention priority 1 to 14. 6.6.2 Inte grate Priority Configured Reference This parameter is used to set the criterion by which the priority is sorted firstly. 6.6.3 Indicator of Carrier Type Priorit y This parameter is used to decide which carrier is prior when ARP and TrafficCl ass are both identical. 6.6.1 User Priority of Allocation/Retension Priority 1~14 These parameters are user priority corresponding allocation and retention priori ty 1 to 14. Parameter ID ARP1Priority ARP2Priority ARP3Priority ARP4Priority ARP5Priority ARP6Priority Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-19
6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference ARP7Priority ARP8Priority ARP9Priority ARP10Priority ARP11Priority ARP12Priority ARP13Priority ARP14Priority Value Range Gold, Silver, Copper Physical Value Range 1, 2, 3 Parameter Setting None. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands Set and modify the parameters through SET USERPRIORITY, query them throughLST US ERPRIORITY. 6.6.2 Integrate Priority Configured Reference This parameter is used to set the criterion by which the priority is sorted firs tly. Parameter ID PriorityReference Value Range ARP, TrafficClass Physical Value Range 1, 2 Parameter Setting The default value is ARP. 6-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands Set and modify the parameter through SET USERPRIORITY, query it throughLST USERP RIORITY. 6.6.3 Indicator of Carrier Type Priority This parameter is used to decide which carrier is prior when ARP and TrafficClas s are both identical. Parameter ID CarrierTypePriorInd Value Range NONE, DCH, HSPA Physical Value Range 0, 1, 2 Parameter Setting The default value is NONE. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands Set and modify the parameter through SET USERPRIORITY, query it throughLST USERP RIORITY. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-21
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters 7 About This Chapter HSDPA Parameters HSDPA parameters include HSDPA power resource management parameters, HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters, HSDPA mobility management parameters, HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters, and HSDPA call admiss ion control algorithm parameters. 7.1 HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters The three different UE capabilities described here are that the minimum TTI int erval for UE to receive data on HS-PDSCH includes 1/2/3 TTIs. For the default co nfiguration, inside brackets is physical value while outside brackets is IE valu e. 7.2 HSDPA Code Resource Management Algorithm Parameters The common configurab le HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters are listed here. 7.3 HSDP A Mobility Management Parameters The common configurable HSDPA mobility manageme nt parameters are listed here. 7.4 HSDPA Direct Retry and Switch of Channel Type s Parameters The common configurable HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel ty pes parameters are listed here. 7.5 HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm The common configurable HSDPA admission control algorithm parameters are listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-1
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7.1 HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters The three different UE capabilities described here are that the minimum TTI inte rval for UE to receive data on HS-PDSCH includes 1/2/3 TTIs. For the default con figuration, inside brackets is physical value while outside brackets is IE value . 7.1.1 HS-DPCCH Power Management Parameters The common configurable HS-DPCCH po wer control parameters are listed here. 7.1.2 Total Power of HSDPA and Measureme nt Power Offset Constant The common configurable total power of HSDPA and measur ement power offset constant is listed here. 7.1.1 HS-DPCCH Power Management Parameters The common configurable HS-DPCCH power control parameters are listed here. Table 7-1 List of HS-DPCCH power control parameters No. 1 Parameter ID ACKPO1 ACKPO2 ACKPO3 2 ACKPO1forSHO ACKPO2forSHO ACKPO3forSHO 3 NACKPO1 NACKPO2 NACKPO3 4 NACK PO1forSH O NACKPO2forSH O NACKPO3forSH O 5 ACKNACKReF1 ACKNACKReF2 ACKNACKReF3 6 ACKNACKReFf orSHO ACK/NACK repeat factor in multiple link set ACK/NACK repeat f actor 1 2 3 1 Parameter Meaning ACK power offset Default Value 24/15 12/15 9/15 ACK power 24/15 offset in multiple link set NACK power offset 24/15 12/15 9/15 2 4/15 NACK power offset in multiple link set Relevant Command Set: ADD CELLHSDPCC H Query: LST CELLHSDPCC H Modify: MOD CELLHSDPCC H Level Cell 7-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters No. 7 Parameter ID CQIPO CQIPOforSHO Parameter Meaning CQI power offset in single and multiple RLS CQI Repeat Factor in Single and Multiple RLS CQI repeat period in single and multiple RLS Default Value 24/15 Relevant Command Level 8 CQIReF CQIReFforSHO 1 9 CQIFbCk CQIFbCkforSHO D2 (2 ms) 7.1.1.1 ACK Power Offset Set the three parameters respectively. They stand for t he ACK power offsets for uplink DPCCH corresponding to three different capabilit ies of UE in single link set. 7.1.1.2 ACK Power Offset in Multiple Link Set Set the three parameters respectively. They stand for the ACK power offsets for upli nk DPCCH corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in multiple link se t. 7.1.1.3 NACK Power Offset Set the three parameters respectively. They stand f or the NACK power offsets for uplink DPCCH corresponding to three different capa bilities of UE in single link set. 7.1.1.4 NACK Power Offset in Multiple Link Se t Set the three parameters respectively. They stand for the NACK power offsets f or uplink DPCCH corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in multiple link set. 7.1.1.5 ACK/NACK Repeat Factor Set the three parameters according to t hree different capabilities of UE. Repeat sending the ACK/ NACK message in conti nuous multiple HS-DPCCH subframes. 7.1.1.6 ACK/NACK Repeat Factor in Multiple Li nk Set During SHO, the UE sends the ACK/NAK message in ACKNACKREFFORSHO subframe s repeatedly. 7.1.1.7 CQI Power Offset in Single and Multiple RLS Set the two pa rameters respectively. They are the CQI power offsets for uplink DPCCH in single and multiple RLS. 7.1.1.8 CQI Repeat Factor in Single and Multiple RLS Set the two parameters respectively. The UE repeats sending CQI in continuous CQIReF and CQIReFforSHO HS-DPCCH subframes in single and multiple RLS. 7.1.1.9 CQI Repeat Period in Single and Multiple RLS Set the two parameters respectively. They are the duration of CQI feedback period in single and multiple RLS, namely, the UE s ends CQI every CQIFbCk or CQIFbCkforSHO HS-DPCCH subframes. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-3
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference ACK Power Offset Set the three parameters respectively. They stand for the ACK power offsets for uplink DPCCH corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in single link set. Parameter ID ACKPO1 ACKPO2 ACKPO3 Value Range PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15, PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15, PO_24/15, PO_3 0/15 Physical Value Range 5/15, 6/15, 8/15, 9/15, 12/15, 15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15 Parameter Setting Set ACKPO1 to 24/15. Set ACKPO2 to 12/15. Set ACKPO to 9/15. Impact on the Network Performance l If these parameters are too low, when the UE sends the ACK message in non-SHO st ate, the receiver decodes incorrectly with a greater probability, the redundant data transmission increases, and the effective rate declines. If they are too la rge, the UE wastes more power, and the uplink interference is stronger. l Relevant Commands Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH, query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH, and modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH. ACK Power Offset in Multiple Link Set Set the three parameters respectively. They stand for the ACK power offsets for uplink DPCCH corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in multiple lin k set. Parameter ID ACKPO1forSHO ACKPO2forSHO ACKPO3forSHO Value Range PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15, PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15, PO_24/15, PO_3 0/15 7-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters Physical Value Range 5/15, 6/15, 8/15, 9/15, 12/15, 15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15 Parameter Setting Set the default values of ACKPO1forSHO, ACKPO2forSHO, and ACKPO3forSHO to 24/15. Impact on the Network Performance l If they are too low, when the UE sends the ACK message in non-SHO state, the rec eiver decodes incorrectly with a greater probability, the redundant data transmi ssion increases, and the effective rate declines. If they are too high, the UE w astes more power, and the uplink interference is stronger. l Relevant Commands Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH, query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH, and modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH. NACK Power Offset Set the three parameters respectively. They stand for the NACK power offsets for uplink DPCCH corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in single link set. Parameter ID NACKPO1 NACKPO2 NACKPO3 Value Range PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15, PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15, PO_24/15, PO_3 0/15 Physical Value Range 5/15, 6/15, 8/15, 9/15, 12/15, 15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15 Parameter Setting l l l The default value of NACKPO1 is 24/15. The default value of NACKPO2 is 12/15, Th e default value of NACKPO3 is 9/15. Impact on the Network Performance l If they are too low, when the UE sends the NACK message in non-SHO state, the re ceiver will decode incorrectly with a greater probability, redundant data transm ission will increase, and effective rate will decline. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-5 Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
7 HSDPA Parameters l RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference If they are too large, the UE will waste more power, and and uplink interference will be stronger. Relevant Commands Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH, query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH, and modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH. NACK Power Offset in Multiple Link Set Set the three parameters respectively. They stand for the NACK power offsets for uplink DPCCH corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in multiple li nk set. Parameter ID NACKPO1forSHO NACKPO2forSHO NACKPO3forSHO Value Range PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15, PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15, PO_24/15, PO_3 0/15 Physical Value Range 5/15, 6/15, 8/15, 9/15, 12/15, 15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15 Parameter Setting The default values of NACKPO1forSHO, NACKPO2forSHO, and NACKPO3forSHO are 24/15. Impact on the Network Performance l If they are too low, when the UE sends the NACK message in SHO state, the receiv er decodes incorrectly with a greater probability, redundant data transmission i ncreases, and effective rate declines. If they are too large, the UE wastes more power, and uplink interference is stronger. l Relevant Commands Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH, query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH, and modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH. ACK/NACK Repeat Factor Set the three parameters according to three different capabilities of UE. Repeat sending the ACK/ NACK message in continuous multiple HS-DPCCH subframes. Parameter ID ACKNACKReF1 7-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters ACKNACKReF2 ACKNACKReF3 Value Range 1 to 4 Physical Value Range 1 to 4 times Parameter Setting The default value of ACKNACKReF1 is 1. The default value of ACKNACKReF2 is 2. Th e default value of ACKNACKReF3 is 3. Impact on the Network Performance If they are too large, the throughput rate of UE declines sharply. Set them base d on the capability of receiving data by UE continuously. The UE sends the ACK/N ACK message at a transmit power as low as possible on the condition that the pow er meets the requirement on ACK/NACK demodulation performance. Relevant Commands Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH, query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH, and modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH. ACK/NACK Repeat Factor in Multiple Link Set During SHO, the UE sends the ACK/NAK message in ACKNACKREFFORSHO subframes repea tedly. Parameter ID ACKNACKReFforSHO Value Range 1 to 4 Physical Value Range 1 to 4 times Parameter Setting The default value of ACKNACKReFforSHO is 1. Impact on the Network Performance The greater the parameter is, the more sharply the throughput rate of UE decline s. Set it based on the capability of receiving data by UE continously. The UE se nds the ACK/NACK message Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-7
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference at a transmit power as low as possible on the condition that the power meets the requirement on ACK/NACK demodulation performance. Set it to 1 to keep the param eters of single radio link set (RLS) and multiple RLS consistent. This avoids re configuration of HS-DPCCH parameters between single RLS and multiple RLS. The pa rameter does not identity three capabilities of UE. Reconfiguration occurs for t he other two capabilities. This problem is to be solved in the next version. Relevant Commands Set it through ADD CELLHSDPCCH, query it through LST CELLHSDPCCH, and modify it through MOD CELLHSDPCCH. CQI Power Offset in Single and Multiple RLS Set the two parameters respectively. They are the CQI power offsets for uplink D PCCH in single and multiple RLS. Parameter ID CQIPO CQIPOforSHO Value Range PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15, PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15, PO_24/15, PO_3 0/15 Physical Value Range 5/15, 6/15, 8/15, 9/15, 12/15, 15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15 Parameter Setting The default values are 24/15. Impact on the Network Performance l If they are too low, the receiver decodes data incorrectly in a greater probabil ity when the UE sends CQI. This affects TFRC selection, and lowers downlink thro ughput rate. If they are too large, the UE wastes power and uplink interference increases. l Relevant Commands Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH, query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH, and modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH. CQI Repeat Factor in Single and Multiple RLS Set the two parameters respectively. The UE repeats sending CQI in continuous CQ IReF and CQIReFforSHO HS-DPCCH subframes in single and multiple RLS. 7-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters Parameter ID CQIReF CQIReFforSHO Value Range 1 to 4 Physical Value Range 1 to 4 times Parameter Setting The default values are 1. Impact on the Network Performance If the retransmisssion times of CQI is N, the network combines the N results, an d then decodes the data. If they are too large, the CQI does not indicate the re al-time variation of the channel. Relevant Commands Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH, query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH, and modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH. CQI Repeat Period in Single and Multiple RLS Set the two parameters respectively. They are the duration of CQI feedback perio d in single and multiple RLS, namely, the UE sends CQI every CQIFbCk or CQIFbCkf orSHO HS-DPCCH subframes. Parameter ID CQIFbCk CQIFbCkforSHO Value Range D0, D2, D4, D8, D10, D20, D40, D80, and D160 Physical Value Range 0 ms, 2 ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 10 ms, 20 ms, 40 ms, 80 ms, and 160 ms Parameter Setting The default values of CQIFBCK and CQIFBCKFORSHO are D2 (2 ms). Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-9
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Impact on the Network Performance If they are too large, the CQI does not indicate the real-time variation of chan nel. Relevant Commands Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH, query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH, and modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH. 7.1.2 Total Power of HSDPA and Measurement Power Offset Constant The common configurable total power of HSDPA and measurement power offset consta nt is listed here. Table 7-2 List of total power of HSDPA and measurement power offset constant No. 1 2 Parameter ID HspaPower HsPdschMPOC onstEnum Parameter Me aning Total power of HSPA Measureme nt power offset constant Defaul t Value 0 (0 dB) 2.5 dB Relevant Command Set:ADD CELLHSDPA Query:LST CELLHSDPA Modify:MOD CE LLHSDPA Level Cell 7.1.2.1 Total HSPA Power This describes the offset between the maximum value of the sum of HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, EAGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH and the maximum transmit power of a cell. 7.1.2.2 Measurement Power Offset Constant It helps calculate m easurement power offset (MPO). Total HSPA Power This describes the offset between the maximum value of the sum of HS-PDSCH, HS-S CCH, EAGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH and the maximum transmit power of a cell. Parameter ID HspaPower Value Range -500 to 0 Physical Value Range -50 dB to 0 dB, with step length as 0.1 dB 7-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters Parameter Setting The default setting is 0 dB. Impact on Network Performance The maximum value for dynamic power adjustment affects the throughput of H users on the edge of a cell. Relevant Commands Use the ADD CELLHSDPA command for configuration, the LST CELLHSDPA command for q uery, and the MOD CELLHSDPA command for modification. Measurement Power Offset Constant It helps calculate measurement power offset (MPO). Parameter ID HsPdschMPOConstEnum Value Range -3 to 19 Physical Value Range -3 dB to 19 dB, step 0.5 dB Parameter Setting The default value of HsPdschMPOConstEnum is 2.5 (2.5 dB). Impact on the Network Performance It helps calculate MPO, namely, Measure Power Offset = Min(13,CellMaxPower Pcpich Power - Measure Power Offset Constant). According to PHSPDSCH = PCPICH + + , calcul ate PHSPDSCH , and then convert it to CQI. If the HsPdschMPOConstEnum is imprope rly configured, the CQI in some scenarios will be beyond the range of 0 to 30. A s a result, the NodeB MAC-hs cannot schedule the subscriber in the corresponding time or cannot schedule multiple subscribers with the difference of channel con ditions. Relevant Commands Set it through ADD CELLHSDPCCH, query it through LST CELLHSDPCCH, and modify it through MOD CELLHSDPCCH. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-11
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7.2 HSDPA Code Resource Management Algorithm Parameters The common configurable HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters are listed here. Table 7-3 List of HSDPA code resource management algorithm paramete rs No. 1 Parameter ID AllocCodeMode Parameter Meaning HSDPA Code resource distri bution mode Number of HS-PDSCH codes Number of maximum HS-PDSCH codes Number of minimum HS-PDSCH codes Number of HS-SCCH codes Defaul t Value Automa tic Relevan t Command Set: ADD CELLHSDPA Query: LST CELLHSDPA Modify: MOD CELLHSDPA Leve l C ell 2 HsPdschCodeNu m HsPdschMaxCode Num 4 3 10 4 HsPdschMinCode Num 5 5 HsScchCodeNum 4 7.2.1 HSDPA Code Resource Distribution Mode HSDPA code resource distribution sup port automatic distribution and manual distribution. Adjust this parameter to se lect a distribution method. 7.2.2 Number of HS-PDSCH Codes This parameter is the number of HS-PDSCH codes. The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Manual. 7.2.3 Number of Maximum HS-PDSCH Codes The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Automatic. 7.2.4 Number of Minimum HS-PDSCH Codes The para meter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Automatic. 7.2.5 Number of HS-SCCH Codes It is the number of codes allocated for HS-SCCH. 7-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters 7.2.1 HSDPA Code Resource Distribution Mode HSDPA code resource distribution support automatic distribution and manual distr ibution. Adjust this parameter to select a distribution method. Parameter ID AllocCodeMode Value Range Automatic and Manual Physical Value Range Automatic means automatic distribution. Manual means manual distribution. Parameter Setting At the early stage of network construction, or when the traffic model of subscri bers in a cell is not fixed, the network distributes HSDPA channel codes automat ically, so select Automatic. If the traffic model of subscribers in a cell is fi xed and known, select manual distribution. Impact on the Network Performance Manual distribution leads to restriction of HSDPA code resource or leaves HSDPA code idle. Relevant Commands Set it through ADD CELLHSDPA, query it through LST CELLHSDPA, and modify it thro ugh MOD CELLHSDPA. 7.2.2 Number of HS-PDSCH Codes This parameter is the number of HS-PDSCH codes. The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Manual. Parameter ID HsPdschCodeNum Value Range 1 to 15 Physical Value Range 1 to 15, step 1 Parameter Setting The default value is 4. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-13
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Set HsPdschCodeNum according to actual traffic model of a cell. Impact on the Network Performance l If the number of HS-PDSCH channel codes is over small, the HSDPA code resource i s restricted. If the number of HS-PDSCH channel codes is over large, the HSDPA c ode resource is wasted and the admission rejection rate of R99 services increase s due to code resource. l Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLHSDPA, query it through LST CELLHSDPA, and mod ify it through MOD CELLHSDPA. 7.2.3 Number of Maximum HS-PDSCH Codes The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Automatic. Parameter ID HsPdschMaxCodeNum Value Range 1 to 15 Physical Value Range 1 to 15, step 1 Parameter Setting The default value is 10. Set it according to actual traffic model of a cell. Impact on the Network Performance In HSDPA auto code distribution, set the number of maximum HS-PDSCH codes a litt le greater. Relevant Commands Set it through ADD CELLHSDPA, query it through LST CELLHSDPA, and modify it thro ugh MOD CELLHSDPA. 7.2.4 Number of Minimum HS-PDSCH Codes The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Automatic. Parameter ID HsPdschMinCodeNum 7-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters Value Range 1 to 15 Physical Value Range 1 to 15, step 1 Parameter Setting The default value is 5. Set it according to actual traffic model of a cell. Impact on the Network Performance In HSDPA auto code distribution, set it a little lower. Anyhow, it must match th e number of maximum HS-PDSCH HsPdschMaxCodeNum. There must be HsPdschMinCodeNum <= HsPdschMaxCodeNum. Relevant Commands Set it through ADD CELLHSDPA, query it through LST CELLHSDPA, and modify it thro ugh MOD CELLHSDPA. 7.2.5 Number of HS-SCCH Codes It is the number of codes allocated for HS-SCCH. Parameter ID HsScchCodeNum Value Range 1 to 15 Physical Value Range 1 to 15, step 1 Parameter Setting The default value is 4. Set it according to actual traffic model of cell. Impact on the Network Performance It decides maximum number of subscribers that the NodeB can schedule in a TTI pe riod. Set it properly as required. In the scenarios like outdoor macro cells, wi th power distributed, scheduling multiple subscribers is less probable, so confi gure 2 HS-SCCHs. In the scenarios like indoor pico, with code restricted, schedu ling multiple subscribers is probable, so configure 4 HS-SCCHs. If excessive HSSCCHs are configured, the code resource is wasted. If inadequate Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-15
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference HS-SCCHs are configured, the HS-PDSCH code resource or power resource is wasted. These two types of waste affect cell throughput rate. Relevant Commands Set it through ADD CELLHSDPA, query it through LST CELLHSDPA, and modify it thro ugh MOD CELLHSDPA. 7.3 HSDPA Mobility Management Parameters The common configurable HSDPA mobility management parameters are listed here. Ta ble 7-4 List of HSDPA mobility management parameters Parameter ID HspaTimerLen P arameter Meaning HSPA handover protection length Default Value 0 (0 s) Relevant Command Set or modify:SET HOCOMM Query: LST HOCOMM Level RNC 7.3.1 HSPA Handover Protection Length According to event 1D trigger, HSPA uses a protection timer (TimerHSPA) to: Guerantee that HSPA does not change serving ce ll frequently; Affect system performance. When event 1D triggers HSPA handover, the timer starts. Before the TimerHSPA expires, the event 1D does not trigger HS PA handover. If the value is 0, the system does not start the timer, namely, eve nt 1D immediately trigger HSPA handover. If the value is 1024, the HSPA handover will never be triggered until the cell to bear HSPA service is unlisted. 7.3.1 HSPA Handover Protection Length According to event 1D trigger, HSPA uses a protection timer (TimerHSPA) to: Guer antee that HSPA does not change serving cell frequently; Affect system performan ce. When event 1D triggers HSPA handover, the timer starts. Before the TimerHSPA expires, the event 1D does not trigger HSPA handover. If the value is 0, the sy stem does not start the timer, namely, event 1D immediately trigger HSPA handove r. If the value is 1024, the HSPA handover will never be triggered until the cel l to bear HSPA service is unlisted. Parameter ID HsdpaTimerLen Value Range 0 to 1024 Physical Value Range 0 s to 1024 s 7-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters Parameter Setting The default value is 0 s. The serving cell is updated between different NodeBs. The buffer of original MAC-hs is reset, so the data in the buffer is missing. As a result, the interruption time of data transfer exists. The length of interrup tion time of data transfer is relevant to implementation of flow control algorit hm and RLC parameter configuration. The unit is hundred mill-second. In the scen arios with great fluctuation of signals, if the process occurs frequently, the s ubscriber keeps in the state of restoring data transfer, interruption of data tr ansfer, and then restoring data transfer. This impacts the average throughput. S et this parameter to control the frequency of update of serving cell. As a resul t, the impact of the process on performance of HSPA data transfer is controlled. If the flow control algorithm can control data in MAC-hs buffer accurately, set the parameter to 0. If the parameter is too large in the scenarios with great f luctuation of signals, report event 1D by UE before expiration is more probable. When the UE reports event 1D before expiration, due to the parameter restrictio n, the serving cell keeps being weak cell. As a result, the throughput declines. Figure 7-1 Impact from over long HSPA protection length Impact on the Network Performance Set it properly to restrict the frequency to update serving cell in the scenario s with great fluctuation of signals. This helps control the interruption of data transfer in serving cell update between different NodeBs. It also helps control the impact on subscriber throughput. Relevant Commands Set it through SET HOCOMM. Query it through LST HOCOMM. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-17
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7.4 HSDPA Direct Retry and Switch of Channel Types Parameters The common configurable HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameter s are listed here. Table 7-5 List of HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel ty pes parameters No. 1 Parameter ID HRetryTimerLen Parameter Meaning D2H retry tim er length Default Value 5 (5 s) Relevant Command Set or modify:SET COIFTIMER Que ry: LST COIFTIMER 2 D2HIntraHoTimer Len The timer length of D2H intrafrequency h andover The timer length of D2H interfrequency handover The timer length of mult icarrier handover CM permission indicator on HSDPA 2 (2 s) Set or modify:SET HOC OMM Query: LST HOCOMM Leve l RNC 3 D2HInterHoTimer Len 5 (5 s) 4 MultiCarrierHoTimerLen 14 (14 s) 5 HsdpaCMPermiss ionInd TRUE Set or modify:SET CMCF Query: LST CMCF 7.4.1 D2H Retry Timer Length If the service is to mapped on HS-DSCH, but actuall y, it is mapped on DCH, the D2H retry timer starts. If H2D occurs, the timer sta rts after expiration of D2H punishment timer. 7.4.2 Timer Length of D2H Intra-Ha ndover After user finishes intra-handover, if the current cell or its blind adja cent cell supports HSDPA, and the user service is adapt to bear on HSDPA, but it bears on DCH now, then the timer of D2H intra-handover starts up. Before the ti mer expires, the D2H retry in this cell or its blind handover adjacent cell is p rohibited. 7.4.3 Timer Length of D2H Inter-Handover After user finished inter-ha ndover, if the current cell or its blind adjacent cell supports HSDPA, and the u ser service is adapt to bear on HSDPA, but it bears on DCH now, then the timer o f D2H 7-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters intra-handover starts up. Before the timer is expired, the D2H retry in this cel l or its blind handover adjacent cell is prohibited. 7.4.4 Timer Length of Multi -Carrier Handover To prevent ping-pong handover between multicarriers which has a bad effect on the system performance, a protect timer MultiCarrierHoTimer is n eeded. After the UE is handed over from cell A, the timer starts up. Before the timer expires, the HSDPA or HSUPA services are not directly redirected to cell A . If the timer is zero, the timer does not start up, that is, it does not preven t the ping-pong between multicarriers. 7.4.5 Compress Mode Permission Indication on HSDPA If this parameter value is TRUE, CM (Compress Mode) is permitted on HS DPA, and HSDPA can be activated with CM activated. If this parameter value is FA LSE, H2D is needed before CM activated when HSDPA exists, and HSDPA can not exis t when CM is activated. 7.4.1 D2H Retry Timer Length If the service is to mapped on HS-DSCH, but actually, it is mapped on DCH, the D 2H retry timer starts. If H2D occurs, the timer starts after expiration of D2H p unishment timer. Parameter ID HRetryTimerLen Value Range 0, 1 to 180 Physical Value Range 0 s, 1 s to 180 s Parameter Setting The default value is 5 (5 s). Impact on the Network Performance l If the D2H retry timer length is too long, the D2H handover does not occur when the subscribers data can be carried on HSDPA. This affects subscriber perception . If the D2H retry timer length is too short, useless direct retry occurs. As a result, extra signaling interaction occurs and the network resource is wasted. l Relevant Commands Set it through SET COIFTIMER. Query it through LST COIFTIMER. 7.4.2 Timer Length of D2H Intra-Handover After user finishes intra-handover, if the current cell or its blind adjacent ce ll supports HSDPA, and the user service is adapt to bear on HSDPA, but it bears on DCH now, then the timer of D2H intra-handover starts up. Before the timer exp ires, the D2H retry in this cell or its blind handover adjacent cell is prohibit ed. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-19
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID D2HIntraHoTimerLen Value Range 0 to 999 Physical Value Range 0 s to 999 s Parameter Setting The default value is 2 s. Impact on the Network Performance l If the parameter is too large, the D2H is not triggered in time after intra-hand over. This may affect end user perception. If it is too low, the ping-pong hando ver between H2D and D2H occurs in some scenarios. l Relevant Commands Set the parameter through SET HOCOMM, and query it through LST HOCOMM. 7.4.3 Timer Length of D2H Inter-Handover After user finished inter-handover, if the current cell or its blind adjacent ce ll supports HSDPA, and the user service is adapt to bear on HSDPA, but it bears on DCH now, then the timer of D2H intra-handover starts up. Before the timer is expired, the D2H retry in this cell or its blind handover adjacent cell is prohi bited. Parameter ID D2HInterHoTimerLen Value Range 0 to 999 Physical Value Range 0 to 999 s Parameter Setting The default value is 5 s. 7-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters Impact on the Network Performance l If the parameter is too large, the D2H will not be triggered in time after inter -handover. This may affect end user perception. If it is too low, the ping-pong handover between H2D and D2H occurs in some scenarios. l Relevant Commands Set or modify the parameter through SET HOCOMM, and query it through LST HOCOMM. 7.4.4 Timer Length of Multi-Carrier Handover To prevent ping-pong handover between multicarriers which has a bad effect on th e system performance, a protect timer MultiCarrierHoTimer is needed. After the U E is handed over from cell A, the timer starts up. Before the timer expires, the HSDPA or HSUPA services are not directly redirected to cell A. If the timer is zero, the timer does not start up, that is, it does not prevent the ping-pong be tween multicarriers. Parameter ID MultiCarrierHoTimerLen Value Range 0 to 999 Physical Value Range 0 s to 999 s Parameter Setting The default value is 14 s. Impact on the Network Performance l If the parameter is too high, handover to original cell is triggered in time aft er multi-carrier handover. This may affect end user perception. If it is too low , the ping-pong handover between multicarriers occurs in some scenarios. l Relevant Commands Set or modify the parameter through SET HOCOMM, and query it through LST HOCOMM. 7.4.5 Compress Mode Permission Indication on HSDPA If this parameter value is TRUE, CM (Compress Mode) is permitted on HSDPA, and H SDPA can be activated with CM activated. If this parameter value is FALSE, H2D i s needed before CM activated when HSDPA exists, and HSDPA can not exist when CM is activated. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-21
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID HsdpaCMPermissionInd Value Range FALSE, TRUE Physical Value Range 0, 1 Parameter Setting The default value is TRUE. Impact on the Network Performance If the terminal supports this function, the terminal has a better performance wh en the HSDPA is actived with CM actived. Relevant Commands Set or modify the parameter through SET CMCF, and query it through LST CMCF. 7.5 HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm The common configurable HSDPA admission control algorithm parameters are listed here. Table 7-6 List of HSDPA admission control algorithm parameters No. 1 Param eter ID NodeBHsdpa MaxUserNum Parameter Meaning Maximum HSDPA users of NodeB Def ault Value 3840 Relevant Command Set: ADD NODEBALGOPARA Query: LST NODEBALGOPARA Modify: MOD NODEBALGOPARA 2 UlHsDpcchRs vdFactor UL HSDPCCH reserve factor HSDP A streaming PBR threshold 0 Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELL CAC 70% Cell Lev el Nod eB 3 HsdpaStrmPB RThd 7-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters No. 4 Parameter ID HsdpaBePBR Thd MaxHSDSCH UserNum Parameter Meaning HSDPA best effort PBR threshold Max number of users supported by HSDPA channel Default Value 30% Relevant Command Lev el 5 64 7.5.1 Maximum HSDPA Users of NodeB This parameter represents the maximum number of users supported by HSDPA channel per NodeB. 7.5.2 UL HS-DPCCH Reserve Factor If the HS-DPCCH is to carry ACK/NACK, the system does not perform CAC. If the HS -DPCCH is to carry CQI, the system performs CAC. The corresponding threshold of this parameter equals the product of UL limit capacity and this parameter value. 7.5.3 HSDPA Streaming PBR Threshold This parameter is the average throughput ad mission threshold of the HSDPA streaming traffic. 7.5.4 HSDPA Best Effort PBR Th reshold This parameter is the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDP A best effort traffic. 7.5.5 Maximum HSDPA User Number This parameter represents the maximum number of users supported by HSDPA channel per cell. 7.5.1 Maximum HSDPA Users of NodeB This parameter represents the maximum number of users supported by HSDPA channel per NodeB. Parameter ID NodeBHsdpaMaxUserNum Value Range 1 to 3840 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 3840. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-23
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Impact on the Network Performance If the HSDPA user connection is rejected by NodeB, it means the quantity of the HSDPA license is insufficient. We need apply the new license for HSDPA. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD NODEBALGOPARA, query it through LST NODEBALGOPARA , and modify it through MOD NODEBALGOPARA. 7.5.2 UL HS-DPCCH Reserve Factor If the HS-DPCCH is to carry ACK/NACK, the system does not perform CAC. If the HS -DPCCH is to carry CQI, the system performs CAC. The corresponding threshold of this parameter equals the product of UL limit capacity and this parameter value. Parameter ID UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 1, step 0.01 Parameter Setting The default value is 0. Impact on the Network Performance If this parameter is too high, the probability of admission rejection increases; if it is too low, it causes the insufficiency of reserved uplink resource. But because the burst of load and affection is small, we can set it to a lower value so as to admit more connections. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 7.5.3 HSDPA Streaming PBR Threshold This parameter is the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA stream ing traffic. Parameter ID HsdpaStrmPBRThd 7-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 7 HSDPA Parameters Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step %1 Parameter Setting The default value is 70%. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 7.5.4 HSDPA Best Effort PBR Threshold This parameter is the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA best e ffort traffic. Parameter ID HsdpaBePBRThd Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 30%. Impact on the Network Performance None Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 7.5.5 Maximum HSDPA User Number This parameter represents the maximum number of users supported by HSDPA channel per cell. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-25
7 HSDPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter ID MaxHSDSCHUserNum Value Range 0 to 64 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 64. Impact on the Network Performance A too low value decreases the HSDPA capacity of cell, causes the waste of HSDPA resource. An overly high value causes the congestion of HSDPA service. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 7-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 8 HSUPA Parameters 8 About This Chapter HSUPA Parameters HSUPA parameters include HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters, HSUPA powe r control parameters, and HSUPA admission control parameters. 8.1 HSUPA MAC-e Sc heduling Algorithm Parameters The common HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parame ters configurable on the RNC LMT are listed here. 8.2 HSUPA Admission Control Al gorithm The common configurable HSUPA admission control algorithm parameters are listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-1
8 HSUPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 8.1 HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters The common HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters configurable on the RNC L MT are listed here. Table 8-1 List of HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameter s No. Paramet er ID Para meter Mean ing Maxi mum target uplink load factor Targe t nonservin g EDCH to total EDCH power ratio Defau lt Value 75% Relevant Command Lev el 1 MaxTarg etUlLoad Factor Set:ADD CELLHSUPA Query:LST CELLHSUPA Cell 2 NonServ ToTotalE dchPwrR atio 0% 8.1.1 Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor This parameter is the target uplink load factor of NodeB Scheduling Module. RNC calculates the maximum RTWP value accord ing to this factor, and then sends it to NodeB by Iub message. 8.1.2 Target NonServing E-DCH to Total E-DCH Power Ratio The prerequisite that non-serving NodeB sends RG DOWN to UE is that the ratio of the power of non-serving E-DCH to that of total E-DCH is bigger than this parameter. 8.1.1 Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor This parameter is the target uplink load factor of NodeB Scheduling Module. RNC calculates the maximum RTWP value according to this factor, and then sends it to NodeB by Iub message. Parameter ID MaxTargetUlLoadFactor Value Range 0 to 100 8-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 8 HSUPA Parameters Physical Value Range 0% to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 75, that is, 75%. Impact on the Network Performance This parameter is set according to radio network planning. l l If it is too low, the cell throughput is too low. If it is too high, the interfe rence is too high. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLHSUPA, and query it through LST CELLHSUPA. 8.1.2 Target Non-Serving E-DCH to Total E-DCH Power Ratio The prerequisite that non-serving NodeB sends RG DOWN to UE is that the ratio of the power of non-serving E-DCH to that of total E-DCH is bigger than this param eter. Parameter ID NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0% to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 0. Impact on the Network Performance This parameter is used to decide whether the non-serving NodeB sends RG DOWN to UE. l If it is too low, the power of non-serving RL is very low, and it decreases the UE data rate when the UE is in soft handover status. If it is too high, the nonserving RL can not send RG DOWN to UE even if it is overload scenarios. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLHSUPA, and query it through LST CELLHSUPA. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-3
8 HSUPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 8.2 HSUPA Admission Control Algorithm The common configurable HSUPA admission control algorithm parameters are listed here. Table 8-2 List of HSUPA admission control algorithm parameters No. Paramet er ID MAXHSUPA USERNUM Paramete r Meaning Maximum HSUPA user number DL HSUPA res erved factor NodeB max HSUPA user number Default Value 20 Relevant Command Lev e l Cell 1 Set: ADD CELLCAC Query: LST CELLCAC Modify: MOD CELLCAC 2 DLHSUPAR SVDFACTO R NodeBHsupa MaxUserNum 0 3 3840 Set: ADD NODEBALGOPARA Query: LST NODEBALGOPARA Modify: MOD NODEBALGOPARA Nod eB 8.2.1 Maximum HSUPA User Number This parameter is ol. 8.2.2 DL HSUPA Reserved Factor This parameter ource for downlink control channels E-AGCH, ERGCH m HSUPA User Number This parameter is the maximum an support. used for HSUPA admission contr is used to reserve part of res and E-HICH. 8.2.3 NodeB Maximu HSUPA user number that NodeB c
8.2.1 Maximum HSUPA User Number This parameter is used for HSUPA admission control. Parameter ID MAXHSUPAUSERNUM Value Range 1 to 100 Physical Value Range None. 8-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 8 HSUPA Parameters Parameter Setting The default value is 20. This parameter is the maximum user number that HSUPA ce ll can support; it is set according to the product specification. For the HSUPA admission, the user number must be counted first. If the current HSUPA user numb er is less than this parameter, the admission request is being analyzed, or else , the admission is rejected directly. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too high, the product capacity cannot support all the HSUPA users after admission, and cannot provide satisfying services. If it is too low , part of the users are rejected for admission, and part of the resource is idle and wasted, thus decreases the system capacity. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. 8.2.2 DL HSUPA Reserved Factor This parameter is used to reserve part of resource for downlink control channels E-AGCH, ERGCH and E-HICH. Parameter ID DLHSUPARSVDFACTOR Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 0. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is higher, the resource reserved for HSUPA control channel is more, and more resource is wasted. If the parameter is low, when resource is lim ited, it has impact on the HSUPA user quality. l Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify it through MOD CELLCAC. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-5
8 HSUPA Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 8.2.3 NodeB Maximum HSUPA User Number This parameter is the maximum HSUPA user number that NodeB can support. Parameter ID NodeBHsupaMaxUserNum Value Range 0 to 3840 Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is 3840. This parameter is set according to product specificat ions or the sold licenses. Impact on the Network Performance If the HSUPA users are rejected for the HSUPA license number is not enough, then the HSUPA license number must be added. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD NODEBALGOPARA, query it through LST NODEBALGOPARA , and modify it through MOD NODEBALGOPARA. 8-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 9 MBMS Parameters 9 About This Chapter MBMS Parameters MBMS parameters mainly include MBMS admission and load control parameters. 9.1 M BMS Admission and Load Control Parameters The common configurable MBMS admission and preempt algorithm parameters are listed here. 9.2 FLC/FLD Algorithm Paramet ers The configurable FLC/FLD algorithm parameters are listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-1
9 MBMS Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 9.1 MBMS Admission and Load Control Parameters The common configurable MBMS admission and preempt algorithm parameters are list ed here. Table 9-1 List of MBMS admission and preempt algorithm parameters No . 1 Parameter ID MaxFachPower Parameter Meaning Maximum transmit power of the FACH that carries the MBMS service Default Value Set various values according to ser vice rate. 80% Relevant Command Set the parameter through ADD FACH and query it through LST FACH. Set the parameter through ADD CELLMTCH, query it through LST C ELLMTCH and modify it through MOD CELLMTCH. Level Cell 2 MTCHMinPerc 0 Minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service that owns the highest priority, that is, priority 0 Minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service that owns th e lowest priority, that is, priority 15 A service priority threshold, indicating that the power of the MBMS services with lower priorities than this threshold c an be decreased MBMS preempt algorithm switch 3 MTCHMaxPer c15 50% 4 MbmsDecPow erRabThd 1 Set the parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR. Set the parameter through SET QUEUEPREEM PT and query it through LST QUEUEPREEM PT. 5 MbmsPreempt AlgoSwitch OFF 9.1.1 Maximum Transmit Power of the FACH This describes the maximum transmit pow er of the FACH that carries the MBMS service. 9.1.2 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Highest Priority This parameter describes the minim um coverage percentage of the MBMS service that owns the highest priority, that is, priority 0. 9-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 9 MBMS Parameters 9.1.3 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Lowest Priority T his parameter describes the minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service that owns the lowest priority, that is, priority 15. 9.1.4 Service Priority Threshol d for Decreasing Power This parameter describes the service priority threshold u sed for decreasing the power of the MBMS service. The power of the MBMS service with a lower priority than this threshold, that is, the power of the MBMS servic e whose ARP priority value is greater than this threshold, can be decreased. 9.1 .5 MBMS Preempt Algorithm Switch This parameter is the MBMS preempt algorithm sw itch. When this switch is set to ON, an MBMS service can obtain resources throug h preemption in case the access of the MBMS service fails. The preemption, howev er, occurs only between the MBMS services. 9.1.1 Maximum Transmit Power of the FACH This describes the maximum transmit power of the FACH that carries the MBMS serv ice. Parameter ID MaxFachPower Value Range -350 to +150 Physical Value Range -35 dB to +15 dB, with step length as 0.1 dB Parameter Setting Set various values according to service rate. Impact on the Network Performance Because the FACH does not have the power control function, you must consider the QoS of the users on the edge of a cell when setting the maximum transmit power of the FACH. If the set value is too small, the quality for receiving services o n the edge of a cell decreases and the mosaic effect and the service delay occur . If the set value is too great, the extra power of the FACH is wasted. The RAN6 .1 version supports only the MBMS broadcast function. Thus, all cells must use t he PTM transmission mode. This means that all cells use the FACH to send data. A n UE can obtain remarkable gain through soft combination or selective combinatio n. According to the simulation result, the gain obtained through soft combinatio n ranges from 4.6 dB to 6.6 dB and the gain obtained through selective combinati on ranges from 2 dB to 3 dB. In terms of the MBMS terminal, you must choose sele ctive combination for the integrated channel of the CMB and the MBMS. Thus, by t aking the generated gain into account, you can configure a lower power for the F ACH when a majority of terminals in a network support the MBMS service. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-3
9 MBMS Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference CAUTION The CMB terminals do not support soft combination or selective combination. Ther efore, if a majority of terminals support the CMB service, you can neglect the r elevant gain when configuring the FACH. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD FACH and query it through LST FACH. 9.1.2 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Highest Priority This parameter describes the minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service tha t owns the highest priority, that is, priority 0. Parameter ID MTCHMinPerc0 Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100% Parameter Setting The default value is 80%. Impact on the Network Performance When the load of a cell is heavy, the RNC assigns a low power to the MBMS servic e. This avoids the further deterioration of cell congestion on one side. On the other side, this increases the success ratio of MBMS service establishment. You must ensure that the assigned low power can cover the minimum coverage area of t he MBMS service. The minimum coverage area is set on the basis of the percentage of area covered by the MBMS service using the maximum transmit power of the FAC H. To implement service differentiation, you must ensure that the minimum covera ge area varies according to service priorities. The value of this parameter is i n positive correlation with the coverage area of the MBMS service when a cell lo ad is high. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLMTCH, query it through LST CELLMTCH, and modif y it through MOD CELLMTCH. 9-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 9 MBMS Parameters 9.1.3 Minimum Coverage Percentage of the MBMS Service with the Lowest Priority This parameter describes the minimum coverage percentage of the MBMS service tha t owns the lowest priority, that is, priority 15. Parameter ID MTCHMinPerc15 Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100% Parameter Setting The default value is 50%. Impact on the Network Performance When the load of a cell is heavy, the RNC assigns a low power to the MBMS servic e. This avoids the further deterioration of cell congestion on one side. On the other side, this increases the success ratio of MBMS service establishment. You must ensure that the assigned low power can cover the minimum coverage area of t he MBMS service. The minimum coverage area is set on the basis of the percentage of area covered by the MBMS service using the maximum transmit power of the FAC H. To implement service differentiation, you must ensure that the minimum covera ge area varies according to service priorities. The value of this parameter is i n positive correlation with the coverage area of the MBMS service when a cell lo ad is high. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLMTCH, query it through LST CELLMTCH, and modif y it through MOD CELLMTCH. 9.1.4 Service Priority Threshold for Decreasing Power This parameter describes the service priority threshold used for decreasing the power of the MBMS service. The power of the MBMS service with a lower priority t han this threshold, that is, the power of the MBMS service whose ARP priority va lue is greater than this threshold, can be decreased. Parameter ID MbmsDecPowerRabThd Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-5
9 MBMS Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Value Range 1 to 15 Physical Value Range 1 to 15 Parameter Setting The default value is 1. Impact on the Network Performance The MBMS services at each rate is set on the basis of two power levels. The powe r set for an MBMS service is determined according to cell load during the servic e access. In addition, the FACH power of the MBMS service must be decreased as r equired in the duration of cell congestion. Some services with high priority, su ch as disaster pre-alert, however, do not approve of the coverage shrink caused by cell load. In such a case, you can adjust the service priority threshold to p revent the services with high priority against the impact of the service access failure and the load control algorithm. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it through MOD CELLLDR. 9.1.5 MBMS Preempt Algorithm Switch This parameter is the MBMS preempt algorithm switch. When this switch is set to ON, an MBMS service can obtain resources through preemption in case the access o f the MBMS service fails. The preemption, however, occurs only between the MBMS services. Parameter ID MbmsPreemptAlgoSwitch Value Range ON and OFF Physical Value Range ON and OFF Parameter Setting The default setting is OFF. 9-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 9 MBMS Parameters Impact on the Network Performance The periodic reestablishment of the preempted MBMS service is not implemented in RAN6.1. As a result, an MBMS service fails to be sent in a cell if the resource for the MBMS service is occupied by another service through preemption. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through SET QUEUEPREEMPT and query it through LSTQUEUEPREEMPT. 9.2 FLC/FLD Algorithm Parameters The configurable FLC/FLD algorithm parameters are listed here. Table 9-2 List of FLC/FLD algorithm parameters N Parameter ID o . 1 FlcAlgoSwitch Parameter Meani ng Default Value ON Relevant Command Set the parameter through ADD CELLMCCH, que ry it through LST CELLMCCH, and modify it through MOD CELLMCCH. Le vel Cel l FLC algorithm switch 9.2.1 FLC Algorithm Switch This parameter is the FLC algorithm switch. When the FLC algorithm switch is set to ON, the RNC performs the FLC operation. 9.2.1 FLC Algorithm Switch This parameter is the FLC algorithm switch. When the FLC algorithm switch is set to ON, the RNC performs the FLC operation. Parameter ID FlcAlgoSwitch Value Range ON and OFF Physical Value Range ON and OFF Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-7
9 MBMS Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter Setting The default setting is ON. Impact on the Network Performance The FLC algorithm is a mandatory algorithm. It ensures that users on the other f requency points can be reselected to the current frequency point for receiving t he MBMS service when the network starts sending the MBMS service. Therefore, the FLC algorithm is enabled by default. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD CELLMCCH, query it through LST CELLMCCH, and modif y it through MOD CELLMCCH. 9-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches 10 About This Chapter Algorithm Switches In the RNC, algorithm switches are divided into two classes: connection-oriented algorithm switches and cell-oriented algorithm switches. 10.1 Connection-Orient ed Algorithm Switches in RNC On the RNC LMT, set each connection-oriented algori thm switch through SET CORRMALGOSWITCH and query the status of each algorithm sw itch through LST CORRMALGOSWITCH. 10.2 Cell Algorithm Switches On the RNC LMT, c ell-oriented algorithm switches are added uniformly through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH, the state of each algorithm switch is queried through LST CELLALGOSWITCH, and th e algorithm switches are modified through MOD CELLALGOSWITCH. 10.3 Other Algorit hm Switches At this time, there are some other algorithm switches, such as Iub C AC algorithm switch, Iub bandwidth-restricted BE service rate reduction algorith m switch, and intra-frequency measurement control information indication. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-1
10 Algorithm Switches RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10.1 Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in RNC On the RNC LMT, set each connection-oriented algorithm switch through SET CORRMA LGOSWITCH and query the status of each algorithm switch through LST CORRMALGOSWI TCH. 10.1.1 Channel Algorithm Switches The algorithms of the channel algorithm s witches are listed here. 10.1.2 Handover Algorithm Switches The algorithms of th e handover algorithm switches are listed here. 10.1.3 Power Control Algorithm Sw itches The algorithms and the default states of the power control algorithm swit ches are listed here. 10.1.4 HSPA Algorithm Switches The algorithms of the HSPA algorithm switches are listed here. 10.1.5 DRD Algorithm Switches The algorithms of the DRD algorithm switches are listed here. 10.1.1 Channel Algorithm Switches The algorithms of the channel algorithm switches are listed here. Parameter ID ChSwitch Parameter Meaning NOTE DCCC algorithm is a basic function. When this algorithm is off, the channel cann ot call other algorithms to perform D2D adjustment. These algorithms include: l l l l l Traffic-triggered BE D2D rate adjustment; 1A rate reduction function before soft handover; IUB bandwidth-restricted rate reduction function; TCP-restricted rate reduction function, that is, link-stability-based rate adjustment function; BE service bandwidth adjustment triggered by LDR preliminary congestion. 10-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches Table 10-1 List of channel algorithm switches N Switch ID o . 1 AMR_TWO_C ODCH_S WIT CH Switch Meaning Defaul t Settin g OFF Description Switch for two DCHs configuration by AMR AMRC algorithm switch Algorithm switch for rate decrease before handover DCCC algorithm switch Downlink inner loop powe r control activation switch Downlink blind detection switch When it is checked, the AMR voice call with the bit rate of 7.95 kbit/s or less than that is allocated for two CoDCHs. Otherwise, it is allocated for three CoDC Hs. When it is checked and the AMRC (AMR Control) license is enabled, AMR contro l function is applied for AMR users. When it is checked, it is allowed to decrea se the bandwidth of the BE services before handover happens. It is recommended t o open DCCC_SWITCH when using this function. When it is checked, dynamic channel reconfiguration control algorithm is applied in the RNC. When it is checked, th e inner loop downlink power control status is set to Active. Otherwise, it is se t to Inactive. 2 AMRC_SWIT CH BE_RATE_D OWN_BF_HO _SWITCH OFF 3 OFF 4 DCCC_SWIT CH DL_INNER_L OOP_POWER _CTRL_SWIT CH DOWNLINK_ BLIND_DETE CTION_SWIT CH ON 5 ON 6 ON When it is checked, the downlink blind transport format detection function is us ed for single SRB and AMR + SRB bearers. Note that the UE is only required to su pport blind transport format detection is the restrictions in 3GPP 25.212 sectio n 4.3.1 are fulfilled. When it is checked, the FP mode in Iub is set to normal m ode. Otherwise, it is set to silent mode. When it is checked and the IP header c ompression license is enabled, the IP header compression algorithm will be appli ed in the RNC. When it is checked and the robust header compression license is e nabled, the robust header compression algorithm will be applied in the RNC. 7 FRC_FP_MO DE_SWITCH FRC_PDCP_R FC2507_HC_S WITCH FRC_PDCP_R FC3095_HC_S WITCH FP mode switch
ON 8 PDCP IPHC header compression switch PDCP ROHC header compression switch OFF 9 OFF Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-3
10 Algorithm Switches RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference N Switch ID o . 1 0 HANDOVER_ TO_UTRAN_ CONFIGURA TION_SWITC H Switch Meaning Defaul t Settin g ON Description Default configuration switch for interRAT handover to UTRAN When it is checked, the default configurations of signaling and RABs which are d efined in 3GPP 25.331 are used first when the UE performs handover from GSM to W CDMA. Otherwise, those default configurations are not applied, instead the RB, T rCH and PhyCH included in the HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND message is used. When it is checked, the RAB Assignment request and the subsequent RB Setup should be co ntinued when the RLC AM capability of UE cannot meet the minimum RLC buffer requ irement defined by the RLC TX/RX WINDOW LIMITs of the RAB to be setup, Otherwise , the RAB Assignment request should be rejected. When it is checked and the IMS license is enabled, the RNC supports IMS. When it is checked, Iu QoS negotiation function is applied for PS domain if alternative RAB parameters are present in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message. When it is checked a nd the IU QOS RENEQ license is enabled, RNC supports RAB MODIFY REQUEST procedur e when the QoS of real-time traffic can not be guaranteed according to cell cond itions. When the wireless environment is poor, some TFs are banned for high spee d RAB to limit the speed and then reduce the transmission power. When it is chec ked, IUB overbooking function is applied in SRNC. When it is checked and the Sup port IUUP Version 2 license is enabled, RNC supports the TFO/TRFO function. 1 1 IGNORE_RLC _CAP_SWITC H Capability algorithm switch ignoring RLC of UE ON 1 2 1 3 IMS_SUPPOR T_ACTIVATI ON IU_QOS_NEG _SWITCH IMS support activation switch Iu QoS negotiation switch ON OFF 1 4 IU_QOS_REN EG_SWITCH IU QoS renegotiation switch OFF 1 5
IUB_OVERB OOKING_SW ITCH Iub overbooking switch OFF 1 6 IUUP_V2_SP T_SWITCH IUUp V2 SPT switch OFF 10-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches N Switch ID o . 1 7 1 8 LOSSLESS_R ELOCIN_SWI TCH MULTI_RAB_ SWITCH Switch Meaning Defaul t Settin g OFF Description Lossless relocation switch Single domain supporting multi services switch IPv6 p acket header compression switch UE state transition switch for PS BE service UE State Transition switch for PS Non-BE service RAB downsizing switch Algorithm sw itch for rate adjustment by limited downlink power RLC retransfer measure switch When it is checked and UE supports lossless relocation, RNC configures PDCP to s upport lossless relocation. When it is checked, multi-RABs combination of 2CS, 2 CS+1PS, 1CS +2PS and 2PS are supported in the RNC. When it is checked and the PD CP header compression function is enabled, PDCP header compression algorithm for IPv6 is applied in the RNC When it is checked, UE RRC state transitions (CELL_F ACH/CELL_PCH/ URA_PCH) for services are allowed in the RNC. When it is checked, UE RRC state transitions to CELL_FACH for real-time services are allowed in the RNC. When it is checked, RAB downsizing function is applied for determining init ial bit rate according to cell resources. When it is checked, it is allowed to d ynamically reconfigure the bandwidth of BE services according to the downlink tr ansmitted code power. It is recommended to open DCCC_SWITCH when using this func tion. When downlink TCP (transmitted code power) is restricted, and the RLC retr ansmitted ratio or re-transmitted maximum number of BE service in AM mode exceed s a specified threshold, the bandwidth of the BE service is trigged to decrease. When this switch is checked, the RLC re-transmitted ratio or retransmitted maxi mum number of BE service in AM mode is measured in TCP algorithm. ON 1 9 PDCP_IPV6_ HEAD_COMP RESS_SWITC H PS_BE_STAT E_TRANS_S WITCH PS_NON_BE_ STATE_TR A NS_SWITCH RAB_DOWNS IZING_SWIT CH RATE_ADJ_B Y_DL_TCP_S WITCH OFF 2 0 OFF 2 1 OFF 2 2 2 3 ON OFF 2 4 RLC_RETRA NS_MEASUR E_SWITCH
ON Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-5
10 Algorithm Switches RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference N Switch ID o . 2 5 RSC_FEEDB K_AFTER_SE TUPRAB_FAI L_SWITCH Switch Meaning Defaul t Settin g OFF Description RSC feedback after setup RAB failure switch When it is checked, the cell left SF is brought back if the RAB setup fails for lack of CELL SF and then the RAB setup tries again with lower speed to fit the f eedback SF. 10.1.2 Handover Algorithm Switches The algorithms of the handover algorithm switches are listed here. Parameter ID HoSwitch Parameter Meaning Table 10-2 List of handover algorithm switches No. Switch ID Switch Meaning Def ault Setti ng OFF Description 1 6F6G_S WITCH 6F6G measureme nt control switch When it is checked and the UE processes macrodiversity, the RNC starts the 6F6G measurement. When the UE has more than two links in the active set, the UE trigg ers the radio link synchronization parameters measurement. When the timing diffe rence between the radio links exceeds a certain threshold, UE reports 6F event a nd trigger a timer; if the timing difference between the radio links is below th e threshold, UE reports 6G event. Otherwise, when the timer exceeds the specifie d interval, UE will release one or more radio links. 10-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches No. Switch ID Switch Meaning Def ault Setti ng ON Description 2 ACT_SE T_QUAL _SWITC H Active set quality measureme nt switch When it is checked, the active set quality measurement is allowed. After the RB setup is complete (RRC setup is complete if SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH is ON), the RNC ini tiates signal quality measurement to all the cells in Active Set. If the integra ted signal quality of all the cells in Active Set is below a certain threshold, UE reports 2D event. Then RNC will initiate the compressed mode and send inter-f requency measurement or inter-RAT measurement, or both to trigger inter-frequenc y or inter-RAT handover based on the coverage and the UE's capability. When it i s checked, the DL higher-layer scheduling for compressed mode is allowed. 3 CMCF_D L_HLS_S WITCH Compressed mode DL higher-layer scheduling switch Compressed mode UL higher-laye r scheduling switch Compressed mode UL preconfigur ed state tolerance switch Com pressed mode without ue capability report switch Detect set add to active set sw itch ON 4 CMCF_U L_HLS_S WITCH ON When it is checked, the UL higher-layer scheduling for compressed mode is allowe d. 5 CMCF_U L_PREC FG_TOL ERANCE _SWITC H CMCF_ WITHOU T_UE_C AP_REP ORT_SW ITCH DETS ET _ADD_T O_ACTS ET_SWI TCH OFF When it is checked, the disaccord between compressed mode method and current tra ffic is allowed. 6
OFF When it is checked, for those neighbor cells whose frequency band dose not inclu de in the UE's measurement capability as compress mode need. 7 OFF (ON sugg ested ) When it is checked, the cells in Detected Set can be added to Active Set when RN C receives their valid event reports. The cells in the detected set allowed to b e added to the active set must be the neighboring intra-frequency cells of a cel l in the active set. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-7
10 Algorithm Switches RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. Switch ID Switch Meaning Def ault Setti ng OFF (ON sugg ested ) OFF Description 8 DETSET _ RPRT_S WITCH HCS_SP D_EST_S WITCH Detect set report switch When it is checked, the detected cell is allowed to send the intra-frequency mea surement report to RNC. 9 HCS speed estimation switch When it is checked, RNC evaluates the UE's moving speed when it is in an HCS cel l, and initiates inter-layer handover by fast-mobility decision or by fast-mobil ity decision according to UE's speed. When it is checked, then the neighbor cell whose frequency band is not included in the UE's measurement capability will al so send in the interfrequency measurement control. 10 HO_BEY OND_UE _CAP_A DD_TO_ MC_SWI TCH IUR_SH O_DIVC TRL_FIE LD_SUP P_SWIT CH IN TER_F REQ_HH O_SWIT CH INTRA_ FREQUE NCY_HA RD_HAN DOVER_ SWITCH Neighbor cell beyond UE capability measureme nt switch Iur softhandover diversit y support switch Interfrequency hard handover switch Intrafrequency hard handove r switch OFF 11 OFF When it is checked, the Iur diversity support switch is configured according to the diversity switch of this RNC. Otherwise, according to the services. It is se t to MUST (for BE traffic) and MAY (for other services). When it is checked, the inter-frequency measurement is allowed or the inter-frequency hard handover bas ed on cell load is allowed. 12 ON 13
ON When it is checked, the intra-frequency hard handover is allowed under the follo wing conditions: l The BE service is set up on DCH and the bit rate of BE service or combined servi ces exceeds the threshold for soft handover downlink bit rate. The UE reports ev ent 1D when the soft handover switch is off. The UE hands over cross RNCs while there are no Iur interfaces between them. l l 10-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches No. Switch ID Switch Meaning Def ault Setti ng ON Description 14 INTER_ RAT_CS _OUT_S WITCH INTER_ RAT_PS _OUT_S WITCH Inter-RAT handover out switch for CS service Inter-RAT handover out switch for P S service When it is checked and the license is enabled, RNC initiates inter-RAT measureme nt to trigger inter-RAT handover of the CS domain from UTRAN. When it is checked and the license is enabled, RNC initiates inter-RAT measurement to trigger inte r-RAT handover of the PS domain from UTRAN. When UE has more than one connection s with the cells in active set, it initiates the radio link synchronization meas urement. 15 ON 16 SOFT_H ANDOV ER_SWI TCH NCELL_ COMBIN E_SWIT CH PS_3G2G _CELLC HG_NAC C_SWIT CH PS_3G2G _RELOC ATION_ SWITCH SERVIC E_HO_B ASED_O N_RNC_ SWITCH Soft handover switch NCell combining ON When it is checked, the soft or softer handover is allowed. When receiving an ev ent 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D report, the RNC starts to add, remove or replace soft hand over cells. When it is checked, measurement object is chosen from neighbour cell s of all the cell in the Active Set and limited by 32. Otherwise, measurement ob ject is chosen from neighbour cells of the Best Cell and limited by 32. When it is checked, and inter-RAT handover of the PS domain from UTRAN use cell change o rder method, inter-RAT handover support NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) func tion. When it is checked, inter-RAT handover of the PS domain from UTRAN uses re location method, otherwise, cell changes order method. When it is checked, servi ce attribute of inter-rat handover is based on RNC. 17 OFF 18 PS 3G->2G cell change NACC switch PS 3G->2G reallocation switch Service handover based on RNC setting
OFF 19 OFF 20 OFF Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-9
10 Algorithm Switches RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. Switch ID Switch Meaning Def ault Setti ng OFF Description 21 SIGNAL _HO_SW ITCH Signal handover switch When it is checked, the RNC initiates the quality measurement of active set afte r the RRC setup is complete (before RB setup). In this way RNC can trigger inter -frequency or inter-RAT handover when the RRC setup is complete. Thus UE can be handed over to an inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring cell more quickly whe n UE is located at the edge of the cell or the signal quality of the radio link is bad. SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH is not used to trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT han d over when UE only has signal connection. It is used to send active set quality measurement once RRC connection is set up and RB is not setup. If the active se t quality measurement has been sent, SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH affcts nothing. When the t iming difference between the radio links exceeds a certain threshold, UE reports event 6F and trigger a timer; if the timing difference between the radio links is below the threshold, UE reports event 6G. Otherwise, when the timer exceeds t he specified interval, UE releases one or more radio links. 22 SIGNAL _IUR_IN TRA_HO _SWITC H SNA_RE STRICTI ON_SWI TCH FDD_M ULTI_B AND_NC ELL _ME AS_SWI TCH Signaling intra handover control over Iur SNA restriction switch Multi band neig hbor cell measureme nt OFF When it is checked, the intra-frequency handover over IUR is allowed if UE only has the signal connection. 23 OFF When it is checked, RNC controls the UEs that are active in the CN configuration . Those UEs are allowed to access and move only in the cells with permission. Wh en it is checked, the inter frequency measurement control contains inter frequen cies neighbor cells whose frequency is not in the frequency band which the UE ca n support. 24 OFF
10-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches No. Switch ID Switch Meaning Def ault Setti ng OFF Description 25 SRNSR_ DSCR_I UR_RES RCE_SW ITCH SRNS relocation or DSCR switch for Iur resource optimizatio n When it is checked, RNC initiates SRNS relocation or DSCR of certain UEs under t he following conditions to optimize resources over the Iur interface: 1. UE only has connections with cells in the DRNC. 2. The Iur transmission resources are c ongested. 3. The service of UE is the same as the service that is carried by the congestion link. 26 SRNSR_ DSCR_L OC_SEP RAT_SW ITCH SRNSR_ DSCR_P ROPG_D ELAY_S WITCH SRNS relocation or DSCR switch for separated location SRNS relocation or DSCR sw itch for delay optimizatio n SRNS relocation or DSCR switch for separated durati on ON When it is checked, RNC triggers RNS relocation or DSCR when SRNC and CRNC are s eparated and all the intra-frequency neighbouring cells of the best cell are not under SRNC. 27 OFF When it is checked, RNC initiates SRNS relocation under the following conditions to reduce link delay at the network side to enhance service quality: 1. SRNC an d CRNC are separated. 2. The link delay does not meet the Qos requirement for th e current service. 28 SRNSR_ DSCR_S EPRAT_ DUR_S WITCH ON When it is checked, RNC triggers RNS relocation or DSCR when the separated time between SRNC and CRNC exceeds a certain threshold. 10.1.3 Power Control Algorithm Switches The algorithms and the default states of the power control algorithm switches ar
e listed here. Parameter ID PcSwitch Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-11
10 Algorithm Switches RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter Meaning Table 10-3 List of power control algorithm switches No . Switch ID Switch Meanin g Defa ult Settin g OFF Description 1 AMR_MODE_I NDUCE_BLER _TARGET_ALT ER_SWITCH Altering switch of target BLER value induced by AMR mode Downlink power balance switch When it is checked, the BLER target value comes from the BLER target value of th e AMR modes specified in the AMRC parameter table. Otherwise, it comes from the BLER target value specified in TYPRAB. When it is checked, DPB(Downlink Power Ba lance) algorithm is applied to RNC. Downlink power drift among different RLs, wh ich is caused by TPC bit error or other reasons, could reduce the gain of soft h andover. DPB is mainly used to balance the downlink power of different RLs for a n UE in order to achieve the best gain of soft handover. when it is checked, RNC will inform NodeB about the change of RLS's number with FP inner band signaling . When it is checked, limited power increase algorithm is applied in the inner l oop power control. 2 DOWNLINK_P OWER_BALAN CE_SWITCH ON 3 FP_MUTI_RLS _IND_SWITCH INNER_LOOP_ DL_LMTED_P WR_INC_SWIT CH SIG_DCH_OLP C_SWIT CH Multi RLS indicator switch Limited power increase in the inner loop power contro l switch Signaling transmission participating in the outer loop power control sw itch for multiple DCHs. Outer loop power control switch ON 4 OFF 5 OFF This switch is used to determine whether SIG DCH joins the uplink OLPC (outside loop power control) procedure if there are more than one DCH. When it is checked , SIG DCH joins OLPC procedure. However, if there is only one DCH, SIG DCH joins OLPC procedure no matter whether this switch is checked or not. When it is chec ked, RNC updates the uplink SIR TARGET of RLS on the NodeB side by IUB DCH FP si gnals. 6
OLPC_SWITCH ON 10-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches No . Switch ID Switch Meaning Defa ult Settin g OFF Description 7 OLPC_UL_SIR_ ERR_REL_SWI TCH RL_RECFG_SI R_TARGET_C ARRY_SWITC H UE released linked to UL SIR error switch SIRTarget switch for RL reconfiguratio n When it is checked, if the SIRERR is high and the cell is overloaded, UE is rele ased. This switch is used to determine whether current converged UL SIR Target s hould be taken into consideration when deciding the new Initial UL SIR Target du ring the RL reconfiguration. The switch is valid only when OLPC_SWITCH is on. 8 ON 10.1.4 HSPA Algorithm Switches The algorithms of the HSPA algorithm switches are listed here. Parameter ID HspaSwitch Parameter Meaning Table 10-4 List of HSPA algorithm switches N O . 1 Switch ID Switch Meaning Defa ul t Settin g OFF Description HSDPA_S TATE_TR ANS_SWI TCH HSDPA state transfer switch When it is checked, UE RRC state transitions to CELL_FACH for the DCCC algorithm of HSDPA services are allowed in the RNC. l When the RAB on HS-DSCH is BE service, the PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is requiured to checked simultaneously. When the RAB on HS-DSCH is PS realtime traffic, the PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is requiured to checked simultaneously. l 2 PS_STRE AMING_O N_HSDPA _SWITCH Streaming service on HSDPA switch
OFF When it is checked, PS streaming traffic can be mapped to HS-DSCH when the downl ink max bit rate is more than or equal to the streaming on HSDPA threshold. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-13
10 Algorithm Switches RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference N O . 3 Switch ID Switch Meaning Defaul t Settin g OFF Description HSDPA_F LOW_CO NTROL_S WITCH HSUPA_S TATE_TR ANS_SWI TCH HSDPA flow control switch HSUPA state transition switch When it is checked, the HSDPA (AM mode) flow control function is applied in SRNC . 4 OFF When it is checked, UE RRC state transitions to CELL_FACH for the DCCC algorithm of HSUPA services are allowed in the RNC. l When the RAB on E-DCH is BE service, the PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is required to check simultaneously. When the RAB on E-DCH is PS real-time traffic, the PS_NON _BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is required to check simultaneously. l 5 HSUPA_P O_UPDAT E_SWITC H PS_STRE AMING_O N_E_DCH _SWITCH H2D_FOR _LOWR5_ NRNCCE L L_ADD_S WITCH HSUPA_T TI_2MS_S WITCH HSUPA_D CCC_SWI TCH PS_CONV ERSATIO N_ON_ HS DPA_SWI TCH HSUPA PO update switch PS streaming on E-DCH switch H2D before the low R5 NRNC c ell added 2 ms TTI switch for HSUPA service DCCC switch for HSUPA service PS con versation service on HSDPA switch OFF When it is checked and the OLPC algorithm switch is open, the RNC adjusts the EDCH power offset periodically. When it is checked, PS streaming traffic can be m apped to E-DCH when the uplink max bit rate is more than or equal to the streami ng on HSUPA threshold. When it is checked, channel switch of HSDSCH to DCH is ne eded before adding neighbor RNC with version lower than R5 cell to active set. W hen it is checked, the 2ms TTI could be applied to HSUPA traffic. 6 OFF 7
OFF 8 OFF 9 OFF When it is checked, DCCC is available for the HSUPA service. 1 0 OFF When it is checked, PS conversation traffic can be mapped to HS-DSCH when the do wnlink max bit rate is more than or equal to the conversation on HSDPA threshold . 10-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches N O . 1 1 Switch ID Switch Meaning Defaul t Settin g OFF Description PS_CONV ERSATIO N_ON_E_ DCH_SWI TCH PS conversation service on EDCH switch When it is checked, PS conversation traffic can be mapped to E-DCH when the upli nk max bit rate is more than or equal to the conversation on HSUPA threshold. 10.1.5 DRD Algorithm Switches The algorithms of the DRD algorithm switches are listed here. Parameter ID DrdSwitch Parameter Meaning Table 10-5 List of DRD algorithm switches No. 1 Switch ID COMB_SERV_ DRD_SWITCH DRD_SWITCH Switch Meaning Combination service DRD switch DRD switch Default Sett ing OFF Description Only when this switch is on, can DRD be done if combination service needs retry. This is the general DRD algorithm switch, only when this sw itch is on, can the other DRD sub-switches be on. Only when this switch is on, c an DRD be done if HSDPA service needs retry. Only when this switch is on, can DR D be done if RAB DCCC flow needs retry. Only when this switch is on, can DRD be done if RAB modify flow needs retry. When it is checked, DRD is triggered for th e HSUPA service that needs retry. 2 OFF 3 HSDPA_DRD_ SWITCH RAB_DCCC_D RD_SWITCH RAB_MODIFY _DRD_SWITC H HSUPA_DRD_ SWITCH HSDPA DRD switch DCCC DRD switch RAB modify DRD switch HSUPA DRD switch OFF 4 OFF 5 OFF 6
OFF Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-15
10 Algorithm Switches RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. 7 Switch ID RAB_SETUP_ DRD_SWITCH INTRA_HO_D 2H_DRD_SWI TCH Switch Meaning RAB setup DRD switch Intrahandover D2H DRD switch Default Setting ON Description When it is checked, DRD is triggered for the RAB setup process that needs retry. After the intra-handover process is completed, when the UE needs D2 H retry for handover-triggering, the blindHo DRD cell is allowed to select for D 2H retry only if the switch is on. After the inter-handover process is completed , when the UE needs D2H retry for handover-triggering, the blindHo DRD cell is a llowed to select for D2H retry only if the switch is on. 8 ON 9 INTER_HO_D2 H_DRD_SWIT CH Interhandover D2H DRD switch ON 10.2 Cell Algorithm Switches On the RNC LMT, cell-oriented algorithm switches are added uniformly through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH, the state of each algorithm switch is queried through LST CELLA LGOSWITCH, and the algorithm switches are modified through MOD CELLALGOSWITCH. 1 0.2.1 Cell Algorithm Switches The algorithms and default states of the cell algo rithm switches are listed here. 10.2.2 Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch This parameter is used to control UL CAC algorithm. 10.2.3 Downlink Admission C ontrol Algorithm Switch This parameter is used to control DL CAC algorithm. 10.2.1 Cell Algorithm Switches The algorithms and default states of the cell algorithm switches are listed here . Table 10-6 List of cell algorithm switches Switch ID Switch Meaning Defau lt S ettin g Description Cell CAC algorithm switchNBMCACALGOSWITCH 10-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches Switch ID Switch Meaning Defau lt Settin g ON Description CRD_ADCT RL NodeB credit admission control algorithm HSDPA admission control algorithm HSDPA HSDSCH required power measurement HSDPA HSDSCH Provided bit rate measurement HS UPA admission control algorithm MBMS admission control algorithm Default DPCH of fset configuration algorithm Only IUB_CONG_CAC_SWITCH which is set by SET CACALGOSWITCH command is switched o n and this switch is also on, the NodeB credit admission control algorithm is va lid. Control HSDPA admission control algorithm. HSDPA_AD CTRL OFF HSDPA_GB P_MEAS OFF Control HSDPA HS-DSCH Required Power measurement. HSDPA_PB R_MEAS OFF Control HSDPA HS-DSCH Provided Bit Rate measurement. HSUPA_AD CTRL OFF Control HSUPA admission control algorithm. MBMS_AD CTRL OFF Control MBMS admission control algorithm. DOFFC ON Default DPCH offset configuration algorithm. Cell LDC algorithm switchNBMLDCALGOSWITCH INTRA_FRE QUENCY_L DB PUC Intra-freque ncy load balance algorithm Potential user control algorithm Uplink overload cont rol algorithm OFF It is also named cell breathing algorithm.Based on the cell lo
ad, this algorithm changes the pilot power of the cell to control the load betwe en intra-frequency cells. ased on the cell load, this algorithm changes the sele ction/reselection parameters of a cell to lead the UE to a lighter loaded cell. When the cell is overloaded in UL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in UL by quick TF restriction or UE release. OFF ULOLC OFF Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-17
10 Algorithm Switches RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Switch ID Switch Meaning Defau lt Settin g Description DLOLC Downlink OFF overload control algorithm Uplink load rearrangement algorithm OFF When the cell is overloaded in DL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in DL by quick TF restriction or UE release. When the cell is heavily loaded in UL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in UL by using inter-frequency load handover, B E service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation, CS inter-RAT handover, and PS inter-RAT handover. When the cell is heavily loaded in DL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in DL by using inter-frequency load handover, BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service QoS renego tiation, CS inter-RAT handover, and PS inter-RAT handover. Specifies whether con dition to trigger load control uses event measurement alone or infers from the p eriod measurement report. When the cell is heavily loaded in DL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in DL by using BE service rate reduction and code tree res huffling. When the cell credit is heavily loaded, this algorithm reduces the cre dit load of the cell by using BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-tim e service QoS renegotiation, CS interRAT handover, and PS inter-RAT handover. ULLDR DLLDR Downlink load rearrangement algorithm OFF OLC_EVEN TMEAS CELL_COD E_LDR OLC event measure Code reshuffling algorithm Credit reshuffling algorithm OFF OFF CELL_CRE DIT_LDR OFF Mac-hs reset algorithm switch NBMMACH SRESETAL GOSELSWI TCH Mac-hs Reset algorit hm switch ALGO RITH M_DE PEND _ON_ LCG Value range: ALGORITHM_REQUIRED, ALGORITH M_DEPEND_ON_LCG l ALGORITHM_REQUIRED: Always reset the mac-hs no matter the cells in question are in the same NodeB or not. ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG: Reset the mac-hs only when th e cells in question are in the different local cell group.
l 10.2.2 Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch This parameter is used to control UL CAC algorithm. 10-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches Parameter ID NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD Physical Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF: switches off the uplink admission control algorithm; ALGORITHM_FI RST: uses the load prediction algorithm for uplink admission; ALGORITHM_SECOND: uses the total service normalized factor algorithm for uplink admission; ALGORIT HM_THIRD: The loose call admission control algorithm is used in uplink CAC. Parameter Setting The default setting is ALGORITHM_SECOND. When the change range of uplink back no ise is wide or the RTWP reported by the NodeB is invalid, it is necessary to use the total service normalized factor algorithm. 10.2.3 Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch This parameter is used to control DL CAC algorithm. Parameter ID NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD Physical Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF: switches off the uplink admission control algorithm; ALGORITHM_FI RST: uses the load prediction algorithm for downlink admission; ALGORITHM_SECOND : uses the total service normalized factor algorithm for downlink admission; ALG ORITHM_THIRD: The loose call admission control algorithm is used in downlink CAC . Parameter Setting The default setting is ALGORITHM_FIRST. If TCP measurement is invalid, the total service normalized factor algorithm is adopted. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-19
10 Algorithm Switches RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10.3 Other Algorithm Switches At this time, there are some other algorithm switches, such as Iub CAC algorithm switch, Iub bandwidth-restricted BE service rate reduction algorithm switch, an d intra-frequency measurement control information indication. 10.3.1 Iub CAC Alg orithm Switches This parameter is used to control the Iub Call Admission Control (CAC) algorithm. 10.3.2 Iub Bandwidth Congestion Control Algorithm Switch This parameter is used to control the Iub bandwidth congestion algorithm. 10.3.3 Intr a-Frequency Measurement Control Information Indication This parameter defines wh ether the intra-frequency measurement control information should be delivered th rough the system information. 10.3.4 Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT Measurement Indic ation This parameter defines whether inter-frequency/inter-RAT measurement contr ol information is to be delivered in the system information. 10.3.5 FACH Measure ment Indicator This parameter indicates whether the FACH measurement occasion pe riod length coefficient should be delivered through the system information. 10.3.1 Iub CAC Algorithm Switches This parameter is used to control the Iub Call Admission Control (CAC) algorithm . Parameter ID CacSwitch Value Range Table 10-7 CAC algorithm switches Algorithm switch NODEB_CR EDIT_CAC _SWITCH Swi tch ID NodeB credit CAC switch Description The system performs CAC based on the usage state of NodeB credit. When the idle NodeB's credit is not enough, the sys tem refuses new access requests. Relevant Commands Set it through SET CACALGOSWI TCH and query it through LST CACALGOSWITCH. 10.3.2 Iub Bandwidth Congestion Control Algorithm Switch This parameter is used to control the Iub bandwidth congestion algorithm. 10-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches Parameter ID IUBCongCtrlSwitch Value Range Enum (ON, OFF) Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is OFF. When this switch is open, the Iub bandwidth restrictio n algorithm works, so that when the occupied bandwidth of Iub interface exceeds the Iub congestion trigger threshold, the algorithm uses LDR to periodically red uce some BE service rates or AMR service rates until the occupied bandwidth is l ower than the Iub congestion release threshold. Impact on the Network Performance l In case that the transmission resource of Iub interface is scarce and the carrie r wants to admit more users by sacrificing some user perception, this switch sha ll be ON. When the transmission resources are abundant, this switch shall prefer ably be OFF. l Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD NODEBALGOPARA, query it through LST NODEBALGOPARA, and modify it through MOD NODEBALGOPARA. 10.3.3 Intra-Frequency Measurement Control Information Indication This parameter defines whether the intra-frequency measurement control informati on should be delivered through the system information. Parameter ID IntraFreqMeasInd Value Range Enum (REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE) Physical Value Range REQUIRE: the intra-frequency measurement control information is delivered in SIB 11; NOT_REQUIRE: the intra-frequency measurement control information is not deli vered in SIB11. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-21
10 Algorithm Switches RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter Setting The default setting is REQUIRE. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLMEAS, query it through LST CELLMEAS, and modi fy it through MOD CELLMEAS. 10.3.4 Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT Measurement Indication This parameter defines whether inter-frequency/inter-RAT measurement control inf ormation is to be delivered in the system information. Parameter ID InterFreqInterRATMeasInd Value Range Enum (NOT_REQUIRE, INTER_FREQ,INTER_RAT, INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT) Physical Value Range NOT_REQUIRE: the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement control information is not required; INTER_FREQ: the inter-frequency measurement control information i s required; INTER_RAT: the inter-RAT measurement control information is required ; INTER_FREQ_and_INTER_RAT: the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement contro l information is required. Parameter Setting The default setting is INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT. That is, Inter-frequency FDD me asurement indicator and Inter-RAT measurement indicators are set to TRUE in the system message. This switch is oriented to cells. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLMEAS, query it through LST CELLMEAS, and modi fy it through MOD CELLMEAS. 10.3.5 FACH Measurement Indicator This parameter indicates whether the FACH measurement occasion period length coe fficient should be delivered through the system information. Parameter ID FACHMeasInd 10-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 10 Algorithm Switches Value Range REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE Physical Value Range REQUIRE The measurement occasion about inter-frequency or inter-RAT were broadcasted by SIB11. NOT_REQUIRE The measurement occasion about inter-frequency or inter-RAT w ere not broadcasted by SIB11. Parameter Setting If inter-freq or inter-RAT measurement control information was broadcast through the system information, some UEs in CELL_FACH state need the FACH measurement o ccasion period length coefficient for measurement. When the parameter InterFreqI nterRATMeasInd is set to NOT_REQUIRE, this parameter is needless. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD CELLMEAS, query it through LST CELLMEAS, and modi fy it through MOD CELLMEAS. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-23
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters 11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters About This Chapter The common configurable transmission parameters are listed here. 11.1 Transmissi on Common Parameters The common configurable transmission parameters are listed here. 11.2 Iub Admission Control Parameters The Iub admission control parameters are listed here. 11.3 Iub Congestion Control Parameters The common configurable Iub congestion control parameters are listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-1
11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 11.1 Transmission Common Parameters The common configurable transmission parameters are listed here. Table 11-1 List of transmission common parameters No. 1 Parameter ID AAL2PATHT Parameter Meanin g AAL2PATH type Default Value If there exists HSDPA service, it needs to configu e HSDPA NRT ANY Relevant Command Set: ADD AAL2PATH Query: LST AAL2PATH or DSP AA L2PATH Modify: MOD AAL2PATH Set: ADD IPPATH Query: LST IPPATH or DSP IPPATH Modi fy: MOD IPPATH 2 3 IPPATH PHB IP PATH type Per-Hop behavior 11.1.1 AAL2 Path Type This parameter is the expected type of the service carried on an AAL2 path. 11.1.2 IP Path Type This parameter is used to set the IP path type. 11.1.3 Per-Hop Behavior This parameter used to set the IP per hop behavior for IPPATH. 11.1.1 AAL2 Path Type This parameter is the expected type of the service carried on an AAL2 path. Parameter ID AAL2PATHT Value Range R99, HSPA Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting This parameter defines the AAL2 path type. It describes whether the service is R 99 or HSPA carrier on path. HSPA service and non-HSPA service can not carrier on the same AAL2 path. If the system needs to support HSPA service, we must config ure a HSPA type AAL2 path. 11-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters Impact on the Network Performance HSPA channel high peak vs. average value decides the same high peak Vs. average value for HSPA service in Iub interface. The burst HSPA service affects voice an d R99 data service if it is not treated diversify on transmission. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD AAL2PATH, query it through LST AAL2PATH or DSP AA L2PATH, and modify it through MOD AAL2PATH. 11.1.2 IP Path Type This parameter is used to set the IP path type. Parameter ID IPPATHT Value Range Enum( RT, NRT, HSPA RT, HSPA NRT) Physical Value Range RT means real time type, NRT means non real time type. HSPA RT means HSPA real t ime type. HSPA NRT means HSPA non real time type. Parameter Setting The default value is NRT. Impact on the Network Performance None. Relevant Commands Set this parameter through ADD IPPATH, query it through LST IPPATH or DSP IPPATH , and modify it through MOD IPPATH. 11.1.3 Per-Hop Behavior This parameter used to set the IP per hop behavior for IPPATH. Parameter ID PHB Value Range Enum (BE, AF1, AF2, AF3, AF4, EF, ANY) Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-3
11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is ANY. PHB is used to set the user priority, the priority inc rease by degrees from BE to EF. If it is ANY, the DSCP of IP is set according to PHB setting, not according to DSCP setting. Impact on the Network Performance Different services use different PHBs. The network provides different services a ccording to different PHBs, and configures IP path respectively to realize diffe rent transmission. For example, if the IP path type is RT/HSDPA_RT, then use hig h level DSCP; If the IP path type is NRT/HSDPA_NRT, then use low level DSCP. Dif ferent DSCPs is mapped to different PHBs. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD IPPATH, query it through LST IPPATH or DSP IPPATH, and modify it through MOD IPPATH. 11.2 Iub Admission Control Parameters The Iub admission control parameters are listed here. Table 11-2 List of Iub adm ission control parameters Parameter ID FWDHORS VBW BWDHORS VBW Parameter Meaning Forward handover reserved bandwidth Backward handover reserved bandwidth Defaul t Value 80 kbits/s Relevant Command Set the parameters through ADD AAL2PATH / AD D IPPATH; modify them through MOD AAL2PATH / MOD IPPATH; query them through LST AAL2PATH / DSP AAL2PATH / LST IPPATH / DSP IPPATH. 11.2.1 Reserved Bandwidth for Forward/Backward Handover This group of parameters reflect the Iub bandwidth reserved for user switchover. They are the threshold parameters used by new users for the access of Iub resources. When a new user ga ins access to the Iub resources through a path, the access of the new user is de nied if the remaining bandwidth of the path is smaller than the bandwidth reserv ed for user switchover. 11.2.1 Reserved Bandwidth for Forward/Backward Handover This group of parameters reflect the Iub bandwidth reserved for user switchover. They are the threshold parameters used by new users for the access of Iub resou rces. When a new user gains 11-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters access to the Iub resources through a path, the access of the new user is denied if the remaining bandwidth of the path is smaller than the bandwidth reserved f or user switchover. Parameter ID FWDHORSVBW BWDHORSVBW Value Range 0 to 100000 Physical Value Range 0 to 100000 kbit/s Parameter Setting The default value of each parameter is 80. This group of parameters reflect the Iub bandwidth reserved for user switchover. To ensure the high success ratio of switchover, you need to set these parameters according to the actual switchover service rate. Impact on the Network Performance The greater these parameters are set, the more resources are reserved for user s witchover. This can ensure the high success ratio of user switchover whereas may waste resources. The smaller these parameters are set, the more difficult it is to ensure the success ratio of user switchover. Relevant Commands Set the parameters through ADD AAL2PATH / ADD IPPATH, modify them through MOD AA L2PATH / MOD IPPATH, and query them through LST AAL2PATH / DSP AAL2PATH / LST IP PATH / DSP IPPATH. 11.3 Iub Congestion Control Parameters The common configurable Iub congestion control parameters are listed here. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-5
11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Table 11-3 List of Iub congestion control parameters N Parameter o ID . 1 FWDCON GBW BWDCON GBW Paramete r Meaning Forward congestion threshold Backward congest ion threshold Forward congestion clear threshold Backward congestion clear thres hold 3 IubCongCt rlSwitch IUB congestion control switch IUB congestion control t imer length[s] General common channel factor[%] CMB common channel factor[%] MBM S common channel factor[%] SRB factor [%] Telephony factor[%] OFF Set this param eter through ADD NODEBALGOPARA, modify it through MOD NODEBALGOPARA, and query i t throughLST NODEBALGOPARA 240 kbit/s Default Value Relevant Command 160 kbit/s Set the parameters through ADD AAL2PATH/ADD IPPATH, modify them through MOD AAL2 PATH/MOD IPPATH, and query through LST AAL2PATH/DSP AAL2PATH/LST IPPATH/DSP IPPA TH 2 FWDCON GCLRBW BWDCON GCLRBW 4 IubCongCt rlTimerLen 60 s 5 GeneralCo mmChFact or CMBCom mChFactor 70% 6 100% 7 MBMSCo mmChFact or SRBFactor Telephony Factor 100% 8 9 50% 70% 11-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters N Parameter o ID . 1 0 R99ConvF actor Paramete r tor[%] R99 streaming d service factor[%] Meaning R99 conversati on service factor[%] interactive service factor[%] R99 backgroun service factor[%] HSDPA interactive service factor[%] HSUPA streaming service factor[%] HSUPA backgroun d service factor[%] R99 streaming service fac d service factor[%] HSDPA factor[%] HSDPA backgroun HSUPA interactive service
Default Value Relevant Command 100% 1 1 R99Stream Factor 100% 1 2 R99InterFa ctor 50% 1 3 R99Bkgrnd Factor 50% 1 4 HsdpaStrea mFactor 100% 1 5 HsdpaInter Factor 100% 1 6 HsdpaBkgr ndFactor 100% 1 7 HsupaStrea mFactor 100%
1 8 HsupaInter Factor 100% 1 9 HsupaBkgr ndFactor 100% 11.3.1 Forward/Backward Congestion Threshold Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-7
11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference If the available forward bandwidth is less than or equal to FWDCONGBW, the forwa rd congestion alarm is emitted. If the available backward bandwidth is less than or equal to BWDCONGBW, the backward congestion alarm is emitted. 11.3.2 Forward /Backward Congestion Clear Threshold If the available forward bandwidth is great er than FWDCONGCLRBW, the forward congestion alarm is cleared. If the available backward bandwidth is greater than BWDCONGCLRBW, the backward congestion alarm i s cleared. 11.3.3 Iub Bandwidth Congestion Control Algorithm Switch This paramet er is used to control the Iub bandwidth congestion algorithm. 11.3.4 Timer Lengt h for Iub Bandwidth Restriction Service Rate Reduction After the Iub bandwidth i s restricted, you can start the timer that is used for reducing service rate. By using the timer, you can periodically select the users of the BE service and th e AMR voice service and reduce the rate of the services for solving the Iub cong estion problem. 11.3.5 Iub Congestion Factors These parameters are Iub factors u sed to apply the Iub bandwidth when different services set up. 11.3.1 Forward/Backward Congestion Threshold If the available forward bandwidth is less than or equal to FWDCONGBW, the forwa rd congestion alarm is emitted. If the available backward bandwidth is less than or equal to BWDCONGBW, the backward congestion alarm is emitted. Parameter ID FWDCONGBW BWDCONGBW Value Range 0 to 100,000 Physical Value Range 0 to 100,000 kbit/s Parameter Setting The default values for these parameters are both 160 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the values are, the easier to trigger congestion control threshold. T he BE services and AMR data rates decrease process begin. But if they are too hi gh, the transport utilization rate is low, at the same time, it has a bad effect on the end user perception. 11-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters Relevant Commands Set the parameters through ADD AAL2PATH / ADD IPPATH, modify them through MOD AA L2PATH / MOD IPPATH, and query through LST AAL2PATH / DSP AAL2PATH / LST IPPATH / DSP IPPATH. 11.3.2 Forward/Backward Congestion Clear Threshold If the available forward bandwidth is greater than FWDCONGCLRBW, the forward con gestion alarm is cleared. If the available backward bandwidth is greater than BW DCONGCLRBW, the backward congestion alarm is cleared. Parameter ID FWDCONGCLRBW BWDCONGCLRBW Value Range 0 to 100,000 Physical Value Range 0 to 100,000 kbit/s Parameter Setting The default values are both 240 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the values are, the easier the congestion alarm is cleared. But an ov erly high value may lead to a low transport utilization rate, and at the same ti me, the congestion control is not triggered. Relevant Commands Set the parameters through ADD AAL2PATH / ADD IPPATH, modify them through MOD AA L2PATH / MOD IPPATH, and query through LST AAL2PATH / DSP AAL2PATH / LST IPPATH / DSP IPPATH. 11.3.3 Iub Bandwidth Congestion Control Algorithm Switch This parameter is used to control the Iub bandwidth congestion algorithm. Parameter ID IUBCongCtrlSwitch Value Range Enum (ON, OFF) Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-9
11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range None. Parameter Setting The default value is OFF. When this switch is open, the Iub bandwidth restrictio n algorithm works, so that when the occupied bandwidth of Iub interface exceeds the Iub congestion trigger threshold, the algorithm uses LDR to periodically red uce some BE service rates or AMR service rates until the occupied bandwidth is l ower than the Iub congestion release threshold. Impact on the Network Performance l In case that the transmission resource of Iub interface is scarce and the carrie r wants to admit more users by sacrificing some user perception, this switch sha ll be ON. When the transmission resources are abundant, this switch shall prefer ably be OFF. l Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD NODEBALGOPARA, query it through LST NODEBALGOPARA, and modify it through MOD NODEBALGOPARA. 11.3.4 Timer Length for Iub Bandwidth Restriction Service Rate Reduction After the Iub bandwidth is restricted, you can start the timer that is used for reducing service rate. By using the timer, you can periodically select the users of the BE service and the AMR voice service and reduce the rate of the services for solving the Iub congestion problem. Parameter ID IUBCONGCTRLTIMERLEN Value Range 1 to 255 Physical Value Range 1 to 255 (unit: s) Parameter Setting The default setting is 60 s. You need to set this parameter based on the effect of solving the Iub resource congestion problem. 11-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters Impact on the Network Performance The greater this parameter is, the longer time is spent on solving the Iub conge stion problem and the lower the congestion control frequency is. If the value se t for this parameter is too small, the Iub congestion control frequency is rathe r high, which is easy to cause the ping-pang effect. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through ADD NODEBALGOPARA, modify it through MOD NODEBALGOPARA , and query it through LST NODEBALGOPARA . 11.3.5 Iub Congestion Factors These parameters are Iub factors used to apply the Iub bandwidth when different services set up. Parameter ID GeneralCommChFactor CMBCommChFactor MBMSCommChFactor SRBFactor TelephonyFactor R 99ConvFactor R99StreamFactor R99InterFactor R99BkgrndFactor HsdpaStreamFactor Hs dpaInterFactor HsdpaBkgrndFactor HsupaStreamFactor HsupaInterFactor HsupaBkgrndF actor Value Range 1 to 100 Physical Value Range 1% to 100%, step 1% Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-11
11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter Setting These parameters are set according to the congestion condition. The default valu es are as listed in Table 11-4. Table 11-4 Iub Congestion Factor Configuration P arameter Name General common channel factor[%] CMB common channel factor[%] MBMS common channel factor[%] SRB factor[%] Telephony factor[%] R99 conversation ser vice factor[%] R99 streaming service factor [%] R99 interactive service factor [ %] R99 background service factor[%] HSDPA streaming service factor[%] HSDPA inte ractive service factor[%] HSDPA background service factor[%] HSUPA streaming ser vice factor[%] HSUPA interactive service factor[%] HSUPA background service fact or[%] Parameter ID GeneralCommChFactor CMBCommChFactor MBMSCommChFactor SRBFacto r TelephonyFactor R99ConvFactor R99StreamFactor R99InterFactor R99BkgrndFactor H sdpaStreamFactor HsdpaInterFactor HsdpaBkgrndFactor HsupaStreamFactor HsupaInter Factor HsupaBkgrndFactor Default Value 70% 100% 100% 50% 70% 100% 100% 50% 50% 1 00% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Impact on the Network Performance Services feature should be considered when setting these parameters. 11-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference l 11 Transmission Resource Management Parameters If these parameters are greater, the applied Iub bandwidth is big, but part of I ub bandwidth maybe wasted. If they are lower, the Iub bandwidth is congested and the service quality is poor. l Relevant Commands Set the parameters through ADD NODEBALGOPARA, query them through LST NODEBALGOPA RA, and modify them through MOD NODEBALGOPARA. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 11-13
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT About This Chapter The parameters configured on the NodeB LMT described here mainly consist of the HSDPA flow control parameters, the HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters, the HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters, the HSUPA power control parame ters and the local cell management parameters. 12.1 HSDPA Flow Control Parameter s The common configurable HSDPA flow control parameters are listed here. 12.2 HS DPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters The common configurable HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters are listed here. 12.3 HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Alg orithm Parameters The HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters configurable o n the NodeB LMT are listed here. 12.4 HSUPA Power Control Parameters HSUPA power control parameters include power control algorithm switches for downlink contro l channel, fixed and dynamic power control mode algorithm parameters. 12.5 Local Cell Management Parameters The local cell management parameters consist of cell radius and cell handover radius. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-1
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12.1 HSDPA Flow Control Parameters The common configurable HSDPA flow control parameters are listed here. Table 121 List of HSDPA flow control parameters N o. 1 Parameter ID FlowControlAlgori th mSwitch Parameter Meaning HSDPA bandwidth adjustment switch Frame discard rate t hreshold on Iub interface Time delay threshold Default Value AUTO_ADJUST _ FLOW_ CTRLpat h 0.1% Relevant Command Set the parameter throughSET HSDPAFLOWCTRLP ARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806,BBU3806C), and query it through LST HSDP AFLOWCTRLP ARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 2 FrameDiscardRate Threshold DlTrDelayJitterThl dBase 3 4 (8 ms) 12.1.1 HSDPA Bandwidth Adjustment Switch This parameter difines the NodeB flow c ontrol scheme. It decides whether the congestion control is implemented on RNC o r on the NodeB. 12.1.2 Frame Discard Rate Threshold on Iub Interface This parame ter defines the frame discard rate on the Iub interface, that is the packet disc ard rate due to code error when the transport network is idle. If the discard ra te measured at the receiver exceeds the threshold, then it is judged that the Iu b interface is congested. Otherwise, it is regarded as packet discarded due to c ode error other than congestion. 12.1.3 Time Delay Threshold on Iub Interface Th is parameter defines the time delay of frame transmission when the transport net work is less busy. The Iub congestion is triggered when the time delay measured at the NodeB exceeds the threshold. Otherwise, it is considered as common time d elay of the transport network other than congestion. 12.1.1 HSDPA Bandwidth Adjustment Switch This parameter difines the NodeB flow control scheme. It decides whether the con gestion control is implemented on RNC or on the NodeB. Parameter ID FlowControlAlgorithmSwitch Value Range SIMPLE_FLOW_CTRL, AUTO_ADJUST_FLOW_CTRL, NO_FLOW_CTRL 12-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Physical Value Range SIMPLE_FLOW_CTR: Based on the configured Iub bandwidth and the bandwidth occupie d by R99 users, traffic is allocated to HSDPA users when the physical bandwidth restriction is taken into account. AUTO_ADJUST_FLOW_CTRLNode: Based on the flow control of SIMPLE_FLOW_CTRL, traffic is allocated to HSDPA users when the delay and packet loss on the Iub interface are taken into account. NO_FLOW_CTRL: The N odeB does not allocate bandwidth according to the configuration or delay on the Iub interface. The RNC allocates the bandwidth according to the bandwidth on the Uu interface reported by the NodeB. Parameter Setting This parameter should be configured according to concrete scenarios, and is set to AUTO_ADJUST_FLOW_CTRL by default. Impact on the Network Performance This parameter helps implement the end to end congestion control when HSDPA data is transmitted on Iub interface, thus the Iub bandwidth utilization rate is imp roved and the transmission reliability is enhanced. The switch is set to OPEN by default. Relevant Commands Set the parameter throughSET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, B BU3806,BBU3806C), and query it through LST HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A , BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.1.2 Frame Discard Rate Threshold on Iub Interface This parameter defines the frame discard rate on the Iub interface, that is the packet discard rate due to code error when the transport network is idle. If the discard rate measured at the receiver exceeds the threshold, then it is judged that the Iub interface is congested. Otherwise, it is regarded as packet discard ed due to code error other than congestion. Parameter ID FrameDiscardRateThreshold Value Range Integer [0 to 1000] Physical Value Range 0 to 1, step is 0.001 Parameter Setting The default value is 0.001 when the Iub interface adopts ATM networking. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-3
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference When the Iub interface adopts IP networking, it is set to the discard target of the IP transmission network. Impact on the Network Performance If the parameter is set too low, the dynamic adjustment algorithm may judge the frames discarded due to the network code error as congestion, thus decreases the bandwidth utilization rate. If the threshold is set too high, the sensitivity t o clear Iub congestion decreases. Relevant Commands Set the parameter throughSET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, B BU3806,BBU3806C), and query it through LST HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A , BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.1.3 Time Delay Threshold on Iub Interface This parameter defines the time delay of frame transmission when the transport n etwork is less busy. The Iub congestion is triggered when the time delay measure d at the NodeB exceeds the threshold. Otherwise, it is considered as common time delay of the transport network other than congestion. Parameter ID DlTrDelayJitterThldBase Value Range Integer [0 to 100] Physical Value Range 0 ms to 100 ms, step is 1 ms Parameter Setting The parameter setting consisits of two parts: the time delay of Iub transport ne twork + 10 ms l Part one: The transmission delay period while data is transmitted on HS-DSCH, wh ich consists of the delay of data buffering in each processing unit and the dela y of transmission through the network. The time delay of ATM transmission networ k differs from that of the IP transmission network. It is recommended to send da ta frames when the network is less busy, and get the transmission delay differen ces among labeled samples at the NodeB receiver. (The NodeB with enhanced perfor mance can get the time delay of data frame transmission.) But there is no test r esult at present, and it is arranged for the time being as follows: For Iub inte rface with ATM networking: 0 ms; For Iub interface with IP networking: the time delay target of IP transport network. l Part two, the 10 ms: Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30) 12-4
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT According to HS-DSCH INTERVAL (10 ms to 80 ms), when a data frame is transmitted in a network not congested, the transmission delay may be up to 80 ms, but we t ake the minimum value 10 ms as a benchmark. Impact on the Network Performance If the threshold is set too low, the regular time delay of Iub interface transmi ssion may be considered that Iub congestion happens, reducing the Iub bandwidth utilization rate. If the parameter is set too high, it is not easy to clear the congestion decreases, and the Iub transmission delay may be increased. Relevant Commands Set the parameter throughSET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, B BU3806,BBU3806C), and query it through LST HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A , BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.2 HSDPA MAC-hs Scheduling Algorithm Parameters The common configurable HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters are listed here. Table 12-2 List of HSDPA MAC-hs scheduling algorithm parameters N o. 1 Par ameter ID RSCALLOCM Parameter Meaning Resource allocate method, 0: code priority (applied in power-limited macro cells); 1: power priority (applied in code-limi ted micro cells) Scheduling method (EPF, PF, RR, MAXCI) Maximum retransmission c ount Power margin HS-SCCH power control method Default Value 0 Relevant Command Set the parameter throughSET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BB U3806, BBU3806C). 2 SM EPF 3 MXRETRAN 4 4 5 PWRMGN SCCHPWRCM 5 (5%) 0 (adaptive power control based on CQI) 12-5 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference N o. 6 Parameter ID SCCHPWR Parameter Meaning When the HSSCCH power is controlled by fixed configuration, th is parameter is the fixed power value of HS-SCCH; when the HSSCCH adopts the ada ptive power control based on CQI, this parameter is the HSSCCH initial transmit power. The value is an offset in dB relevant to the transmit power of PCPICH. Ta rget FER of HS-SCCH power control. If the measured HS-SCCH FER is greater than t he target FER, raise the transmit power of HS-SCCH, otherwise lower transmit pow er of HSSCCH. Default Value 28 ( Relevant Command 7 SCCHFER 10 (1%), step is 0.25 12-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30) 3dB), step is 0.25
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT N o. 8 Parameter ID IBLER Parameter Meaning Default Value Relevant Command When the 0 (the CQI initial BLER adjustment is exceeds the closed) target BLER, raise the transmit power of HS-PDSCH, otherwise, lower the transmit power of HSPDSCH. Resource limiting switch, 0: Open; 1: Close Dynamic code switch 16QAM swi tch CQI filter Alpha GBR for SPI (kbit/s) Weight of SPI (%) Resource limiting ra tio for SPI, available only when the resource limiting switch is on OPEN 9 RSCLMSW 10 11 12 13 14 15 DYNCODESW 16QAMSW CQIFA SPIGBR SPIWEIGHT SPIRSCRATIO OPEN OPEN 0 (no filter) See the table See the table See the table Set the parame ter through SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.1 Resource Allocate Method Resource allocate method, 0: code priority (appl ied in power-limited macro cells); 1: power priority (applied in code-limited mi cro cells). 12.2.2 Scheduling Method This parameter defines the scheduling metho d of MAC-hs. 12.2.3 Maximum Retransmission Count This parameter defines the maxi mum retransmission count of the MAC-hs HARQ process. 12.2.4 Power Margin This pa rameter defines the power margin for DCH when the HSDPA adopts the dynamic power control. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-7
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12.2.5 HS-SCCH Power Control Method This parameter sets the power control method of HS-SCCH. 12.2.6 HS-SCCH Fixed Power or Initial Transmit Power When the HS-SC CH power is controlled by fixed configuration, this parameter is the fixed power value of HS-SCCH; when the HS-SCCH adopts the adaptive power control based on C QI, this parameter is the HS-SCCH initial transmit power. The value is an offset in dB relevant to the transmit power of PCPICH. 12.2.7 Target HS-SCCH FER This parameter is the target FER of HS-SCCH power control. When the measured FER is g reater than the target FER, raise the transmit power of HS-SCCH, otherwise, lowe r the transmit power of HS-SCCH. 12.2.8 Initial BLER of Data Transfer When the i nitial BLER exceeds the target BLER, raise the transmit power of HS-PDSCH, other wise, lower the transmit power of HS-PDSCH. 12.2.9 Resource Limiting Switch This is the resource limiting switch. It decides whether to restrain a single user's maximum resource usage in a congested cell. 12.2.10 HSDPA Dynamic Code Switch T his parameter decides whether to open the HSDPA dynamic code switch controlled b y NodeB. 12.2.11 16QAM Switch This parameter decides whether to open the HSDPA 1 6QAM switch controlled by NodeB. 12.2.12 CQI Filter Alpha The CQI reported from UE is taken into the filtering processing within the NodeB to get a stable value . 12.2.13 GBR for SPI Services with different SPIs are configured with different GBRs. 12.2.14 Weight for SPI This parameter is used when users are in priority compositor. 12.2.15 Resource Limiting Ratio for SPI This parameter defines the m aximum power resource ratio for different SPIs when the cell is in congestion st ate. 12.2.1 Resource Allocate Method Resource allocate method, 0: code priority (applied in power-limited macro cells ); 1: power priority (applied in code-limited micro cells). Parameter ID RSCALLOCM Value Range 0, 1 12-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Physical Value Range 0, 1 Parameter Setting 0 Impact on the Network Performance Under the power limited circumstances, the code is firstly allocated to save pow er resources for other users; while the code is limited, firstly allocate the po wer to save code resources for other users. Relevant Commands Set the parameter throughSET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BB U3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.2 Scheduling Method This parameter defines the scheduling method of MAC-hs. Parameter ID SM Value Range EPF, PF, RR, MAXCI Physical Value Range EPF (Enhanced PF, PF based on GBR), PF, RR (Round Robin), MAXCI (MAX C/I) Parameter Setting The default setting is EPF. Impact on the Network Performance RR (Round Robin): the network schedule each user in turn without considering use r's CQI. The cell thoughput is poor; MAX C/I: Users with high CQI are considered with priority, that is, user with the highest C/I can get the service. The Max C/I scheduling method provides the highest cell throughput and frequency utiliza tion rate with the sacrifice of user fairness. Users with low CQI do not have th e chance to transfer data. So from users' point, this scheduling method is of th e least fairness; PF: the current available data transmission rate and the histo ry rate are both in consideration. Thus, users with nice CQI and users with a lo ng waiting history will be taken into account at the same time. This is a compro mise of cell throughput priority and user fairness priority methods. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-9
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference EPF: The SPI of user, the GBR configured, the current service rate and CQI are a ll taken into account. This method is relatively prior to the above ones on the aspect of fairness for users and system capacity. Relevant Commands Set the parameter throughSET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BB U3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.3 Maximum Retransmission Count This parameter defines the maximum retransmission count of the MAC-hs HARQ proce ss. Parameter ID MXRETRAN Value Range 0 to 10 Physical Value Range 0 to 10 times Parameter Setting 4 Impact on the Network Performance If the parameter is set too low, it is more likely for the MAC-hs to discard pac kets when network quality is poor. Then the RLC retransmission is required to en sure the data transmitted correctly, thus the data transmission delay is increas ed. If it is set too high, the queue may be blocked due to some packets retransm itted frequently. Relevant Commands Set the parameter throughSET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BB U3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.4 Power Margin This parameter defines the power margin for DCH when the HSDPA adopts the dynami c power control. Parameter ID PWRMGN 12-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100% Parameter Setting 5 Impact on the Network Performance It is a power margin allocated for DCH, and is available only when the HSDPA ado pts the dynamic power control algorithm. If it is set overly great, the power ma y be wasted. If it is set too low, the power control requirements of DCH may not be met. Relevant Commands Set the parameter throughSET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BB U3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.5 HS-SCCH Power Control Method This parameter sets the power control method of HS-SCCH. Parameter ID SCCHPWRCM Value Range 0, 1 Physical Value Range 0 means the adaptive power control based on CQI; 1 means the HS-SCCH power is fi xed. Parameter Setting The default value is 0, that is, the adaptive power control based on CQI. Impact on the Network Performance The HS-SCCH power control has a significant effect on data transmission. l If the HS-SCCH power is overly allotted, the available power of HS-PDSCH decreas es, and the cell throughout and user throughout declines. If the HS-SCCH power i s allotted insufficiently, the HS-SCCH decoding failure increases, and the cell throughout and user throughout declines. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-11 l Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set it through SET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, B BU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS38 12AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.6 HS-SCCH Fixed Power or Initial Transmit Power When the HS-SCCH power is controlled by fixed configuration, this parameter is t he fixed power value of HS-SCCH; when the HS-SCCH adopts the adaptive power cont rol based on CQI, this parameter is the HS-SCCH initial transmit power. The valu e is an offset in dB relevant to the transmit power of PCPICH. Parameter ID SCCHPWR Value Range 0 to 80 Physical Value Range -10 dB to 10 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 28, that is -3 dB. The step is 0.25 dB. Impact on the Network Performance l When the HS-SCCH power is configured to a fixed value, if the HS-SCCH power is o verly allotted, the available power of HS-PDSCH decreases, and the cell througho ut and user throughout declines; if the HS-SCCH power is allotted insufficiently , the HS-SCCH decoding failure increases, and the cell throughout and user throu ghout declines. When the HS-SCCH adopts the adaptive power control based on CQI, if this parameter is set too high, the HS-SCCH power is wasted before the power control takes effect; if the parameter is set too low, the HS-SCCH decoding fai lure increases before the power control takes effect, weakening the data transmi ssion performance. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set it through SET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, B BU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS38 12AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.7 Target HS-SCCH FER This parameter is the target FER of HS-SCCH power control. When the measured FER is greater than the target FER, raise the transmit power of HS-SCCH, otherwise, lower the transmit power of HS-SCCH. 12-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Parameter ID SCCHFER Value Range 1 to 999 Physical Value Range 1% to 99.9% Parameter Setting The default value is 10, namely 1%. Impact on the Network Performance l When the HS-SCCH power is configured to a fixed value, if the HS-SCCH power is o verly allotted, the available power of HS-PDSCH decreases, and the cell througho ut and user throughout declines; if the HS-SCCH power is allotted insufficiently , the HS-SCCH decoding failure increases, and the cell throughout and user throu ghout declines. When the HS-SCCH adopts the adaptive power control based on CQI, if this parameter is set too high, the HS-SCCH power is wasted before the power control takes effect; if the parameter is set too low, the HS-SCCH decoding fai lure increases before the power control takes effect, weakening the data transmi ssion performance. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set it through SET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, B BU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS38 12AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.8 Initial BLER of Data Transfer When the initial BLER exceeds the target BLER, raise the transmit power of HS-PD SCH, otherwise, lower the transmit power of HS-PDSCH. Parameter ID IBLER Value Range 1 to 50 Physical Value Range 1% to 50%, step 1% Parameter Setting The default value is 10 (10%). Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-13
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Impact on the Network Performance If the IBLER is too high, retransmission is more probable, and delay increases. Otherwise, retransmission is less probable, and power efficiency declines. When the power is not restricted by scenarios, lower IBLER to increase effective thro ughput rate. Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set it through SET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, B BU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS38 12AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.9 Resource Limiting Switch This is the resource limiting switch. It decides whether to restrain a single us er's maximum resource usage in a congested cell. Parameter ID RSCLMSW Value Range 0/1 Physical Value Range OPEN/CLOSE Parameter Setting 0 (OPEN) Impact on the Network Performance If the switch is closed, it is likely to occur that a vast majority of the cell resources are taken up by users with high priority but poor CQI. Relevant Commands Set the parameter throughSET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BB U3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.10 HSDPA Dynamic Code Switch This parameter decides whether to open the HSDPA dynamic code switch controlled by NodeB. Parameter ID DYNCODESW 12-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Value Range OPEN, CLOSE Physical Value Range OPEN, CLOSE Parameter Setting The HSDPA dynamic code makes the physical layer channel codes be fully utilized. It is suggested that the switch be set to OPEN all the time. Impact on the Network Performance The HSDPA dynamic code makes the physical layer channel codes be fully utilized, but it will not exceed the code number defined with the HSDPA license. Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set the parameter through SET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, B TS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3 812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.11 16QAM Switch This parameter decides whether to open the HSDPA 16QAM switch controlled by Node B. Parameter ID 16QAMSW Value Range OPEN, CLOSE Physical Value Range OPEN, CLOSE Parameter Setting A high thoughput can be guaranteed with the HSDPA 16QAM switch open. It is sugge sted that the switch be open all the time. Impact on the Network A high throughput can ested that the switch Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Performance be guaranteed with the HSDPA 16QAM switch open. It is sugg be open all the time. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-15
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set the parameter through SET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, B TS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3 812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.12 CQI Filter Alpha The CQI reported from UE is taken into the filtering processing within the NodeB to get a stable value. Parameter ID CQIFA Value Range 0 to 99 Physical Value Range 0% to 99%, step is 1% Parameter Setting The default setting is 0 (0%). The filtering adopts the following method: where, a is the CQIFA, if a is set to 0, the CQI filter algorithm switch is clos ed. Impact on the Network Performance The higher the CQIFA, the value after filtering is more stable. The lower the CQ IFA is, the value change after filtering is more apparent. If the CQIFA is set t o 0, the CQI filter algorithm switch is closed. Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set the parameter through SET MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, B TS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3 812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.13 GBR for SPI Services with different SPIs are configured with different GBRs. Parameter ID SPIGBR 12-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Value Range 0 to 16777215 Physical Value Range 0 to 16777215 bit/s Parameter Setting Table 12-3 shows the parameter setting. Table 12-3 GBR, weight and resource ting ratio for SPI SPINo 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 SPIGBR 64 64 4 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 128 256 128 SPIWEIGHT 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 100 100 100 80 80 90 100 100 SPIRSCRATIO 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 5 20 limi 64 6 100 20 2
Impact on the Network Performance This parameter is configured to spare more service resources for high priority u sers. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU38 06, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS381 2AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-17
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12.2.14 Weight for SPI This parameter is used when users are in priority compositor. Parameter ID SPIWEIGHT Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100% Parameter Setting See List of GBR, weight and resource limiting ratio for SPI Impact on the Network Performance This parameter is configured to make more scheduling chances for high priority u sers. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU38 06, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS381 2AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.2.15 Resource Limiting Ratio for SPI This parameter defines the maximum power resource ratio for different SPIs when the cell is in congestion state. Parameter ID SPIRSCRATIO Value Range 0 to 100 Physical Value Range 0 to 100% Parameter Setting Refer to the maximum transmit power for a single link when the GBR is the same a s the bearing rate of R99 services. Huawei's current benchmark for maximum trans mit power of a single link is as follows: -8 dB (1.6%) for 8 kbit/s, -6 dB (2.5% ) for 16 kbit/s, -2 dB (6.3%) for 64 kbit/s, 0 dB (10%) for 128 kbit/s, 2 dB (15 .8%) for 256 kbit/s and 4 dB (25%) for 384 kbit/s. 12-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Impact on the Network Performance The resource limiting ratio decides the maximum rate a user can get at the edge of a cell. This parameter is configured to have more resources allocated to high priority users. Relevant Commands Set the parameter through SET MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU38 06, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSSPIPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS381 2AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.3 HSUPA MAC-e Scheduling Algorithm Parameters The HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters configurable on the NodeB LMT ar e listed here. Table 12-4 List of HSUPA MAC-e scheduling algorithm parameters N o. 1 Parameter ID AGTHRESHOL D Parameter Meaning If the SG of requested rates an d that of current rates are greater than this threshold, then the AG can be sent to the UE. It is the initial value of calculated average rate. If the switch is on, whether the user real rate is GBR rate needs to be affirmed during the GBR user scheduling. The scheduling algorithm ensures the GBR rate for GBR users wit hout considering the uplink load. Sort SPI switch Sort rate weight Sort rate RSN weight Default Value 3 Relevant Command On the NodeB LMT, set the parameter thr oughSET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query i t through LST MACEPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806,BBU3806C ). 2 3 RAVGINITVA LUE GbrEnable 16 kbit/s OPEN 4 5 6 WSPI WRATE WRSN OPEN 0.5 0.5 12.3.1 AG Threshold If the SG of requested rates and that of current rates are g reater than this threshold, then the AG can be sent to the UE. 12.3.2 Average Ra te Initial Value It is the initial value of calculated average rate. 12.3.3 GBR Schedule Switch Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-19
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference If the switch is on, during the GBR user or GBR users without s the weight of rate parameter is the RSN whether the user real rate is GBR rate needs to be affirmed scheduling. The scheduling algorithm ensures the GBR rate f considering the uplink load. 12.3.4 Sort Rate Weight This i for priority calculation. 12.3.5 Sort Rate RSN Weight This weight for priority calculation.
12.3.1 AG Threshold If the SG of requested rates and that of current rates are greater than this thr eshold, then the AG can be sent to the UE. Parameter ID AGTHRESHOLD Value Range 0 to 31 Physical Value Range 0 to 31 Parameter Setting The default value is 3. Impact on the Network Performance If the RG is satisfied to the SI request of UE, setting the AG threshold can dec rease the resource occupation of AGCH channel. l If the AG threshold is too low, it increases the occupation on AGCH channel, and the power consumption is greater than that of RGCH channel. If the AG threshold is too high, the UE data rate increases more slowly. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.3.2 Average Rate Initial Value It is the initial value of calculated average rate. Parameter ID RAVGINITVALUE 12-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Value Range 0 to 1400 Physical Value Range 0 to 1400 kbit/s Parameter Setting The default value is 16 kbit/s. Impact on the Network Performance Whether this parameter is too high or too low, the real rate has little effect o n the average rate. Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.3.3 GBR Schedule Switch If the switch is on, whether the user real rate is GBR rate needs to be affirmed during the GBR user scheduling. The scheduling algorithm ensures the GBR rate f or GBR users without considering the uplink load. Parameter ID GBREnable Value Range 0, 1 Physical Value Range OPEN, CLOSE Parameter Setting The default value is OPEN. Impact on the Network Performance If the GBR switch is OPEN, the RNC overload control is needed to be configured a s an action which can be triggered by RTWP measurement value. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-21
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.3.4 Sort Rate Weight This is the weight of rate for priority calculation. Parameter ID WRATE Value Range 0 to 10 Physical Value Range 0 to 1 Parameter Setting 5 Impact on the Network Performance This parameter is used to calculate the UE priority. If it is set too low, the i nfluence the rate has on priority may be weakened. If it is set too high, the RS N's influence is weakened. Relevant Commands Set the parameter throughSET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, B BU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3 806,BBU3806C). 12.3.5 Sort Rate RSN Weight This parameter is the RSN weight for priority calculation. Parameter ID WRSN Value Range 0 to 10 Physical Value Range 0 to 1 12-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Parameter Setting 5 Impact on the Network Performance This parameter is used to calculate the UE priority. If it is set too low, the i nfluence from RSN on the priority may be weakened. If it is set too high, then i nfluence from the rate may be weakened. Relevant Commands Set the parameter throughSET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, B BU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3 806,BBU3806C). 12.4 HSUPA Power Control Parameters HSUPA power control parameters include power control algorithm switches for down link control channel, fixed and dynamic power control mode algorithm parameters. 12.4.1 Power Control Algorithm Switches for Downlink Control Channel The common configurable HSUPA power control algorithm switches for downlink control channe l are listed here. 12.4.2 Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters The comm on configurable HSUPA fixed power control mode algorithm parameters are listed h ere. 12.4.3 Dynamic Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters The common configura ble HSUPA dynamic power control mode algorithm parameters are listed here. 12.4.1 Power Control Algorithm Switches for Downlink Control Channel The common configurable HSUPA power control algorithm switches for downlink cont rol channel are listed here. Table 12-5 List of power control algorithm switches for downlink control channel No. 1 2 Parameter ID EAGCHPC MOD SERGCHPC MOD Para meter Meaning E-AGCH HPC mode E-RGCH HPC mode for service radio links Default Va lue FIXED FIXED Relevant Command Set or modify:SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C) Level NodeB Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-23
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference No. 3 Parameter ID NSERGCH PCMOD Parameter Meaning E-RGCH HPC mode for nonservice radio links E-HICH HPC mode for service radio links E-HICH HPC mode for nonservice radio links Default Value FIXED Relevant Command Query:LST MACEPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU 3806C) Level 4 SEHICHPC MOD FIXED 5 NSEHICHP CMOD FIXED 12.4.1.1 E-AGCH HPC Mode This is the E-AGCH channel power control algorithm swit ch. If it is FIXED, the transmission power is set according to P-CPICH power and fixed power offset; if it is DYNAMIC, the transmission power is set according t o DCH power of the UE. 12.4.1.2 E-RGCH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links It is th e RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH serving RLS. If it is FIXED, the t ransmission power is set according to P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset; if it is DYNAMIC, the transmission power is set according to DCH power of the UE. 1 2.4.1.3 E-RGCH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links It is the RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH non-serving RLS. If it is FIXED, the transmission powe r is set according to P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset; if it is DYNAMIC, t he transmission power is set according to DCH power of the UE. 12.4.1.4 E-HICH H PC Mode for Service Radio Links It is the HICH power control algorithm switch of RLS that contains serving RL. If it is FIXED, the transmission power is set acc ording to P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset; if it is DYNAMIC, the transmiss ion power is set according to DCH power of the UE. 12.4.1.5 E-HICH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links It is the HICH power control algorithm switch of RLS tha t does not contain serving RL. If it is FIXED, the transmission power is set acc ording to P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset; if it is DYNAMIC, the transmiss ion power is set according to DCH power of the UE. E-AGCH HPC Mode This is the E-AGCH channel power control algorithm switch. If it is FIXED, the t ransmission power is set according to P-CPICH power and fixed power offset; if i t is DYNAMIC, the transmission power is set according to DCH power of the UE. Parameter ID EAGCHPCMOD 12-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Value Range FIXED, DYNAMIC Physical Value Range Fixed, Dynamic Parameter Setting This parameter has not been optimized, the value FIXED is suggested. Impact on the Network Performance Fixed power control mode is easy to realize, but it may waste NodeB transmission power. If the dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied. Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). E-RGCH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links It is the RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH serving RLS. If it is FIXE D, the transmission power is set according to P-CHPICH power and fixed power off set; if it is DYNAMIC, the transmission power is set according to DCH power of t he UE. Parameter ID SERGCHPCMOD Value Range FIXED, DYNAMIC Physical Value Range Fixed, Dynamic Parameter Setting This parameter has not been optimized, the value FIXED is suggested. Impact on the Network Performance Fixed power control mode is easy to realize, but it may waste NodeB transmission power. If the dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-25
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). E-RGCH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links It is the RGCH power control algorithm switch of EDCH non-serving RLS. If it is FIXED, the transmission power is set according to P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset; if it is DYNAMIC, the transmission power is set according to DCH power of the UE. Parameter ID NSERGCHPCMOD Value Range FIXED, DYNAMIC Physical Value Range Fixed, Dynamic Parameter Setting This parameter has not been optimized, the value FIXED is suggested. Impact on the Network Performance Fixed power control mode is easy to realize, but it may waste NodeB transmission power. If the dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied. Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). E-HICH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links It is the HICH power control algorithm switch of RLS that contains serving RL. I f it is FIXED, the transmission power is set according to P-CHPICH power and fix ed power offset; if it is DYNAMIC, the transmission power is set according to DC H power of the UE. Parameter ID SEHICHPCMOD 12-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Value Range FIXED, DYNAMIC Physical Value Range Fixed, Dynamic Parameter Setting This parameter has not been optimized, the value FIXED is suggested. Impact on the Network Performance Fixed power control mode is easy to realize, but it may waste NodeB transmission power. If the dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied. Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). E-HICH HPC Mode for Non-service Radio Links It is the HICH power control algorithm switch of RLS that does not contain servi ng RL. If it is FIXED, the transmission power is set according to P-CHPICH power and fixed power offset; if it is DYNAMIC, the transmission power is set accordi ng to DCH power of the UE. Parameter ID NSEHICHPCMOD Value Range FIXED, DYNAMIC Physical Value Range Fixed, Dynamic Parameter Setting This parameter has not been optimized, the value FIXED is suggested. Impact on the Network Performance Fixed power control mode is easy to realize, but it may waste NodeB transmission power. If the dynamic power control mode is used, the power utilization is more efficient. But if the parameter is set unreasonably, it may lead to power waste or the demodulation requirement may not be satisfied. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-27
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.4.2 Fixed Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters The common configurable HSUPA fixed power control mode algorithm parameters are listed here. Table 12-6 List of fixed power control mode algorithm parameters No . 1 Parameter ID EAGCHPO WER SERGCHPO WER Parameter Meaning E-AGCH power E-RGCH power for service radio links E-RGCH power for nonservice radio links E-HICH pow er for service radio links E-HICH power for non-service radio links Default Valu e -132, that is, -13.2 dB -210, that is, -21 dB Relevant Command Set or modify:S ET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C) Query:LST MACEPAR A (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C) Level NodeB 2 3 NSERGCHP OWER -173, that is, -17.3 dB -197, that is, -19.7 dB -136, that is, -13.6 dB 4 SEHICHPO WER NSEHICHPO WER 5 12.4.2.1 E-AGCH Power It is the AGCH power offset compared to the P-CPICH power in the fixed power control mode. 12.4.2.2 E-RGCH Power for Service Radio Links I t is the RGCH power offset of EDCH serving RLS compared to the P-CPICH power in the fixed power control mode. 12.4.2.3 E-RGCH Power for Non-service Radio Links It is the RGCH power offset of EDCH non-serving RLS compared to the P-CPICH powe r in the fixed power control mode. 12.4.2.4 E-HICH Power for Service Radio Links It is the HICH power offset of RLS that contains the serving RL compared to the P-CPICH power in the fixed power control mode. 12.4.2.5 E-HICH Power for Non-se rvice Radio Links It is the HICH power offset of RLS that does not contain the s erving RL compared to the PCPICH power in the fixed power control mode. 12-28 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT E-AGCH Power It is the AGCH power offset compared to the P-CPICH power in the fixed power con trol mode. Parameter ID EAGCHPOWER Value Range -350 to 150 Physical Value Range -35 dB to 15 dB, step 0.1 dB Parameter Setting The default value is -132, that is, -13.2 dB. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel canno t satisfy the demodulation requirement. If this parameter is too high, the NodeB transmission power is wasted too much. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). E-RGCH Power for Service Radio Links It is the RGCH power offset of EDCH serving RLS compared to the P-CPICH power in the fixed power control mode. Parameter ID SERGCHPOWER Value Range -350 to 150 Physical Value Range -35 dB to 15 dB, step 0.1 dB Parameter Setting The default value is -210, that is, -21 dB. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-29
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel canno t satisfy the demodulation requirement. If this parameter is too high, the NodeB transmission power is wasted too much. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). E-RGCH Power for Non-service Radio Links It is the RGCH power offset of EDCH non-serving RLS compared to the P-CPICH powe r in the fixed power control mode. Parameter ID NSERGCHPOWER Value Range -350 to 150 Physical Value Range -35 dB to 15 dB, step 0.1 dB Parameter Setting The default value is -173, that is, -17.3 dB. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel canno t satisfy the demodulation requirement. If this parameter is too high, the NodeB transmission power is wasted too much. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). E-HICH Power for Service Radio Links It is the HICH power offset of RLS that contains the serving RL compared to the P-CPICH power in the fixed power control mode. Parameter ID SEHICHPOWER 12-30 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Value Range -350 to 150 Physical Value Range -35 dB to 15 dB, step 0.1 dB Parameter Setting The default value is -197, that is, -19.7 dB. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel canno t satisfy the demodulation requirement. If this parameter is too high, the NodeB transmission power is wasted too much. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). E-HICH Power for Non-service Radio Links It is the HICH power offset of RLS that does not contain the serving RL compared to the PCPICH power in the fixed power control mode. Parameter ID NSEHICHPOWER Value Range -350 to 150 Physical Value Range -35 dB to 15 dB, step 0.1 dB Parameter Setting The default value is -136, that is, -13.6 dB. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel canno t satisfy the demodulation requirement. If this parameter is too high, the NodeB transmission power is wasted too much. Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-31 l Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.4.3 Dynamic Power Control Mode Algorithm Parameters The common configurable HSUPA dynamic power control mode algorithm parameters ar e listed here. Table 12-7 List of dynamic power control mode algorithm parameter s No. 1 Parameter ID EAGCHPW ROFFSET SERGCHPW ROFFSET Parameter Meaning E-AGCH p ower offset E-RGCH power offset for service radio links E-RGCH power offset for nonservice radio links E-HICH power offset for service radio links E-HICH power offset for nonservice radio links Default Value 142, that is, -3.5 dB 100, that is, -7 dB Relevant Command Set or modify:SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS38 12AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C) Query:LST MACEPARA (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3 806, BBU3806C) Level NodeB 2 3 NSERGCHP WROFFSET 105, that is, -5.75 dB 4 SEHICHPW ROFFSET 96, that is, -8 dB 5 NSEHICHP WROFFSET 116, that is, -3 dB 12.4.3.1 E-AGCH Power Offset It is the AGCH power offset compared to the P-CPICH power in the dynamic power control mode. 12.4.3.2 E-RGCH Power Offset for Servi ce Radio Links It is the RGCH power offset of EDCH serving RLS compared to the P -CPICH power in the dynamic power control mode. 12.4.3.3 E-RGCH Power Offset for Non-Service Radio Links It is the RGCH power offset of EDCH non-serving RLS com pared to the P-CPICH power in the dynamic power control mode. 12.4.3.4 E-HICH Po wer Offset for Service Radio Links 12-32 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT It is the HICH power offset of RLS that contains the serving RL compared to the P-CPICH power in the dynamic power control mode. 12.4.3.5 E-HICH Power Offset fo r Non-Service Radio Links It is the HICH power offset of RLS that does not conta in the serving RL compared to the PCPICH power in the dynamic power control mode . E-AGCH Power Offset It is the AGCH power offset compared to the P-CPICH power in the dynamic power c ontrol mode. Parameter ID EAGCHPWROFFSET Value Range 0 to 255 Physical Value Range -32 dB to 31.75 dB, step 0.25 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 142, that is, 3.5 dB. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel canno t satisfy the demodulation requirement. If this parameter is too high, the NodeB transmission power is wasted too much. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). E-RGCH Power Offset for Service Radio Links It is the RGCH power offset of EDCH serving RLS compared to the P-CPICH power in the dynamic power control mode. Parameter ID SERGCHPWROFFSET Value Range 0 to 255 Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-33
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Physical Value Range -32 dB to 31.75 dB, step 0.25 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 100, that is, -7 dB. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel canno t satisfy the demodulation requirement. If this parameter is too high, the NodeB transmission power is wasted too much. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). E-RGCH Power Offset for Non-Service Radio Links It is the RGCH power offset of EDCH non-serving RLS compared to the P-CPICH powe r in the dynamic power control mode. Parameter ID NSERGCHPWROFFSET Value Range 0 to 255 Physical Value Range -32 dB to 31.75 dB, step 0.25 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 105, that is, -5.75 dB. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel canno t satisfy the demodulation requirement. If this parameter is too high, the NodeB transmission power is wasted too much. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12-34 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT E-HICH Power Offset for Service Radio Links It is the HICH power offset of RLS that contains the serving RL compared to the P-CPICH power in the dynamic power control mode. Parameter ID SEHICHPWROFFSET Value Range 0 to 255 Physical Value Range -32 dB to 31.75 dB, step 0.25 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 96, that is, -8 dB. Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel canno t satisfy the demodulation requirement. If this parameter is too high, the NodeB transmission power is wasted too much. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). E-HICH Power Offset for Non-Service Radio Links It is the HICH power offset of RLS that does not contain the serving RL compared to the PCPICH power in the dynamic power control mode. Parameter ID NSEHICHPWROFFSET Value Range 0 to 255 Physical Value Range -32 dB to 31.75 dB, step 0.25 dB Parameter Setting The default value is 116, that is, -3 dB. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-35
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Impact on the Network Performance l If this parameter is too low, the demodulation performance of AGCH channel canno t satisfy the demodulation requirement. If this parameter is too high, the NodeB transmission power is wasted too much. l Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set or modify this parameter through SET MACEPARA (BTS3812E, B TS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACEPARA (BTS38 12E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.5 Local Cell Management Parameters The local cell management parameters consist of cell radius and cell handover ra dius. Table 12-8 List of local cell management parameters N Parameter o ID . 1 2 RADIUS HORAD Parameter Meaning Cell radius Cell handover radius Default Value 2 9 km 0m Relevant Command On the NodeB LMT, set the parameter through MOD LOCELL (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3 812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C), and qurey it through LST LOCELL (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.5.1 Cell Radius This parameter describes the radius of a NodeB cell. Cell rad ius affects the demodulation of the uplink board and the configuration of the pa rameters related to the access part. 12.5.2 Cell Handover Radius This parameter describes the cell handover radius, which can be configured on the NodeB console . 12.5.1 Cell Radius This parameter describes the radius of a NodeB cell. Cell radius affects the dem odulation of the uplink board and the configuration of the parameters related to the access part. Parameter ID RAD Value Range 150 to 180000 12-36 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)
RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference 12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT Physical Value Range 150 m to 180 km, with step length as 1 m Parameter Setting The default value is 29000, which stands for 29 km. You can set and adjust a val ue for this parameter based on the network planning and network optimization res ult. In case the cell radius cannot be determined precisely, the set cell radius must be greater than the required cell radius. The set cell radius, however, sh ould be properly great. Otherwise, the extra network resources are wasted and th e system processing delay occurs. Based on the data provided by relevant product s, the handover synchronization time increases by a maximum of 60 ms if the cell radius changes its value in increments of 3.75 km. CAUTION l When using the RRU, you must set the sum of the cell radius and the fiber transm ission delay as the cell radius. If the access board of the NodeB is configured to support multiple sectors, the maximum of the configurable cell radius is 30 k m. l Impact on the Network Performance The setting of this parameter must be the same as the result of network planning . Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set the parameter through MOD LOCELL (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3 812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C) and query it through LST LOCELL (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, B TS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12.5.2 Cell Handover Radius This parameter describes the cell handover radius, which can be configured on th e NodeB console. Parameter ID HORAD Value Range 0 to 180000 Physical Value Range 0 to 18 km, with step length as 1 m. Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 12-37
12 Parameters Configured on NodeB LMT RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference Parameter Setting The default value is 0. The inner radius of a cell handover radius must be at le ast 78.125 m, that is, 1 chip, shorter than the cell radius. You can set and adj ust a value for this parameter based on network planning and network optimizatio n result. In case the cell handover range cannot be determined precisely, the va lue set for the cell handover radius must be smaller than the minimum cell hando ver radius required for network planning. The set value, however, should be prop erly small. Otherwise, the system processing delay may occur. CAUTION When using the RRU, you must set the sum of the actual cell handover radius and the fiber transmission delay as the cell handover radius. Impact on the Network Performance If the value set for this parameter exceeds the planned value range of a cell, t he NodeB fails to handle the users on the radius smaller than the set value. Thi s results in that the actual handover range is smaller than the planned one. Relevant Commands On the NodeB LMT, set the parameter through MOD LOCELL (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BTS3 812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C) and query it through LST LOCELL (BTS3812E, BTS3812A, B TS3812AE, BBU3806, BBU3806C). 12-38 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference RAN6 1

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference RAN6 1

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

RAN 6.

...........................................................................12-37 viii Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-67

Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-31

ON Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-5

OFF 19 OFF 20 OFF Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-9

10-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)

OLPC_SWITCH ON 10-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue 01 (2007-08-30)

OFF Issue 01 (2007-08-30) Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-15

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen